You are on page 1of 353

Neil McDonald

The King's Indian attack

Neil McDonald
The King's Indian attack
move by move


First published in 2014 by Gloucester Publ ishers Limited, Northburgh House,
10 Northburgh Street, London EC1VOAT
Copyright© 2014 Neil McDonald
The right of Neil McDonald to be identified as the author of this work has been
asserted in accordance with the Copyrights, Designs and Patents Act 1988.
All rights reserved. No part ofthis publication may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic,
electrostatic, magnetic tape, photocopying, recording or otherwise,
without prior permission of the publisher.
British Library Cataloguing-in-Publication Data
A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library.
ISBN: 978 1 85744 988 4
Distributed in North America by The Globe Pequot Press, P.O Box 480,
246 Goose Lane, Guilford, CT 06437-0480.
All other sales enquiries should be directed to Everyman Chess, Northburgh House,
10 Northburg h Street, London EC1V OAT
tel: 020 7253 7887 fax: 020 7490 3708
email:; website:
Everyman is the registered trade mark of Random House Inc. and is used in this work under
licence from Random House Inc.

Everyman Chess Series
Chief advisor: Byron Jacobs
Commissioning editor: John Emms
Assistant editor: Richard Palliser
Typeset and edited by First Rank Publishing, Brighton.
Cover design by Horatio Monteverde.

About the Author
English Grandmaster Neil McDonald has firmly established himself as one of the world's
leading chess writers, with many outstanding works to his name. He is also a respected
chess coach, who has trained many of the UK's strongest junior players.
Also by the author:
Break the Rules!
Chess Secrets: The Giants ofPower Play
Chess Secrets: The Giants of Strategy
Concise Chess Endings
Concise Chess Middlegames
Concise Chess Openings
Dutch Leningrad
French Winawer
How to Play against 1 e4
Main Line Caro Kann
Modern Defence
Play the Dutch
Positional Sacrifices
Practical Endgame Play
Rudolf Spielmann: Master of Invention
Starting Out: 1 e4
Starting Out: Queen's Gambit Declined
Starting Out: The Dutch Defence
Starting Out: The English
Starting Out: The Reti
The Ruy Lopez: Move by Move

About th e Auth or





KIA versus the French



KIA versus the Sicilian



KIA versus the Caro-Kann



KIA versus the Reversed King's IndianDefence



KIA versus the ....i.fs System



KIA versus the ....i.g4 System



KIA versus the Queen's Indian



KIA versus the Dutch (and King's Indian)


Index of Variations


Index of Complete Games


The King's Indian Attack (or KIA) is a flexible opening system that can be employed by
White after 1 ltlf3 or against the French, Sicilian, and Caro-Kann if he chooses to begin with
1 e4. A typical opening sequence is 1 ltlf3 d5 2 g3 ltlf6 3 i.g2 e6 4 o-o c5 5 d3 tt:lc6 6 tt:lbd2
i.e7 7 e4 o-o, while the same position could be reached via a Sicilian or French move order
after for example 1 e4 c5 2 ltlf3 e6 3 d3 ltlc6 4 g3 d5 5 tt:lbd2 tt:lf6 6 i.g2 i.e7 7 0-0 0-0.

The characteristic features of the King's Indian Attack are the fianchetto of the bishop
on g2 and the setting up of a d3 and e4 pawn chain. White will develop his pieces in sup­
port of the strongpoint on e4.
In the King's Indian Attack there is no immediate clash between the two armies. Both
sides are on the whole left undisturbed during the opening phase: only when White
threatens to encroach on space in the centre does the game begin to develop its individual
character. For this reason it is possible to describe the typical piece and pawn deployments
by White and Black without becoming bogged down in detail or having to point out too
many exceptions.
As we see in the example above, the two sequences that begin with 1 tt:lf3 or 1 e4 could
well transpose into each other. However, this isn't always the case. Whether to start 1 e4 or
1 ltlf3 is the eternal dilemma ofthe King's Indian Attack player. Ifyou play 1 e4 you aren't
guaranteed to get a KIA opening system: for example, after 1 e4 d5 there's no good way to


The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move
maintain a pawn on e4. This lack of universality might make you veer towards 1 t't:f3. Here
a possible drawback compared to 1 e4 is that you have to face the solid Slav line after 1 tt:lf3
ds 2 g3 c6 in which Black puts his bishop on fs or g4 in the near future. Facing the Dutch
after 1 t't:f3 f5 might also not appeal to some players.
I have standardized the move order in the games for the sake of clarity. However, I
should mention that there are other ways besides 1 e4 and 1 tt:lf3 to reach the familiar KIA
set-up. For example, Nakamura played 1 g3!? in his game with Navara in this book. That's
probably the ultimate in flexibility, though of course if he chooses Black can avoid the KIA
with 1...e5.
The power to force the opponent into an opening scheme that you have carefully
worked out is an advantageous use of the white pieces, even if objectively speaking it is
about equal. I hope this book helps you understand the King’s Indian Attack and that you
win many games with it.
Neil McDonald,
May 2014


In fact.e7-e6. The US Maestro remarks of the position after 1 e4 c5 2 ltlf3 e6 3 d3: "This used to be my favourite at the time [of his game with James Sherwin. However. Fischer went on to become a massive openings expert after 3 d4 in the Sicil­ ian and the rest is history. particularly after Black has committed himself with . 1thought it led to a favourable variation of the King’s Indian reversed.” Of course.e7-e6... 7 . New Jersey 1957].Chapter One KIA Versus the French Fischer's old favourite The King’s Indian Attack (KIA) has the honour of being the first game in Bobby Fischer’s My 60 Memorable Games.. the King’s Indian Attack remains an especially effective choice once Black has played .. when it comes to the study of the opening phase. for those of us with less time (not to mention original­ ity and genius). some very strong players only have the KIA in their repertoire after 1 e4 e6 or 1 e4 c5 2 ltlf3 e6.

e6 or 1. And. 8 . For the sake of clarity.e6 has loosened Black’s centre somewhat.c5 there is a strong possibility that an identi­ cal position will be reached after a few moves. Technically speaking.c5 is a real nuisance if you want to fianchetto on g2. for example. and . This means that if Black begins the game with the moves 1 e4 e6 2 lLlf3 c5 (or 1.. .e6 is committal in that firstly it shuts in the bishop on c8... but transposed into a Sicilian set-up” or vice ver­ sa.. Secondly. In fact developing the bishop to any reasonable square will take time and effort.tg7.c5 2 lLlf3 e6) 3 d3 lLlc6 4 g3 g6 5 . The move . As a consequence there will be less pres­ sure on White’s centre..!Llf6 White plays 4 g3 straightaway. In the next chapter we look at all variations in which Black puts a pawn on c5 and fianchettoes the bishop on g7 .he may play the French ... thereby not weakening his dark squares.. Its ba­ sic structure can be reached through all sorts of move orders...d6 for example... An important note on move order If variety is the spice of life.. in this chapter we look at lines in which Black plays his pawns to e6 and dS versus the King’s Indian Attack (KIA)... and puts his dark-squared bishop on e7.d6 and . if Black responds to the KIA by building a centre with . Black doesn't fianchetto on g7 in this chapter Whether Black answers 1 e4 with 1.. after 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d5 3 lLld2 lLlf6 if White plays the natural 4 lLlgf3 the reply 4.e7-e6 move Ouestioion: Why is-1e4 e6 2 lLlf3 cS or 1 e4c5:2 lLlf3e6 socom m ittal: • Answer: We need only compare the situation with that after 1 e4 c5 2 lLlf3 d6 3 d3. the move . being the way the first game in this chapter started.g7-g6.. Black has more flexibility in the French specific move order than in the Sicilian move or­ der. preferring ..e5 he has lost a tempo by having to move the e-pawn twice....The K in g ’s Indian A ttack : M ove by M ove Black's committal .tg4. Suffice to say here that I’ve tweaked the move order in the French line so that after 3.. then the King’s Indian Attack is very rich in experiences....g7 6 0-0 lL\ge7 you need to look for this set-up in Chapter Two.. with 1 g3.. thereby limiting the chances of generating counterplay with .d6 3 d3 he can just get on with develop­ ing his kingside with . The reason why this is so w ill be explained in the analysis to 3 'ilfe2 in Game 6..e6 move as part of the process or he may avoid it.lLlf6... After the alternative 2..tg2 i.. we might say some­ thing like "the game started as a French.. thirdly.. For example.. d6 or even c5 according to circumstances...-i.

while leaving it on b1 for a while gives an additional attacking option in the main line if Black castles queenside.i.d5xe4... Of course if the game has started with 1 e4 c5 2 £vf3 e6 3 d3 then the idea of . d3xe4 b6 and .g2 Öc6 6 Ögf3 . On e2 the queen not only defends e4..i..e7 7 0-0 Black has a big choice to make.e7 reaches the standard position. White's choice between lL:!d2 and 'i¥e2 After 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d5 White can support his pawn on e4 with either 3 Öd2 or 3 'ie2.there is a pawn on c5 stopping the bishop going to the square... How this chapter is divided up In Part One we examine the main line with 3 ^d2. 9 ....a6 move in the future (that is. if Black plays .g2 Öc6 6 Ögf3 . Both are equally good moves.i...a6 as in Game 7).i.c5 is never an issue .^f6 4 g3 c5 5 i. Thus put­ ting the knight on d2 is a valuable developing move.KIA Versus the French Then 4. but she might also become a target of a . with advantages and drawbacks relative to each other...i. she supports an e4-e5 thrust.. when after 3..i.c5 5 .

g2 ltlc6 7 0-0 b6 8 e5 ltld7 9 h4 Ji.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Should he castle kingside or play 7. e6-e5 to equalize the space balance..ltlf6 and 6..e7..d6.. This approach is possible against both the 3 ltld2 and 3 'ie 2 scenarios. and so they are discussed together in Game 6 which begins 10 ......e7 5 g3 c5 6 Ji. Here White can try to benefit from the delayed development of his knight with 12 ltla3!.b7 10 c3 ilc7 11 l:te1 h6. Part Four features variations in which Black plays (in either order as appropriate) . The main line is similar to that in Part One.d5xe4 and .1L.b6 to fianchetto his queen's bishop. Black uses the bish­ op to oppose White’s space gaining e4-e5 advance. Rather than straightforward development with 5. which is nor­ mally followed by queenside castling? The subject of Part Two is White’s important alternative 3 11fe2. with a key moment being reached in Game Four after 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d5 3 1i'e2 ltlf6 4ltlf3 Ji.. In Part Three we investigate the alternative deployment of Black’s bishop tod6 in the sequence 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d5 3 ltld2 c5 4 ltlgf3 ltlc6 5 g3 Ji.

Hillarp Persson-P. Answer: Yes. 2... Answer: We have to take measures against an attack on the e4 point at once if we wish to play the main line of the King’s Indian Attack against the French move order. But as a matter of fact. After 2 tbf3 d5.dS 3 tbd2 Question: I guess everyone plays this move? White develops a piece and avoids the queen exchange after 3.KIA Versus the French 1 e4e6 2 d3 d5 3 'ie 2 tDc6 4 tbf3 e5 5 g3 dxe4 6 dxe4 tbf6 7 i...dxe4 4 dxe4 'ixd1+ is an unwelcome exchange of queens.dxe4. lots of players prefer 3 'i'e2. for example.. in Part Five we look at 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d5 3 'it'e2 dxe4 4 dxe4 b6 in which Black hopes to profit by harassing the white queen with .. The knight move has the drawback that it shuts in the bishop on c1 and deprives White of cer- 11 . Finally.Vas Os lo 2011 1 e4 e6 2 d3 Question: is it necessary to play this quiet pawn move so early? . 3 tbd2 is very natural. P a r t O n e : T h e m a in lin e w it h 3 lb d 2 Cam el T.c5. it’s too late to revert to 3 d3 as 3.i.g2 i.a6. The only real alternative is 2 'ie 2 which is mentioned in the notes to Game 7 below.

3. 12 . Question: But isn’t 4 0§f3 more normal first? Answer: As explained in the introduction above. White is keen to avoid 4 ^gf3 i..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move tain attacking ideas that are discussed in Part Two.g 2 foc6 6 £)gf3 i.cS!? when the fianchetto on g2 becomes problematical.. Hence he starts with 4 g3 . He could instead play 4.. It is more promising than putting the bishop on e2 where it would be shut in by its own pawn on d3. It’s fair to say you can’t go too far wrong ifyou stick to these moves as White.i.c5 which is analysed in the notes to 3 'ife2 in Game 6.^f6 4g3 Now White clears the way to develop his bishop to g2. A kingside fianchetto is the trademark of the King’s Indian Attack..CS Black gains space and increases his influence over the d4-square which White has de­ clined to occupy with a pawn..a completely valid move order. 5 i.e7 7 0-0 White now has his basic King’s Indian Attack deployment. As we shall see. which he will adopt against various Black set-ups. 4. the bishop has an impor­ tant aggressive/defensive role on g2..

He should have advanced his queenside pawns immediately.0-0 A critical moment which will define the middlegame strategy. 8. 9 'i'e 2 bs 10 es Question: What are the..'iVc7 Trying to oppose the e4-e5 advance only loses time.. Black has a major alter­ native in 7. S fie l Putting the rook on e l immediately seems slightly more flexible than 8 es.KIA Versus the French 7.b6 which could well lead to him castling queenside ..advantages and possible dangers for White in advancing the pawn to es? 13 ..e7 5 d3 0-0 6 tbbd2 cS 7 e4 tbc6 8 fiel..g2 tbf6 3 tbf3 e6 4 0-0 i.see Game Three. as occurs in Game 2. The move order in the game was actually 1 g3 d5 2 i..

For example. where they become a formidable attacking force. The black pawns might also play a part in the demise of the e5-pawn. 14 . With 11 h4 he: 1) Clears the h2-square for the knight on d2.. as your pawns don’t get in the way so much. and fixes White's space advantage on the kingside. allowing it to join in the assault with the sequence lbfl.. 2) Creates a base on g5 for his other knight on f3. the staunch defender of the pawn. and as we shall see. making possible an attack with lbg5 and 'inl5.lbd7 11 h4 Exercise: Can you think of a couple of reasons why this is a good move? Answer: White is planning a kingside attack. or that the knight on f3. the bishop on c1 will also soon play a part in guarding it. White is able to use the extra squares to bunch all his minor pieces together on the f-file and g-files. can’t be undermined by a .after Black's reply his queen and two knights are eyeing it malevolently. Here Hillarp Persson has taken adequate precautions to ensure that the pawn won't get eaten on e5 by the black pieces: his queen. White has to be certain that the pawn can't be dissolved in a way unfavourable to him by a future . Its value in advancing to e5 is that it drives the black knight away from f6. 10„.. Once the energy of the white pieces reaches a certain level.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Answer: W hite’s pawn is very well protected on e4.. . whereas it will have many enemies on e5 . So much for the safety ofthe pawn. Thanks to 11 h4 next move.g5g4pawn lunge..f7-f6 in a way that didn’t leave him with a weak pawn on e6. lbh2 and lbg4. Having more space basically means that your pieces have more room to manoeuvre than the opponent's pieces.g5-g4 would not be feasible. Nor could Black realistically hope to arrange .. andthe fact that the black king is on g8. its best square.f7-f6. we see another role for the e-pawn: a support for possible sacrifices on f6. rook and knight on f3 are all defending it.. a plan to undermine the knight on f3 with .

g7-g5 would do anything other than wreck the black king's defences..0-0 in this game it is doubtful that the plan of .i.. 15 .i.a 6 14 ll'le3 Question: What happens now if Black plays 14. secondly...KIA Versus the French 3) Prepares the further advance h5-h6.. having castled with 7.g7-g6 leaves Black with weak dark squares around his king..eB 13 . In scenarios where Black has left his king in the centre. You will see examples of this in Games 3 and 4.. he might miss 12 ll'lfl l:...Ѣ4 to continue his queenside advance? And.g7-g5 flank attack by Black... or castled queenside. especially if White has a bishop on f4 which can be hit by the advancing black pawn.. let's see about 14.'ifb7 and now we have to avoid the routine recapture on d7.. This is be­ cause the opponent has to lose time dealing with the threat .. 11. but it's bet­ ter to combine the implementation of a strategic plan with a tactical threat. Of course. can he capture the pawn that’s hanging on e5? Answer: On his last move White could have played 14ll'llh2 and then 15 ll'lg4...or even better. when .f4 . the move h2-h4 is often useful to restrain a possible . After 14ll'le3.b4: 15 ll'lxd5! exd5 16 e6 (uncovering an attack on the black queen) 16.

c7 .i.ltlf8 in the future. you need to get into the calculating habit. It’s curious that in this sequence Black has the choice of losing a pawn on the queen side. In these variations we see the triumph of White's light-squared bishop..i. 14..xe7 (if 22. Such is the global nature of White’s pressure.. And in any case.e7 21 i.xe7 .. I don’t like leaving the e5-pawn hanging.xe5 and Black has no good way to defend the d5-pawn...Sed8 19 i.1xg5 20 . but now it is unavailable to defend the kingside. 16 ...ltldxe5 15 ltlxe5 ltlxe5 16 ltlxd5! exd5 17 'ixe5 'ixe5 18 i..xds and mate follows on f7 or g8. Black didn’t fall for the traps. And besides.Se7 21 i.xd5 'ite8 22 i. ltlxe7 23 i. those variations would have taken me a lot of effort to work out during the game. There won't always be a safe move like 14 ..b7 when 19 c4 bxc4 20 dxc4 l:tad8 21 l:tad1 ex­ ploits the pin on d5 to win a pawn. but look what he played to prevent them.!Lle7 21 . If we had played 14 lt1ih2 the knight could have stayed on d7 and helped defend the king with . in the centre or on the king side.xa5 picks up a pawn.Ilad8 19 i. Question: Well. Answer: But if you want to be a good player you can't duck calculating variations.txd5 when the black queen is lost to the mate threat. That leaves 18. If 18 ......1. due to the double pin on d7 and e7).xc6..d6+ and Black is obliterated whichever minor piece he interposes on e7: 20.c8 20 i.1tlb6 The black knight has been dragged over to b6 to defend d5.. Black didn’t fall for either traps..i.. or 20.xg7 wins a pawn as e7 hangs. while if 18.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Instead.. threatening the queen as well as mate on e7 (or g8.xb7) 23 i. That means that our knight manoeuvre to g4 becomes more power­ ful..l:. We also have to consider what happens if Black grabs the pawn on e5: 14.!LJ1h2 available.. or 20 .. 17 exf7+! 'itxf7 18 'ie6+ 'itf8 19 ltlg5! (threatening mate on both f7 and h7) 19. did he? t might have settled for the simple 14 £sih2..

g5 lL'ld7 20 'if4 and the dark squares around the black king are shaky) 18 i.f8.xg5 21 'ixg5+ and if now 21. Hillarp Persson continues to exploit Black’s unwise queen move.xh6! (beginning a decisive tactical se­ quence) 18.xd6 'it'xd6 20 'i!lh5 lt:Jf8 21'ixf7+ and mate next move) 19 'i!lh5! when the threat of mate with 20 'ifxh7+ and 21 ' i 8 can only be stopped by 19. good old fashioned aggression is still effective.i.gxh6 19 'ifxh6lL'ld7 20 lt:Jg5 i.gxf6? 17 exf6 .<^8 22 h6 when the passed h-pawn marches through.&h7 22 'i6 + &g8 23 lL'lf6+ lt:Jxf6 24 exf6 with a standard mating device of queen and pawn on f6....i.g6 19 i.. Answer: 16 lL'lf6+! when if 16..xgS allowing 20 'it'xg5+ and 21 'ig 7 mate.C4 Upon 16. getting the queen off her unfortunate square..... though 17 h5 keeps up White’s initiative.... though otherwise 18 h6 will be strong: for example. So after 16 lL'lf6+ Black has to make do with the highly unpleas­ ant 16.. we see the strength of the h-pawn in ramming the black kingside: 17 h5 h6? (a remedy worse than the disease.KIA Versus the French 15 lL'lg4 b4 Exercise: What’s the way to add energy to our kingside attack? 16 'ifd2\? Sometimes an elegant little sideways shuffle by the queen can be more effective than overtly aggressive moves.. The best defensive move was 16. 17 lL'lf6+\ Better late than never..d618 lL'lg5!! is decisive: for example 18 .i.i..txf4 (or 18... On the other hand. when 16 'ifd2! would be the best reply.. These variations indicate Black should have played 15.f8. or 21.i....."ib7. Here she takes up position on the dark-squared diagonal. 16.. 17 .lt:Jd7 19 i. 18.xf6 17 exf6 'id 8 18 fxg7....

..h6 20 J...A xf6 If 17.gxf6 18 exf6 attacks the black queen..f6 21.&d6? 19 &xd6 'ixd6 allows mate in two..d7 18 .xh6! gxh6? 21 W'xh6 mates on g7. if 19.and no wonder when Black has a queen.e4 22 &f4 then 23 lt:\e5 is horrible for Black. Then 19 fxe7 recovers the piece with a big attack.. seeing that 18. 22 £h6+ &h8 23 dxes fxes 24 c3 fiadS 25 l:lad1 S. rook and all three minor pieces on the other side of the board.. 20 fxg7 &xg7 21 d4 Continuing the procedure of softening up Black on the dark squares. 18 exf6 es 19 ±gS 'iWd6 Of course.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move 17. Material stays equal.. 21... but White has a powerful dark-squared bishop and a strong initiative on the kingside .

e4.l:txe5 29 ..g6! kills off the attack.Sc8 14 . The pin on e5 is murderous because f2-f4 is looming.Brandenburg German League 2012 1 e4 e6 2 d3 ds 3 t'Dd2 tiJf6 4 g3 cs S . 26 .d4 l'DcS 30 'it'gs :tde7 31 Sxes l:txes 32 f4 tiJd3 33 fxes 'ie 6 34 J:tf1 1-0 Came 2 A. 10 t'Df1 as 11 h4 b4 12 l'D1 h2 .i. 13.i.i.KIA Versus the French White has developed all his pieces and is now ready to exploit Black’s dark-square weakness and denuded king.e7 7 0-0 0-0 8 es tiJd7 9 Se 1 bS No frivolous 9.Naiditsch-D. if 15 Wh5? h6 16 liJg4 hxg5 17 hxg5 White might hope to strike a decisive blow with ideas of tiJf6+ or .i.i...f4 I hope you are starting to see a pattern in White’s play..i.i.e3! bxc3 27 bxc3l'Da4 28 liJxeS! l'DxeS Or 28.i.g 2 l'Dc6 6 tiJgf3 .d4. His queenside minor pieces have reached the kingside and are ready to take part in a concerted attack on the black king.'ic7 moves.a6 13 ..h3 Question: WhatJs the purpose of this move? Answer: After 14l'Dg5 l'Dd4 Black has nothing to fear. But this is all a mirage as 17. For example. it’s not much fun for him to watch his opponent lining up all his pieces against his king.. Whilst objectively speaking Black might be OK.h3 is to put pressure on e6 and introduce the motif of 19 ...i. Black gets his queenside counterplay going straightaway. with only some queenside play as com­ pensation. 'it>g2 and l:thl. 29 .i. The general idea behind 14 .

xf6 can you see how White clinches the win? 20 .'i'xh5 pockets the queen. The point is that White can only capture en passant straight­ away with 18 exf6.xg 5 17 hxg 5 Black can play 17.f5! to gain space and challenge the white queen. lbxe6 and i. First ofall he puts his king on h8 to avoid any lbg5.. the chance for an en passant capture having lapsed. but here 18.xe6 idea coming with check. if Black continues pushing queenside pawns with 14... Exercise: After 18 4bf6!! gxf6 19 exf6 i.. But if White plays 18 'ixe8 first. which would normally be great for him as the black centre collapses. 14. he can’t take with 19 exf6 on the next move.&h8 1S lDgS Exercise: What’s the best defensive move for Black? Answer: 15..xf5 exf5 18 e6! fxe6 19 lbxe6 wins the exchange...b1 Missing his chance..a4 then 15 lDg5 suddenly has more potency as 15. Here there is also a more concrete reason for the bishop move: for example.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move lbg5 and lbxe6 to destroy Black’s centre. 16 :tc 1 lbb617 lbg4 lba4? Too optimistic.. 18 l:.lbd416 c3 lDf5? 17 i... It is also good to rule out any sacrifice of a knight on f6 being with check. Thus after 16 'il 5 i.. The knight should have defended his king with 17..lbd7 rather than gone off hunting the b-pawn.'ie 8l A well-known idea in this type of centre which takes advantage of a quirk in one ofthe rules of chess.. Brandenburg therefore decides on a different defensive plan against White’s attacking idea.

'ifd7 23 i.. Of course.C4 19 dxc4 i. the threat of mate costs Black the queen) 21. and has ideas of 26 'i'f6+ winning the rook on e7) 24 'i'xf7 ^d4 25 'iff6+ .. it would have been extraordinarily difficult to have seen this combination.xf6 19 exf6 gxf6 20 'iWh5 fxg5 21 i. Even if White had spotted the tactic 21 i..f5!! he would have had to convince himself that Black was in trouble despite having a rook and two minor pieces for the queen.xc4 21 .f5 exf5 22 SxeS ScxeS 23 i.fS and White wins.. Going back to move 1S.lbd4 25 ' i 6 :tceS 26 i..xg5! 'ife6 (if 22.f6+ Sxf6 27 'ifxf6+ 'it>gS 2Sh5.xe7 . but the weak dark squares around his king can be exploited by the white queen and bishop: for example. .l:. 24.i...xe7 25 'ili'h6 attacks a6 and fS.exf5 22 . also inadequate for Black is 1S.:tg7 26 i..i.f5!! (the point. White could win with 20 'iWh5 i.Äe7 24 i. Materially speaking Black has more than enough for the queen.xg5 21 i...lie1.KIA Versus the French Answer: Continuing the combination.d6 SgS (if 23.f6+ and mate next move) 23 Sxe6 fxe6 24 . 18.

..:ta4 44 & g 2 l:a 2 45 Ші7 &g8 46 'Üa7 lbd4 47 i.xd3 liJxd3 38 .e3 liJd3 30 ..:c4 411Ib3 liJb4 42 a5 liJc 2 43 i. and I don’t want to give away the answers to some of the questions that follow)..xd4 Vi-'A Came 3 M. but Black holds on for a draw in the endgame..g 2 ltJc6 6 liJgf3 i. White gains the initiative thanks to his bishop-pair. The rest of the game isn’t so interesting...b6 (it’s similar to the game.e7 7 0-0 b6..xg5 liJd4 24 1\Vd1 1i'd7 25 c3 liJc6 26 'id 6 'it'xd6 27 exd6 h6 28 cxb4 axb4 29 i....l:!ed1 lifd8 31 b3 l:txd6 32 bxc4 ltJce5 33 c5 .c3 liJb5 48 Жа8+ 'it>h7 49 i..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 20 liJe3 Here was the last chance for 20 liJf6! which is similar to 18 liJf6. 5 i.. Black neither commits himselfto castling kingside nor gets his queenside pawns rolling. The remaining moves were: 20. f 1 ltJxc5 35 .c3 e5 53 g5 f6 54 gxf6 gxf6 55 i....e7 7 0-0 b6 The move order in the game was 1 liJf3 c5 2 e4 e6 3 d3 liJc6 4 g3 d5 5 ttJbd2 liJf6 6 i.:d7 34 i.l:xc7 l:txc7 39 ЖЬ8+ &h7 40 a4 . Exercise: Can you see the idea behind pushing the pawn to Ъ6? 8 1:te1 22 ..e1 'it>g6 50 g4 h5 51 l:tb8 liJd4 52 i.g2 i... In contrast to the games above..ltJc5 21 liJxc4 dxc4 22 1i'h5 i..x g 5 23 i.d 2 ..Chigaev-LRindlisbacher . A U A in2013 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d5 3 liJd 2 liJf6 4 g3 c5 At the end of this game we’ll return to this moment and look at 4.l:tdc1 l:dc7 36 l:txb4 liJed3 37 i...

White keeps his opponent guessing for one more move about his intentions with the e-pawn. With the game move Chigaev seeks immediate action in the centre. 23 .tg 5 so that if 12.b6 Black cleared the way to develop his bishop and kept his queen side pawns in a compact mass as he is planning to castle queenside. Besides.0-0 when White can adopt his usual kingside deployment with moves like 12 h4 and 13 . after 10. He reasons that White's build-up is designed for an assault on the kingsi de.tf4. Answer: With 7. So play might continue 11. If Black plays 10..txg 5 13 ll:ld6+....tf4 h6 12 h4 0-0-0 Black has a solid game and the chance to prepare ... If Black replies 10.g7-g5 to loosen the white kingside.... so by whisking the king off to c8 he will be denying White the main object of his attack. a further opening of lines on the queenside might be possible with d3-d4... but it looks slow.....dxc4 then after 11 ll:lxc4 the plan of castling queenside is much less attractive as the white knight is eyeing the hole on d6.'iWc7 then 11 cxd5 exd5 12 d4! more or less knocks the idea of castling queenside on the head. In fact White already has tactical ideas of 12 .. For example. S.KIA Versus the French The most flexible move.'ic7 11 . He also hopes that he might obtain coun­ terattacking chances against the white king.tb 7 9 es lbd7 10 c4l? Question: Can you suggest some of the ideas behind this move? Answer: White could continue his build-up in support of the e5 strong point in the style of the previous games with 10 ll:lfl.

.h6+) 25 exf6 liteS 26 i. After other 12th moves White has a good game due to the strong pawn on e5. 22.xg2 (bad for Black is 18.. Yerevan 2007..Öxg7 23 £if6 'ie 6 24 i.. I can't re sist showing you the game A. Now comes a brilliant attack: 23 £f6! gxf6 24 Wh6+ 'iti>g8 (ghastly for Black is 24.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move If 12.. if only for its lovely finish: 12..f4! (the bishop heads for d6 to cut off the black king's escape square on f8) 26.Wxe7 19 Öe4) 19 £>f5 i.Laznicka..'id7 17 Öd2 Ö b418 Öxe7 i.td6 Öcd4 28 'ig7+!! and it's mate 24 ...d3 (Black missed his chance to escape with 22.'iti>e8 25 'ix f6 ltg8 26 Öd6+ 'iW8 27 i....Sc8 27 .txe4 23 :txe4 g6 24 'i6 + 'it>g8).h6 with an unpleasant pin on g7) 22...d5 20 Öe4 ^ 8 21 a3 ^c6 22 'ifh5 (Adly suggests 22 £ixg7!? as an interesting sac­ rifice: for example....f4 with a huge initiative ijust ask the king on e8 what it thinks of the opening of line: in front of him)..£\f8 13 Öf1 ^e6 14dxc5 bxc5 15 ^e3 d4 16 Öd5 (the white knights run rings around the enemy pieces) 16..cxd4?! 13 £)b3 it would be very risky for Black to grab the pawn on e5 as White has i. So White would regain the pawn on d4 with a good game.Adly-V.

Exercm:. but what has Black done to deserve having his own horse on the fine d5-square? So. which istl'te obvious reply as itkeeps thecentre closed.KIA Versus the French next move on h6. but as we shall see.lbxe113 'ifxe1 .lbxds.lbb4 to attack the undefended pawn on d3........i. back at the beginning Black could avoid all this with 11. in the good. here it already has an excellent centre post on e4 in its sights.. Question: Does White now have a useful move? 11 h4l Answer: At first glance it might look somewhat odd to play this pawn advance when there 25 .. .f8 14 l:txc1 with very good chances for White..f8.d2 lbd3 ends in fiasco after 14 I1e3 lbxb2 15 'ilb3 when the knight is trapped. old days Alekhine would take one look at the position and conclude that after 12 d6 White has good compensation for the ex­ change after 12... Chigaev will soon solve that prob­ lem. Finally. After 11 cxd5?! lbxd3? 12 Se3! (a real computer move. However. White has to make sure its occupation of e4 is compati­ ble with the safety of the e5-pawn.i..i. Black could try 10.i.. leaving the knight looking a bit silly on b4.d4 Answer: In contrast to the lines of the first two games in which the knight was sent on a convoluted manoeuvre via f1 and h2 or e3 to g4. But why is the white knight on d2 delighted? 10...g5! unexpectedly holds on) 12.ln hegam e Black pushedthe pa\rnltod4.dxc4 12 dxc4 lbb8 13 . as an attempt to invade with 11.. but a program tells us that 12. I think the quiet 11 lbf1 should be preferred.lbxc113 d6 (only now) 13. Of course. Then 12 lbc4 puts the white knight on a good post.

Black doesn't want to weaken his centre in this fashion.. W ith the black king on g8.g5?! would now be feeble after 12 hxg5. if 12..g6 now then after 13 hxg6 fxg6 there would be no open g-file or h-file for the black rooks and the pawn on e6 would be sickly. if allowed Black might have essayed 11. as 11.g7-g5..g7-g6. If White attacked it with .. However.. 11.. Black therefore has fewer strategic options after 11. However...h6 pawn configuration is that it makes it less appealing for Black to change his mind and castle kingside. How should White respond and what is the reasoning behind the move? 12 hS! • With the white pawn on h4 Black would in some scenarios be prepared to play ..g4.. a positionally well-motivated sally as it threatens 12.th3 the response ..... White therefore puts the g 5-square under lock and key... h6 Exercise: Black renews the threat of I2..xg6 (note that if Black played .. it is a more of a preventive move than an aggres­ sive thrust.... White would probably leave the pawn on h5 and try to get in the blockading move lt:Jg4).g7-g5 to open lines against the white king even ifh e lost a pawn in the process (of course.0-0-0. rather than . so that h5xg6 could be answered by .lir..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move is no black king on g8 to would interfere with the coor­ dination of the black pieces. Now that the centre is blocked. White could revert to the manoeuvre lt:Jf1.Sdg8 and then . lt:Jh2 and lt:Jg4 when options to sacri fice on h6 would appear... Another feature in White's favour about the h5 and .. embarrassing the knight which is the defender ofthe key e5 point..V c 7 13 a3 26 .g5. The only way for Black to revive the idea ofthe pawn thrust is to play ...g7-g6. . removing the battering ram...g5..h6 and 12 h5... 12 . Black would call it 'a sacrifice' not losing a pawn)..

a4? with 15 b4!. 13. .as Judging from his vigorous play in the rest ofthe game. it is likely Maksim Chigaev would have sacrificed a pawn to open lines straightaway after 13.0-0-0 by Black and so limbering up for a b2-b4 pawn stab.. 14 b3 Question: What's this? You’ve just told rae White is an aggressive player and now he plays this passive move..0-0-0 At last Rindlisbacher commits his king to the queenside. and if permitted could have clamped down on White's queen side pawns with 14.. after 14 b3.0-0-0 with 14 b4!?....f4 and a well-timed lbd6+...i. He must have feared ideas such as 16 ... 14. 1Slbe4f5 Black decides to get rid of the knight from e4 as quickly as possible.lbxes) 17 lbc3!? 'iVf6 {after 17... keeping his pawns alive as there is no en passant capture.. perhaps in conjunction with a b3-b4 breakthrough. He is anticipating a future ..'iVd7 19 .. Answer: You can't play chess well unless you can combine energy with patience.xe5 fxe5 20 'iVg4..KIA Versus the French White always has to make full use of his wing pawns in the King's Indian Attack. White could answer 14.a4xb3 en passant. Then any attempt to break open lines with b2-b4 could have been neutralized with . Don't for­ get that Black hasn't castled queen side yet.f4 f6 18 .h3! (this move is often a star in the KIA) 18. a4! in the same way that White has stopped Black's kingside advance with h4-h5.'iff5 18 lbbs both the black king and queen are 27 . depriving White ofthe b-pawn battering ram.. White would get strong pressure on the light squares after 15.lbdxe5 16 lbxe5 lbxes 17 .WxeS (in­ stead of 16.i. In this sequence the computer suggests an interesting queen sacrifice after 16. etc..i.i... In contrast....

f4 to dissuade Black from chancing it.h3... In reality... 17. As Nimzowitsch has taught us.'ixe5 looks incredibly risky and White has other ideas like 17 i.. How should White handle the ■ changed centre structure? W hat’s the best move? .. Hence Rindlisbacher decides to retreat his own knight to f8. Any strong player would fight his utmost to avoid having to play 17.. Black would have to be a top player to have any chance of finding the queen sacrifice.if4 Sxd3 with unclear play.e5 in this position. The move 16. : Answer: 17 lt:Jed2\ A fine retreat..'i!Yxe1+ 18 'it'xel dxc3 19 .e5 then his pawns have no way to expand any further as the light squares e4 and f5 would be in White's hands after 18 lbh4 or 18 i..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move awkwardly placed) 17..lbf8 Question: Would Blackhave better luck with-a^-iSideS playing more dynamically? 28 . If Black responds with 17. a pawn structure that has no capacity to expand becomes a target. with the squares it cannot expand to (here e4 and f5) becoming especially strong posts for the enemy pieces. 16 exf6 gxf6 Question.

.xb4 23 l:.... whilst after 20. Chigaev decides that this clearance pawn sacrifice is justified from a strategical perspective... 27 l:..l:thg8 23 ..-ds? It is human nature to collapse in the face o fa big attack...Äd7.i.. 24 csl? Played with the enterprise ofyouth.1.xb4 20 ...i.i. would be scary..:tb1 lt)b4 22 i... 25 lt)c4 i. but hand­ ing over the light squares is too great a price.i.xe5 21 'ig4! (tying down a rook to the defence of e6) 21.c2 and 28 .. limbering up for a 2S lt)xb6 sacrifice. but the 17-year-old Chi­ gaev quite naturally wants to checkmate his opponent as soon as possible.xb4 White removes the obstacles that stand in the way of his rooks breaking through on the queenside..1.KIA Versus the French Answer: The problem is that after 17 .fxe5 21 'ig 4 leaves the black centre horribly inert.Sh7. 18 b4l? With the black knight passive on f8.Sde8 22 b4 (opening a second front to undermine the black queenside pawns) 22.c3 21 White can snuffle out Black's activity when the fragility of his centre tells after 18 lt)xe5 lt)xe5 19 lt)f3 (White is happy to swap off pieces if it exposes e6 and f6 to attack) 19. and does so splendidly.. 18. 22. 29 . Being old and tired I would probably play 24lt)e4 and then 25 lt)h4 and 26 lt)f5 if possible to take the light squares..e2 es Black decides he needs to free his knight from defensive duty to help his king. but 26 Bc2 and 27 'ic1.bxc5 one method of attack is 25 lt)e4 intending 26 lt)h4.l:.d6 20 lt)xe5 and now 20.xb7+ 'iVxb7 24 'ie 4 'ixe4 25 Sxe4 the endgame is very awkward for Black due to his vulnerable pawns. He should have tried to bring his passive rook on h8 into the fray with 23.cxb419 axb4 .xb4..xcs After 24.. 24.a3 i.. A computer might defend suc­ cessfully after 2S...

. 30 .xb6 27 Sc2 The pin on the c-file will soon be decisive.&d7 30 SxcS 'id 6 31 lbh4! Every white piece joins in the attack.Jtc5 28 'i'c l tbe6 Question: How does White add power to his attack? Answer: 29 .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: After the game move it's White to play and win. The pin on e6 ensures that c5 falls.i. 27-.. 29.h3! A startling entrance by the KIA bishop.i. The knight threatens to go to f5 when the black queen is driven away from the defence of d5... but how? Answer: 26 tbxb6+! .

S. Fortunately we still have a string in our bow: 11 c4!?. Black can fianchetto early with 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d5 3 tt:d2 tt:f6 4 g3 b6 5 . P a r t T w o : M a in lin e w it h 3 'i e 2 Game 4 V...&xe6 36 'ili'f5+ and 37 'ji'xc8 costs Black a rook.White can’t play the system with We2 and tt:a3 as seen in Game 4 because the knight is already on d2...te7 8 0-0 tt:c6 9 Se1 Wc7 10 e5 tt:d7.tb7..d4 and now 12 h4 worked out fine for White... 33. . Nor can we play the l:. while 35. so we are play­ ing the pawn thrust one move latter than Chigaev’s 10 c 4.. went 11.e1 system that avoids 'i'e2 as in the present because our queen is already sitting on e2.Brunello-V... A very impressive blend of attacking and strategic play by White.Kotsur Moscow 2011 1 e4 e6 2 d3 ds 3 'ie 2 31 . It is still potent. Greek Team Championship 2013.. ..tg2 .Bologan-P.. For example.. Taking the pawn on e5 still looks very risky. The difference with the present game is that White already has his queen on e2..Sc8 32 Sxc8 Sxc8 33 'i'xh6 Black is suddenly enveloped byan attack on both wings. but I still like the look of 12 tt:e4!?.Sarandos.. and Black the queen on c7..txe6+ 1-0 There is no good way to recapture.... The queen is lost after 35.c5 7 tt:gf3 .tf4 with ideas of tt:d6+ or simply h4h5 as in the present game.txe6 36 Äb7+ Sc7 37 Sxc7+.'ji'f8 34 'ji'h7+ We7 35 .. but if it isn’t captured White can play . Now after 6 'ie2 if Black enters the main line with 6..KIA Versus the French 31.

tarrying with the knight on b l gives White a potent extra attacking resource if he chooses to avoid the c2-c4 strike on Black's centre. fife1 etc.i. 3. It is rather unappealing for Black to fianchetto on g7 when White hasn’t committed his knight to d2.c5 4 t2Jf3 l2Jc6 5 g3 ttJge7 6 . How­ ever. For ex­ ample.g7 8 c3 0-0 (after 8.. secondly.. but with White having played 1i'e2 rather than t2Jbd2. Firstly.f4 and White can build up his attack with moves like t2Jbd2.i. 7.i.. 32 ...g2 g6 7 0-0 ..0-0 8 e5 l2Jd7 9 c4! is a strong reply. h2-h4.l2Jf6 Here play develops as in Game 3 above. As we shall see. 4 lL!f3 . this is because it is slightly awkward to arrange when White has the option of e4xd5 and. hoping to prove that White’s 3 'f/Je2 move is slower than 3 l2Jd2 when it comes to the type of build-up we saw in Games 1 and 2 above.e7 5 g3 cs 6 l2Jc6 7 0-0 b6 Instead.b6 9 e5 'flic7 10 fie l h6 11 h4 play is similar to the game Navara-Zilka in Chapter Two) 9 e5 b6 10 . Black could castle kingside.i. because White’s dark-squared bishop has open access to the c1-h6 diagonal where it is worryingly near the dark square holes created by g7-g6...The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 3.

!bxd4 cxd4 13 .KIA Versus the French The attack on d5 comes at an awkward time for Black who has a bishop shut in on c8 and a knight blocking the queen's defence ofthe pawn. winning a piece.Ajrapetian. here is how a great chess genius crushed Black after he defended d5 with 9. but White can build up on the kingside after 10 cxb5 ...c6 14 Sad1 and already the white pieces are closing in on the d4-pawn.!bd2!. Meanwhile White can play his standard moves to overprotect e5 and gain space on the kingside with h2-h4. Here are some var­ iations that show the difficulties Black faces: a) If he decides to develop his bishop with 9.!Dfl liteS 15 . as in M. b) Opening the centre is no more promising: for example.!bxe5 . After 10 h4 h6 11 ...lir. Baku 1972: 10 i.e1 a6 12 b3 ..b6 then 10 . and so can focus on his typical knight manoeuvre as seen in Games 1 and 2: for example.f4 i.!b1h2 i. 13 . b5!? which is a valiant attempt to obtain counterplay a la the Benko Gambit.!ba5 11 .!bc3 d4 11 .f8 16 h5 b5 17 .d7 11 h4 .!bc3 when it is White's pieces who will benefit most from the d-file.f4.dxc4 10 dxc4 'ilic7 11 i.!Dbd2 'flc7 14 .d4 blocks the centre.!bd2 i.!bdxe5? fails to 12 .Medina. Jakarta 2012.Dzindzichashvili.:tb8 W hite is solid on the queenside.xa6 12 i.Paragua-W. White wants to win control of the e4-square for his knight and..!bb6 in D.!bxe5 13 . d) Black could try 9.Bronstein-R.Fedorov-G.!be4 builds up White's kingside attack. c) 9.. e) Finally. 9. by strengthening the c4 point with b2-b3 if necessary. as 11. etc..f4 fid8 12 . but merely ends up giving himself a weak pawn on d4) 12 . 33 ..!bc3 a6 12 bxa6 i.!bg4 with a typical white ini­ tiative on the kingside in A. block any attempt by Black at queen side counterplay. Voronezh 2008..!bd4 (Black is im­ patient for counterplay.

The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Play continued 14.. .txb4 17 ltlxd4 would at least give W hite the initiative in the centre and the chance to seize the bishop-pair with ltlxc6) 15 ltlb3 dxc4 (Black is left with ugly doubled pawns after 15. in the style of 10 c4l? in Game 3? 34 .te3! (forcing the pawn to d3 when the knight on c5 is left hanging) 20 'ig 4 (threatening both 21 ...'ic7.txc6 bxc6 18 ltlxc5 ltlxc5 19 .'ib6 16 cxd5 .i.f6 g6 23 'ilfg5 Black is soon mated.txd5 17 . After 21.b6: SeSltld7 9h4 A restraining move we have already seen in the games above.. but that was the lesser evil as the d4-pawn is now doomed) 16 dxc4 . though 15 ltlf3 ..th6) 'ife7?! 21 .9d7 22 . Question. We can now return to Kotsur’s 7.tg5 1-0. Is the pawn strike 9 c4 a reasonable idea here.tc5 17 .tc5 16 b4!? ..ltla4? (he had to play 14..txc6 and 21 .txd5 exd5...

'ic7 Removing the queen from the back rank with gain of time by attacking e5. which is more evidence he is going to castle long.Bologan-D.g7-g5 advance with .. lll : . Instead he reveals that he is con­ sidering a counterattack with . This nor­ mally indicates Black is planning to castle queenside. Bologan replies: 12 lLla3! Here we see the value of 3 'ie 2 ifBlack adopts the aggressive plan of castling on oppo­ site wings.g5 16 hxg6 Sxg6 (note how Black prepared the .d4 10 h4 h6 11 h5 'ic7 12 ±f4 &b7 13 lLlbd2 O-O-O 14 l:.KIA Versus the French Answer: Yes it is and you might choose to give it a go. 35 . with our standard 3 lLld2-style build-up on the kingside. when W hite could play 12 &f4 and 13 lLld2 then 14 lLldf1. White hasn't rushed to play &f4: he doesn't want the bishop to become a target for a counterattack with . where the white knight ends up on f1..g7-g5.±b7 10 C3 Besides guarding the d4-square.Dvimyy.. He keeps the bishop observing the g5-square from a distance. It goes to a3. Compared to 3 lLld2.g7-g5.. Victor Bologan himself has also tried 9 c4!? when play went 9..... this move has another important function that be­ comes apparent at move 12. meaning that if appropriate he can lop the pawn off it goes to g5..fe1 J:dg8 15 lLle4 (all familiar moves by White) 15. 10. 9. here the horse is still in touch with the queenside. e l h6 Black could castle kingside..... Gibraltar 2012... forcing Black to think about the danger from the ltlb5 thrust. The knight can also drop back from a3 to c2 (hence the value of 10 c3). Not that White is necessarily scared of this pawn advance. And so..l:dg8 so that he could capture back on g6 with his rook) 17 a3 h5 18 b4 with a hard fight in which White triumphed in V. and support a pawn advance with b2-b4 which will endanger the black king once he has cas­ tled queenside. quick as a flash.

13 liJc2 bs for the black king and make the . and the e6-pawn is left severely weak. If he castles kingside then White can quickly feed pieces over to the attack: for example.f7xg6 he won't get to open the g-file or h-file.. but now the black king's future residence is a little more shaky.f4 being followed by the manoeuvre ltJc2. W hite would have to ensure that Black couldn't respond . the weakness created by 11..f4 a5 16 liJe3!....0-0? Answer: Black is between a rock and a hard place (or Scylla and Charybdis as they say in old chess books). 36 .a6 Ruling out 13 liJb5. Why shouldn't the queen's knight be allowed to join in the fun as well? Besides in some cases the sacrifice ltJxd5. which is even better than 16 liJh2 and 17 ltJg4..g7-g5 advance haTder to arrange? Answer: 14 hs! We have already seen this idea in Game 3.g7-g5 now then after h5xg6 and the recapture . might be on. but this shouldn't be at all difficult because the black knight would be pinned on e5 against his queen.. If Black ever plays .. it was a bit late to tum back. 15 ii...O-Owhile the knight may have been somewhat wrong-footed in going to a3.ltJxe5 in a favourable way when the white knight reached e3.exd5 with e5-e6 and a discovered attack on the black queen. White will be able to play 17 ltJg4 next move when sacrifices on h6 or even with ltJf6+ will be in the air.. ltJe3 and ltJg4.. to answer . Question: How might White pursue his attack on the black king after 14. However. as after 12...h6 is troubling for Black.....The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move I2. You could imagine 13 ii.

but a human player is more than likely to crumble when he sees his kingside denuded ofdefenders and sacrifices looming on h6.0-0-0 15 a4 Notice how White uses his h-pawn and then his a-pawn to cause trouble for the black king. denying the black knight or bishop the g4-square with h2-h3.. There­ fore you need to have complete mastery over the wing pawns. whether it's supporting the advance ofthe b-pawn with a2-a3. don't believe the assessment of a computer program in positions of this kind. is . 14.lbdxe5...lbas Black tries to defend by forming a barricade on the light squares. In the King’s Indian Attack the centre is often blocked or static for a long time. It might tell you that Black is doing fine.KIA Versus the French By the way. he loses a piece after 17 lbxe5 lbxe5 18 d4.. 16 axbs axbs 17 b4 lbb3 18 litb1 lbxc1 19 l:exc1 c4 37 .. Note toothat if Black tries to grab the e5-pawn with 16.. or advancing the pawns aggressively as here.

. and then attack with the rooks down the a-file. 21. Kotovdalks about 'creeping moves’ that seem to change the position imperceptibly.c6 23 l:tca1 &d7 fxerase: In his classic book Think Like a Grandmaster.. Black wouldn't achieve any counterplay with .. but it has eased Black's defensive task a little bit that he no longer has to wor­ ry about the defence of the b5-pawn .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: What is the best strategy for White? a) Play 20 d4 to block the centre so that Black doesn’t getplaywith . taking up the centre port and attacking b 5. Gan you see a 'creeping' move for White here? 38 . Instead 20 d4? would be a fundamental mistake..bxc4!. 20 dxc4 dxc4 would open the h1-a8 diagonal and so bring the bishop on g2 in­ to the attack.. c) 20 &cd4 at once. However.. rather it would just lead to a faster collapse of his queenside. but have a big impact on a player's chances. so blocking the centre is unnecessary. Instead.. White is still proba­ bly winning....c4xd3.. 22.see White's 22nd move below. 20.'ifb6 21 l:ta1 Assuming control ofthe only open file on the board. Black can avoid all this with the recapture 20.. which would be to White's benefit if his rooks break through to the a7square.1.dxc4 21 S a l the g2-bishop will have a say in the attack.. Answer: 20 lt:Jcd4! White's knight takes up a beautiful central post from which it can never be dislodged by an enemy 22 fias And now White gains time to double rooks by attacking the bS-pawn. b) 20 dxc4 so that after 20. White wants to keep the d4-square open for his knights and also the g1-a7 diagonal for a possible infiltration by his queen..c4xd3..

. White's bishop is able to support an invasion by a white rook on b7. With his position in such a weakened state.1:thf8 34 lDxc4 'ifxhS 35 lDbd6+ 'if.'if.bxc4 the d-pawn drops to 30 J... it's no wonder that it speeds up his destruc­ tion.xd5. Black makes a bid for counterplay in the centre. Question: How does White breakthrough? Answer: 30 ...l:.tf6 29 'i'e 1 dxc4 After 29. 33. 24. The opposition of queens along the g1-a7 diagonal is very unpleasant for Black.'e8 2S lDe1! White intends to manoeuvre this knight to a3 and then win the bS-pawn with lbaxbs.a7 With the h1-a8 diagonal cleared. who finally arrives at a square he could have gone to on move five.'if. This quickly leads to the collapse of Black's resistance on the queenside as the bS-pawn becomes indefensible.... 36 :a s 39 .KIA Versus the French Answer: 24 'i'e3! Bologan increases his control of the dark squares.td7 26 lbec2 f6 Rather than await his fate passively... Already he must watch out for tricks such as 25 :ta7+ 'ite8? (he has toblock on d7) 26 Sxe7+! 'itxe7 27 lDfS+.'g8 It's been quite an adventure for the black king. 30. 27 dxc4 fxes 28 'i'x es . 25. He would then win a pawn whilst not giving his opponent the ghost of counterplay..'f7 31 l:b7 'id 6 32 lDxbS 'i'e s 33 lDe3 The c4-pawn is next in line for the chop. winning the queen by discov­ ered attack.

txc3!? 38 Wxc3 Wd1 + 39 &h 2 'iVhS+ 40 & g 1 Question: Is there going to be a draw after all? Answer: No. and attacks the black rook.Sxf1+.f3+ 44 &e4 Wd5 mate.l:xf2 42 lbe3 It's never too late to lose a game of chess.. defends the queen to rule out 43. or 43 'ie3 .. Two pawns down and with his position in 37 l:taa7 White has achieved the famous advantage of doubled rooks on the seventh rank..tg2 1-0 Fittingly the game ends with White’s trademark King’s Indian Attack move.. The knight protects g3. 36.Wxg3+ and 43..f8 44 ....l:. Naturally White has to avoid 42 &xf2?? l:tf8+ when Black enjoys a magnificent triumph down the f-file after 43 ^g2 1i'xf1+ with mate to follow..'if3 Threatening both 43 .. 4 2 . Bologan repeats moves to make the time control on move 40. 43 lbe4! An awesome all-purpose move.Sxf1+! 44 lbxf1 'ixc3.. 43... Kotsur tries one last tactical shot in time pres­ sure... A fine ex­ ample of sustained positional pressure. 40 .1.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move The rook stops off on its journey to a7 to persuade Black to weaken his kingside....tfl .Wdl+ 41 . 37.. 40..

Invicta Knights.. But when chess is only your 'hobby' you can't keep up with all the sharpest opening theory. 3.lbc6 4 g3 ds s lbbd2 The standard move order for this chapter is 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d5 3 lbd2 c5 4 lbgf3 lbc6 5 g3. s.. would scupper the plan. . a fan of the KIA. and Karpov in 1975). When it comes to ducking main lines. i.KIA Versus the French P a r t T h r e e : M a in lin e 3 tiJd 2 w it h .i.d6 Note that this move would be difficult to arrange against the 3 'ie 2 move order.. as White would be in a position to play e4-e5 more quickly. Former World Champion Anatoly Karpov was a fan of this bishop deployment (just imagine the diagram position being contested in a match between Fischer.. d 6 b y B la c k 1 e4 cs 2 lbf3 e6 3 d3l Grandmaster Matthew Sadler was one of England's most promising young chess stars. His last ever game as a professional was foryour author's team.d6 could be answered by e4xd5. in a European Club Cup match. It was a fine hurrah as Sadler beat Alexander Morozevich with Black in a sharp Sicilian Najdorf. Matthew re­ turned to chess after a long hiatus in 2010 and continued to perform way over 2600 level. 41 .i. winning a pawn due to the pin on the e-file. or else the fact that .. but he ceased being a professional player in 1999. .. the King's Indian Attack is just what is needed.

On the other hand. Also possible is 8 &h4 -&d7 (or 8.... especially if shut in by e4-e5. Having established a pawn on e4 he wants to push it one square further.Äf6 Black would risk having both his knight and bishop on d6 driven back by an e4-e5 advance (and he wouldn't have the option of stabilising the centre with . Black avoids loosening his kingside dark squares with .i..f6..g2 Questions Now what square should the black knight on g8 be developed to:e7 orf6? Answer: 6.. Furthermore. A bishop on g7....The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: Would you like to weigh up the pros and cons of having the bishop on d6 compared to after..&d6 the bishop is brought to the centre fight in one move (5.g6 and 6. White might gain time for his e4-e5 advance by hitting the bishop.f7-f6 with the knight on that square)..&g7). when Black is well fortified on the king­ side after 9. 5. the bishop will be less safe on d6 than on g7 and is only contesting control of one square on the a1-h8 diagonal rather than the whole of it.&c7!?) 9 f4... Answer: With 5.&%е7 After 6..&d6).g7-g6 and keeps the bishop in contact with the c5-square and the queenside in general.. can lose touch with events on the queenside.. but have a go here. say. a near 42 . rather than two (5.. 6 .... I’d like to show you quickly the finish of a game in which Black.. Therefore he chooses a safer and more permanent address for the horse.g6 6 &g2 Ag7 7 0-0 £ige7? Hopefully you'll be able to weigh up these options better after you’ve read Chapter Two. 7 0-0 0-0 8 l:e1 Sadler's development is simple and straightforward.

lbxa7? (Black had to forget about the rook and guard d5 with 18. though 19 i. Black still has an extra rook but it will be mate on the h-file.._xd6 22 :txa7 and :txa7 combined with 43 . Exercise: Can you see the finish after this move? Answer: 20 lbg6+! (I wonder if Black missed this move or just couldn't believe it would work) 20. was destroyed by someone rated 2335 in V._e2 lbxb3 14 axb3 i.d2!).f5: 10 c3 l:.._g2 1-0.a4 13 .hxg6 21 . Bhopal 2013.Sengupta. Black is also defenceless after 19.. after he chose the less solid 9. when the threats of 21 lbxd6 .xd5+ 'ifi>h8..e3 i..d2! keeps White's initiative) 19 i. 18 c4!! (winning control of the d5-square for the bishop is more important than a rook) 18..Kulkarni-D..c8 11 lbb3 lba5 12 ii..fa1 lbc6.lbb4..:tf7 20 lbxf5 (even stronger is the calm computer move 20 i.KIA Versus the French 2600-player.xb3 15 exf5 exf5 16 litxa7 ^ 6 17 l:.

cxd4 11 lt:Jb3 and 12 lt:Jbxd4 White regains his pawn...... but White maintains an edge by opening lines on the queenside) 12.f6..'i'a1+ and ...Lindborg. leaving Black with a weak­ ness on d5 and a hole on e6) 11 c3 i.i.d8 21 i.g4 12 b3 (Black has kept his centre intact.. But actually the com­ puter wants to play an insane looking move here: 24 .xf7 threatens both c8 and 24 'i'g8 mate. but allows 21 litxa7! 'i'xa7 22 lt:Jh6+! gxh6 23 'i'g4+ 'it>h8 and now 24 .f8 tries to deal with both of these threats. White decided it was a good moment to change the centre structure: 9 exd5 exd5 10 d4 c4 (after 10. 44 .xf7..1i'd7 14 lt:Je3 i.'i'xb2+.xd6 'i'xd6 22 'i'a6 Sc8? (he had to play 22...f6 to rule out e4-e5 once and for all? Answer: Let's see what happened in V. We should return to the main game where Peng Zhaoqin faced 8 Se1: 8..i. 'i'g4+ picking up an undefended rook on c8. the black queen’s route to g7 is blocked by her own pawn.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move lt:Jh6+! gxh6.. The point is to cut out any de­ fence by Black based on . The twin threats of'i'xc8 and 'ig 8 are therefore decisive..f7 16 bxc4 bxc4 17 'ili'a4 (the pressure begins to build on the queenside) 17. For example.Meijers-P.d4+!.i. After 24.\!i'd7 with a minimal advantage to White)...cxd4 23 i.. bringing the queen back to g7 to meet the threat of'iVg8 mate..c7 Question: What if instead of retreating the bishop Black strengthened Ьет hold on the e5-square with 8. Altenkirchen 2012 after 8..a3 li:. 20..ab8 19 S a b i Sx b l 20 Sxb1 li:.'fic7 18 i...i.. are decisive..b5 13 lt:Jf1 (White wants his knight on e3 to attack d5) 13.e6 15 ltJd2 i.

45 . After 8. Exercise: How can White exploit his pressure on the centre? Answer: After 23 li:dxc4! dxc4 24 d5 White will regain his piece with an extra pawn due to the pin on c6 .txd5+ li:xd5?? he drops his rook to 26 'ixc8+.b2. the game ended 23 Sb5? l:tc7? (losing at once..note that c4 is also hanging. Instead. Exercise: What do you think is the best/worst of these four possible plans?. : 1) 9 b3 to complete development with ю Ü. If Black plays 24..4) 9 exds exds 10 d4 to ram the black centre.. but if 23.. Sadler has to decide how best to utilize his pawns. 3} 9 c3 to prepare e4-e5 or b2-b4.2) 9 es to seize space in the centre.txd5 25 .. This is always a key point in White's build-up in the King's Indian Attack.tc7..J:td8 White has 24 lDdxc4! dxc4 25 d5 as in the last note) 24 Sb8+ 1-0..KIA Versus the French .

White therefore needs an­ other string to his bow besides the e4-e5 advance.f5 Black’s bishop is actively placed. Besides.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Answer: There’s more to development than getting the pieces off the first rank..l:b8 The rook not only supports a pawn thrust against c3 with . So we can reject Idea One.cxd4 11 lDb3 and 12 tDbxd4.. 11 d4 ii... Alternatively. though after 10 lDb3 b6 11 c4 lDde7 12 d4 i... The move that is most natural in this type of KIA set-up is 9 e5 (Idea Two).. after 9 exd5 Black can avoid exposing his pawn structure with 9.bS-b4.lDg6. but is also evacuated from the a8-h1 diagonal where it could be exposed to attack after Black’s 11th move.lDxdS. which would at least be a moral victory for White) 11 lDf1 i.. But this is precisely the move that Black's strategy is designed to prevent: after 9 e5 lDg6 the impetu­ ous pawn is attacked three times and cannot be defended. Idea Four would radically change the nature of the pawn structure.xc4 or 10 lDe4 b6 11 d4 White retains a small initiative. 9. whereas here he is granting it freedom..b6: for example... It is not entirely log­ ical as W hite’s strategy beginning with 3 d3 has been to hamper Black's light-squared bishop. 10 a3 Question: What is the purpose of this move? Answer: After the immediate 10 e5 Black can consolidate on the queenside with 10.a6! 13 dxc5 i. 46 . af­ ter 9 b3 d4! you have to ask yourself if you are planning to develop or entomb the bishop on b2. 9 C3! White is now readyfor the advance e4-e5 as it can now be supported by d3-d4 in the event of Black attacking it with ..a6 when the bishop enjoys an open diagonal. after 11 b3 cxb3!? 12 axb3 fieS Black has little to fear. After 9 exdS exd5 10 d4 c4!? (avoiding the isolated pawn that will appear after 10. Indeed.

e3 Black has problems defending the c5-pawn.. 12 ltJe4 dxc3 13 bxc3 ltJxeS 14 ltJxcS ltJd7 47 .. Following 14. Zhaoqin now plays 10. but now the c5-pawn becomes a target once again. 11. imagine if Black after the game move 10 a3 plays 10....d4 Black cuts off the potential support of the e5-pawn with d3-d4..a6 in response to 11 e5....e6xd5.. The bishop on g2 is also pleased to see the barrier on d5 van­ ish. the drawback to 10.c4!. as was the case in the 10 e5 variation above. the move that was effective against 10 e5 in the variation above.. Black would be left with vulnerable hanging pawns on c5 and d5.. For example.. In other words. avoiding weaknesses on the queenside.. Ra­ ther than enjoying an open diagonal. the bishop on a6 finds itself under threat of 15 b5.. Black is able to counter both 10 e5 and the plan of attacking c5 with b2b4.b7) 12 exd5 exd5 13 'ic2 Se8 14 l:!. would be part of this 11 es Question: Why shouldn’t White attack с5 with llb 4 a s he did against H.b6. The pawn ex­ change e4xd5..KIA Versus the French The alternative is to undermine Black's c5 point with b2-b4 and b4xc5.b6 in the variation above? Answer: Black could answer 11 b4 with 11.d6 17 i. 10. with Black recapturing . White manages to exploit this by first feinting to play 11 b4 and then switching to 11 e5.i.. but this move is less effective if White switches to the alternative 11 e5.b5 is that Black can no longer activate the bishop with .b7 15 bxc5 bxc5 16 ltJb3 i. As explained above. Play might go 11 b4 i. but can't use the same pawn move against plans.a6?! (safer is 11 .b5..i....i. To counter the plan of 11 b4 with pressure on c5.

.t'Lld5. If necessary it can be supported by . b) Makes your own pieces do something.. c) Serves a defensive purpose.. White is planning 16 a4 which will clear a diagonal for his bishop on a3 and leave Black with a pawn on b5 that can be attacked by the white rook... That’s a lot of added work or power for the white pieces.. keeping the white bishop from a3 and denying the white rook an easy target.a5! would prepare to answer 16 a4 with 16. A move either: a) Develops something or brings new forces into the game. but is this natural move also the best one ? Answer: Chess is also about stopping your opponent playing good moves.. Thus 15.. As we shall see.. White's advantage is minimal. such as attacking something... 16 a4 a6 17 axb5 axb5 18 . undoing the work ofthe opponent’s pieces. After the exchange 17 cxb4 axb4 the pawn on b4 is much more easily defended than the pawn that results in the game on b5.. but even after the cold-blooded 18. 48 . etc.b4.. Note there’s no reason to hurry to play l'Lld6 to get the bishop-pair. I like the way Emanuel Lasker describes the purpose of a chess move in his book Common Sense in Chess.1b7 Exercise: Peng Zhaoqin develops her last piece to an open diagonal. He has a little queenside pressure because Black’s pawn on b5 is a target. 15l'Lle4 15..l:te8 White can attack b5 with 19 fib1 then l'Lld4. 18.. but that is all..ia3 White’s bishop is now exerting formidable pressure along the dark-squared diagonal..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Black prefers to exchange off the active knight on c5 rather than the one on f3..1xe4 Giving up the light-squared bishop doesn’t help at all. that is. with a strong initiative.

After 20 .. 2) Opens the way for a further attack on the b5-pawn (increasing the work of his own pieces). Common Sense in Chess.. Answer: 19 dxe4l Much better than the pseudo-active 19 . By recapturing with the pawn.h4! keeps some initiative for White) 20.:txe4 when Black can reply 19.xf8 (20 l:.. “What is the right move now..the move which adds most to ■ ■o the power of our pieces?" (Emanuel Lasker.ti:\d5! putting the knight on a fine square and threatening a fork on c3.ti:\xe4 Black isn't worse. White: 1) Keeps the black knight out of the d5-square (undoing the work of an enemy piece in Lasker's phrase). 1896)..ti:\xc3 and 21.KIA Versus the French Ixerdse.. 19.i...l:te8 20 l:tb1 ti:\c6 49 .

Therefore it's intriguing to see what happened when they clashed in their favourite open­ ing. make any sacrifices or calculate long at home . Rather than wait for the c-pawn to be pushed through. Peng Zhaoqin 22 tt:JxeS tt:JxeS 23 i..a6 tbd7 29 i. with the 3 tt:Jd2 option appearing in the analysis to 9..... 21. 24. Via 3 tt:Jd2: 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d5 3 tt:Jd2 tt:Jf6 4 g3 tt:Jc6 5 i.c5 8 0-0 0-0 9 c3. Morozevich might have prepared the pawn sacrifice with 13 . Therefore I doubt that ei­ ther player would have purposely played a second-rate opening to hide their best ideas in the King's Indian Attack. Play inevitably deteriorates in the 50 . Well investigate these variations in the game below.e 6 .e 5 After both the 3 tt:Jd2 or 3 1i'e2 move order Black has the option to capture on e4 and then equalize the space balance in the centre with e6-e5.” 24 '>t>g2 “. P a r t F o u r : B la c k p la y s ..d s x e 4 a n d f ix e s t h e c e n t r e w it h . with large cash prizes as well as pride being an incentive to win.. Here are two scenarios: Via 3 'ie2 : 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d5 3 1i'e2 tt:Jc6 4 tt:Jf3 e5 5 g3 dxe4 6 dxe4 tt:Jf6 7 i.11ed8 25 'ie 2 g5 26 h3 i.xbs 'if6 As Tarrasch would say: “The beginning of Black's attack.a5.d6 1-0 After 29-..g2 dxe4 6 dxe4 e5 7 tt:Jgf3 i. What's the move? Answer: 21 i.f1 l Deciding the game with the quietest of moves as Black can't defend b5..b6 27 l:tf1 h6 28 i. The present game was played at blitz but it was also part ofa World Championship.Sa8 30 e5 'ig 7 31 Sfd1 Black is a pawn down with her queen shut away and her pieces under terrible pressure from the white rooks and bishops. .g2 i.and the end of Black's attack”. He kept a slight edge and forced Black to make some difficult strategic decisions. 1 e4 e6 Viktor Bologan and Alexander Morozevich are two of the greatest KIA players of all time.c5 8 0-0 0-0 9 c3.. In fact.. but nevertheless won easily against a strong opponent. Sadler didn't unleash any great novelty..perhaps he feared facing it as White...The K ing’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: Suddenly it’s White to play and win.

2d3 dS 3 'ie 2 After 3 li)d2 li)f6 4 lt)gf3 the move 4. but Black has a specific plan in mind. Note that the normal French move order would be 1 e4 e6 2 d4 dS 3 li)d2 li)f6 4 e5 li)fd7 5 li)gf3 c5 6 c3 li)c6 7 &d3 li)c6 8 0-0.dxe4 when 6 dxe4? li)g4 hits f2. But unexpectedly White has 7 'ifa4+! i.KIA Versus the French middle game with a lot of tactics missed and some gross errors. Also in the KIA version Black could try 6.. 3^^^ltX6!? It looks odd to block the c-pawn.. but then the bishop is a long way from defending the kingside. frees the bishop on c8 and prevents White's clamping e4-e5 advance.&c5 was mentioned earlier. White has options such as 5 e5 li)fd7 6 d4 i. but it's a highly interesting struggle.d7 8 'ixe4 regaining the piece with a pretty good game as he will get in d3-d4 and &d3.. What more could you ask from a pawn move? 51 . Black increases his share of the centre.. 4 lt)f3 esl In view of his many stunning successes with W hite after 3 'ie2. But none of this is to do with the KIA. which looks like a mistake at first glance as Black can play 5. and Black two moves to get his bishop to e7. and again it's not really our territory.e7 7 &d3 c5 8 c3 li)c6 9 O-Owhich has transposed to the French Tarrasch 'Universal System' which does well for White. I gave up in exasperation and recommended the move order 4 g3 (rather than 4 lt)gf3) in the Introduction to guarantee that White will be able to fianchetto. Then after 4. it's no surprise that Morozevich knows a good line against it... In the line above.. A way to keep it more in the style of a flank opening is 5 c3..c5 5 &g2 0-0 6 li)gf3 li)c6 7 O-O dxe4 8 dxe4 e5 we have the pawn centre examined in the pre­ sent game. But Black doesn't have to go into this.. of course.i.. White took two moves to get his pawn to d4. while after 6 li)xe4 li)xe4 it seems like White is going to lose a pawn after 7 dxe4? &xf2+.&b6!? to keep pressure on d4 with ..c7-c5.

xc3 White has gained the bishop-pair and is attacking e5 three times.xc3 8 i..d2 i.Broomfield.exf415 l:tg4 g5 16 fixg5 fxg5 17! his knight would be on a strong centre post and cramping the activity ofthe bishops.g1 &f7 13 O-O-OSd8 14 f4 (White finds a way to be rid ofhis doubled pawns) 14..i. when after 5.g4! now spoils things somewhat as White’s kingside pawns are going to be broken up: for example.'ifxd5 6 tt:Jc3 i. when if Black had played 18. So far this is GJones-M.xf3 10 'ifxf3 'i!Vxf3 11 gxf3 f6 12 l:. Certainly 5 exdS looks logical.ilc3 when White has two bishops against two knights.. Unfortunately 8.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: But isn’tBteckgoingto lose time with hisqueen and be left with a shaky pawn ones after White captures on d5? Answer: If only it were that simple. 9 'ife4 i.xh8 tt:Jh6 18 ...b4 7 i. Street 2003.. but his kingside remains fragile. The 52 .

6 dxe4 lZ'lf6 7 i. Instead. Budva 2009.g2 dxe4 6 dxe4 e5 7 lZ'lgf3 . in the game cited Black blundered with 18. and how Black.Maslak. Gaining space in this manner would be pleasant for White in any case.e4+ 'it>h6 24i. which went (with the move order amended for consis­ tency): 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d5 3 lZ'ld2 lZ'lf6 4 g3 lZ'lc6 5 i. We'll refer to another game by the Moldovan Grandmaster. V.e2! lZ'lf6 (Broomfield realized too late that 19.1g4) 20 Sg1 'it>g6 21.Bologan-K.tc5 8 O-OO-O 9 c3 a5.. should respond to it? Answer: 9—aS! With 9 c3 White guarded the d4-square and threatened to expand on the queenside with 10 b4. Therefore Black very sensibly prevents it. 19 h3.cs 8 0-0 0-0 9 c3 Exercix: Can you think of-two reasons for this move.. but it's nothing for White to write home about.:txgS+ 'lt>f6 26 l:xd5 Sxd5 27 i.lZJxf2 loses a piece to 20 S f l lZ'lh3 21 . Bologan prefers to keep the strong point on e4.1f3 h5 22 h3 White had activated his bishops and rook.KIA Versus the French game remains unclear after.g 2 i. say. but here it would have the added bonus of hampering the defence of the e5-pawn after a further b4-b5.)bg4? when after 19 i. 5 g3 dxe4 Black is happy to exchange on e4 as White's bishop won't be going to b5 or c4 in the fu­ ture. 53 ..g7+! 'lt>xg7 25 .xd5 when White ground out a win. and restrained the black kingside pawns. Here I wish to pause and consider the similar scenario reached after the alternative 3 lZ'ld2 move order by White.lZJd5? and lost the g5-pawn to 23 i.. Black made a second oversight with 22.

'id3. Let’s see how Bologan utilized the d5-square in the Maslak game (from the diagram above with the white queen on dl): 10 Шс2 54 . the queen can be evicted by 10 tt:'le1 and then 11 b4..a5. Maslak has adopted the same plan as Morozevich did versus 3 'ie 2 and the game has flowed in similar style. Exercise: Perhap s you would like to compare 'the two positions from Bologan’s games and consider what difference it makes that White has his queen on e2 in the first. as the most likely outcome would be the collapse of the white centre: the black pieces are just too active. Meanwhile White has been restrained from advanc­ ing on the queenside and there are no entry points for his pieces along the d-file.. QQuestiorn So what is Bologan to do? Is it time to offeT a draw? Answer: Actually..c7-c6 to cover the dSsquare. It would be reckless to try to 'take Black whole’ on the kingside by preparing f2-f4. Therefore. There are no obvi­ ous weaknesses in his pawn structure. when White gains space on the queenside to make up for the inconvenience caused by the white knight going back to e1. Black tries to stifle White with 9. there is a glimmer of hope for White: he has managed to guard the d4square with his c3-pawn. and his knight on d2 in the second? Answer: Generally speaking we can say that in both scenarios Black's king is completely safe and he has been able to develop his pieces to active centre squares.. in both scenarios a plan suggests itself: get a knightto a splendid post on d5.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move The only possible sharp alternative I’d like to point out is that if instead of 9... whereas Black is unable to respond with .

...i.d1 The first white piece to get into contact with the dS-square..h6 wins the exchange. 15...a4. 15 ...d6 the knight on f6 can be pinned with .i.We8 13 a4 Stopping his knight being driven back by 13...e3 White dangles the prize of the bishop-pair before Black's eyes as he sees it will facilitate getting the horse to d5.. Now Black rather helpfully allows the other knight to get to the c4-square from where it can also get in contact with dS: 55 ...KIA Versus the French We might say that c2 is a somewhat superior square to e2 for the white queen.d7 leaves the horse no one near d5.Jg416 ttJfS ttJxe3 17 ttJxe3 Sxd1+ 18 2xd1 'ili'c819 ttJdS The knight finally makes it to the dream square..i. 11. Though it also has to be said the white queen never comes under any such pressure in Bologan's game with Morozevich.b7-b6 and .1.e7 After 11..a6.i..e6 White would probably continue as in the game.%ld8 If 14...i. since 14ltJg5 . 13.g6? to guard f5 then 15 .1... 10.. The one drawback to the b3 post is that it is much further away from dS than the knight would be after ltJc4.1.. as there is no chance of being attacked by .....i. 14 ltJh4l The knight heads for a strong outpost on f5 (though not as good as dS).. b6 11 ltJb3 The knight drives back the bishop from c5 and clears the way for his own dark-squared bishop to enter the game..a6 After 13..g5. 12 . 14. 12 .l:.i.

1..xe3 31 lZlxe3 lZlf7 32 l:tbl 'ia B The pressure on the black queen side.. However. 28 b4 looks the way to keep the initiative. with ideas of 1Lh3. 29 lZlde3 'ili'c8 Black misses his one chance to obstruct W hite’s attack with 29..iLxh3 34 Wxh3 axb4 35 J:xb4 cS 36 l:.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 19..1Ld8 20 lLld2 1Le2 21 l:r. 26.c7-c6. dis­ tracts the black queen so that White can seize the light squares with his next move.iLcS 26 WbSl A clever probing move.'ib7 27 'i f l lZld8 28 lL\c2 Instead. 28.1Lb3!.xb6 'ifxa4 37 'ig. 30. . which can be traced back to the plan of tLld5..e1 1Lg4 22 lZlc4 . 33 1Lh3! .C6 The white knight is evicted from d5.. White hopes to exploit the fragility of Black’s queenside after the loosening move . 30 b4! Now all is well again for White’s plan as he can open lines to exploit the vulnerable black queenside.lte6 23 'ie 2 f6 24 h4 1Le7 25 lZlce3 . after which White retreats his queen back to fl... The black queen goes to b7..4 56 .. This possibility is why White should have preferred 28 b4..

37. ..:tc166 l:td4+ 1-0 We can now return to Bologan-Morozevich where White's queen was on e2 and Black has just played 9. The endgame proves heavy weather but Bologan gets there..1tlh6 The knight guards f5. 40. 38 'ie6+ &h8 39 'ifc4 The c5-pawn would soon be picked off after the queen exchange.lir.a5.KIA Versus the French Black has avoided material loss but now there are threats to his king with ltlf5 looming.... 43. 57 .lb5 f5 42 'ifd5 'ie S 43 Sxc5 White wins his pawn.f4 44 ltlf5 ltlxf5 45 exf5 fxg3 46 'ifxe5 gxf2 47 'iWxeB l:txe8 48 &xf2 ^g8 49 & 3 & f7 50 c4 l:e l 51 f g6 52 Üc7+ f 53 l:tc6+ & 7 54 fxg6+ hxg6 55 c5 &g7 56 l:td6 'it>h6 57 c6 'it>h5 58 c7 1:tcl 59 l:td7 Sc4+ 60 Фе5 2 c l 61 l:h7+ &g4 62 &d6 l:tdl+ 63 &e7 l:tcl 64 &d8 ...'ia l+ 40 &g2 'ifaS 41 I. but it is left passive on h6 meaning that Black lacks the defensive resources to protect the c5-pawn.d1+ 65 l:td7 .

he is willing to invest the bishop-pair to achieve his aim: something of a risk against an attacking player like Morozevich.Femandez Romero.l:tdl to take the queen. in six moves' time the rook is going to take the pawn on a5” then either you have cheated or you have psychic powers. Exercise: Having seen the Maslak game. Finally.'i'e7 Answer: White played 10 ..tgs Bologan decides to exchange off the piece defending the d5-square.. If 14 tl)c4 the pin with 14. 58 .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 10 S d 1 .b6. A more strategical response is that the rook will be well stationed on the only open file on the board.a6 15 Wc2 l:fd8.Bauer-E. The game C. if you an­ swered " A solid alternative is 13. h6 12 i. 11 .a6 is unpleasant. 11. can you explain why White plays this move? What is his plan? 10.. As we saw in the Maslak game.. of course.x f6 Wxf6 The next step in White's plan will be to get his knight to c4. We also know from the Maslak game that White is beginning to fight for the d5-square. 13 tl)bd2 13... continued 14 tt:)f1 i. so the knight must seek a different route to dS.i. Elgoibar 2005..

but the pawn became vulnerable after White swapped everything off into an endgame with 17 Sxd8+ ..xd8 18 litd1 .. 17 b4 leaves the other bishop on a6 is shut in..KIA Versus the French Exercise: If now 16 £)e3 Black can lop off the knight with the bishop and double W hite’s pawns. Success in the King's Indian Attack often depends on little pawn moves. At first glance this seems an attractive idea.d7. Now Bauer was able to probe the black queenside with 23 i..g6 25 'ie 2 'ig 7 26 ll'le1 White had a couple of small advantages: 59 .c6 24 i.d6 21 'if'd5 tDe7 22 'ifxd6 .. After 24.b5? clearing a retreat for the bishop back to b6... chasing the bishop from c5 when 18 tDe3 heads for the fine post on dS. The plan is 17 b4.lx f1 19 'ixf1 l:txd1+ 20 'ifxd1 .. If now 16. Therefore Black can only maintain the bishop on c5 with 16.l:.a4. See if you can find a good way to prepare the knight move. Answer: 16 a3!!.lxd6..h3! (you should always keep your eyes open for this move in the KIA) 23.

14 lDc4 lDg6 Having transferred his own horse to g6 where it guards the e5-pawn.c6.b6 16 lbcxe5 lbxe5 17 lbxe5 c6 White has the defence 18 lbd7 We7 19 litxcS . Now either aS or eS is going to drop. and White’s bishop has more scope than Black’s which is impeded by the pawn on e5. 16.fS when 27 f3 ^f6 28 lDd3 was uncomfortable for him. for example. Here. the black pawns on a4 and c6 are loose. but Morozevich hopes to cause problems for White’s rook.te6 17 l:tbS :fd 8 ! with counterplay along the d-file.. The rook invades just in time before Black slams the door shut with 1S..ta7 Black removes the bishop from the c5-square as after 15...te6 60 . Are these enough to win? Objectively no. 15. Black needlessly weakened his pawns further with 26. Black’s manoeuvre tofortify the dS-square has left something vulnerable in his queenside pawn structure.txd7 (and not 19. . Morozevich plans to keep the white knight out ofds by answering 15 tDe3 with 1S.. Exercise: Answer: 15 l:tds! As in the Maslak game. persistence and his opponent’s impatience.c6... 16 SxaS Or 16 Sad1 ...... but Bauer managed to grind out a win thanks to excellent technique.. Therefore Bologan has to act fast or any advantage will evaporate..bxc5 20 tDxf8) 20 l:thS when White is a pawn up and his errant rook looks safe..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move his king is nearer the centre.

.. 17.•••^iW tionrlS there! a threat? v .litxa8 with a simple win..txc4 18 'ixc4 . 18 lL!cd2 c6 19 h3 'ie 7 20 tLlf1 l:tad8 21 tLle3 'ib 7 22 tLlfS litd7 23 Sd 1 l:tfd8 24 .'i6 + 20 Ф f l 'i'xb2! and although Black is a piece down.txf2+) 19 tLle3 . However.KIA Versus the French :■ ' '...•■.. After 17 Ha3 give ■ yourself тоте time to find a combination for Black based on th e .txc4 18 'ixc4 .txf2+!! when White must reply 19 Ф 1 with the worse game...b6 18 l:ta6 b5 (reopening the idea of . winning the exchange. As it’s a blitz game we won't look too critically at the rest of the game.bS? Answer: Black should play 17..:txd7 'ixd7 25 h4 61 .. : :... Exercise: We should remember this was only a blitz game.txf2+! 21 Фxf2 Bxa8 22 'ixb5 he is better with his extra pawn.:txa8 ..■ j 17 l:ta3? Answer: The threat was 17... as 19 Фxf2? loses to 19. but it won't be at all easy to win.txf2+ 19 Фxf2 litxa5.xf2+ theme..Jk...txe3 20 .. White should defend his rook with 17 b4 when after 17. he'll pick up a rook for nothing after 21 J:txa8 'it'xa1+ and 22..

28 t'LlxeS Wc7 29 t'Llf3 White could have exploited a potential fork on c6 with 29 lLlxc6! as if 29. 26 b4 ±b6 27 hstt:lf8 If 27.^xf5 30 exf5 and the knight on c6 is defended..... 29.&xf5 28 exfS lLlf8 29 c4l and White's rook will be working with the other pieces again.. then in contrast to the game. so 30 "ilg4 wins at once.. 62 . White's queen still has access to g4.d3 32 lLlxc4 bxc4 33 2a6 The way to quell Black's initiative was 33 Sa8+ when if 33.^ h 7 34 e5 "ild7 35 'ie4+ is decisive.f6 (securing the e5-pawn) 26 hS or 26 . Or if 29.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 25.&c4.±c4 30 'ife 1 lLle6 31 lLle3 l:... but he still faces enormous technical difficulties due to his misplaced rook.th3 White is a sound pawn up.±c5 After 2S.....

34..d5.'i'xa6 3S iLlxd3 cxd3 36 Wd2 'ic 4 37 .. now 9 b3 0-0 10 .Anastasian.'id7.i. the two extra pawns should pre­ vail despite White’s discomfort...KIA Versus the French 33.b 7 .xg3+ 0-1 P a r t F iv e : B la c k p la y s a q u ic k . ready to answer 34..i.e7..i. so White has to make do with 34 fflxb6 :txg3! (a desperado move) 35 fxg3 Wxb6+ when Black might survive. He should play 33 .Lemos Santos 2007 1 e4 e6 2 d3 Also possible is 2 We2 at once. but in fact 3 exd5 'ili'xd5 leaves White will only a minimal advantage: for example. Miroshnichenko-A. 4 ltlf3 c5 (not letting White play d2-d4 with impunity) 5 ltlc3 'i'd8 6 g3 ltlc6 7 .e7.i.i. 2..Ш 7 Black makes the proverbial second to last mistake that wins him the game. 34ltles?? After 34 fia4.g2 ltlf6 8 0-0 .i. White could simply play 3 d3 and head for the main line.i..ds 3 'ie 2 dxe4 4 dxe4 63 .. and when Moro­ zevich picked up his queen he bashed out 34 ltleS without noticing it had gone to b7 rather than d7. I wonder if Bologan anticipated 34.xf2+ 41 'ifi>h2 . One ofthe reasons behind this move is to deter 2... Another possibility for Black is 2....xf3? Wxg3+ 35 'ifi>f1 'ixf3 36 :txb6 ltlf4 he has a mating attack.Sxf3! when if 34 .b2 looks some­ what better for White as Black struggles to develop his bishop on c8 to an active square.g 2 W e1 +40 W f1 ... The main game actually started with this move order.i... as in E..f1 Wxe4 38 Wxd3 Wes 39 .'id7 with 35 ltleS. Dubai 2011.b 6 Game 7 A. That said.Rodriguez Vila-D. when 3 iLlf3 d5 4 d3 ltlf6 5 eS will transpose to the main lines.i. Of course.

The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 4..e5 Black has equalized space in the centre..Aa6. whereas the black queen offers no similar aid to its pawn.b6 The purpose of this move is to try to embarrass the white queen with ..i. Exercise: After 4~... but as so often in the KIA. Also it is possible for White to arrange the manoeuvre ltld2 and ltlc4 to assail e5... Exercise: After 4.d6 8 ll'lc4 0-0 9 'ic2 .i.i. 2) White keeps some initiative as e5 is harder to defend than e4.a6.ll'lc6 and White can choose between the immediate 7 'ifc2 and 7 ll'lbd2 .3) White can finish the game in three moves with 5 Wh5 (attacking e5) 5. Even though the white queen is on an awk­ ward square it is at least defending e4..g5 ltlf6 8 'fih4 the position is not quite in the KIA ethos. as well as introducing the idea of a later advance with b2-b4) 6. ^ 6 6 £sf6 7 Wxfy mate. the pawn on e5 is easier to attack than the pawn on e4.. Maybe 7 c3!? ltlf6 8 'ie 2 is the way to justify it. Play might continue S ll'lf3 ll'lc6 6 c3 (making a hole for the queen on c2 and guarding the d4-square. but after 6. when suddenly White's bishop is on c4 and it's the black queen who is boxing in her bishop. Therefore comment '2' seems the most accurate. Can you see it? 64 . Answer: I sympathise with the attempt to recreate Morphy against the Duke of Brunswick and Count Isouard with 5 ' i 5 ltlc6 6 Jtc4...e5 which of these comments best assesses the position? 1) Black has equalized because the white queen is blocking in the bishop on fl...'i'e7 (stopping mate!) 7 . After 4.b6 you can borrow an idea from the paragraph above to best counter Black’s intention of 5~.

lta6 6 'ic2 .lta6 6 lbc4 The white knight will be pinned for a long time.KIA Versus the French Answer: 5 lbd2\ Black was hoping to oblige White to weaken his centre in reply to 5. This is an example of how moves in the opening phase of a game have to be examined without any prejudice: it doesn’t matter how pleasing or logical they are...... say.ta6 with 6 c4....lbf6 65 . played a major part in helping humans discover strong 'unnatural’ moves and ideas. or give up the right to castle after. 5 c3 . but rather surprisingly there is no way for Black to exploit it. S.ltxf1 7 &xf1. But some years ago Morozevich demonstrated that blocking the attack on the queen with the knight is an ef­ fective idea. of course. the only thing that matters is whether or not they work. 6. Computers have.

.lba5... but White still has the resource 12 lbd6+! cxd6 13 'iVxa6 gaining the bishop-pair.f4 i.. He achieves this with his next two moves. but White is able to guard the e5-pawn again.lbd5 might have been preferable. 10 o-o-o 'iVcS White has consolidated his control of the centre. 12 'ic 2 Finally the white queen moves out of range of the bishop on a6. She is now looking with relish at the under defended h7-square.xd8 15 hS was a more vigorous way to continue the attack.1bf8 14 ii..ixg6 Sxd1+ 66 .. 13.'ib7 1S lbgS lbg6 16 .ftc6 7 £if3 £>a5 how should White respond? Answer: After 6...The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: If Black makes a beeline to exploit the pin with 6.lba5 10 lbfd2!? followed by 11 0-0-0 keeps the advantage.i. With the game move Black threatens 9.d3 Perhaps 14 Sxd8 ii. 11 c3\ o-o It was Black's last chance to try to profit from the pin with 11.. His next task is to break the pin on the knight and clear the way for his bishop on f1 to enter the fray.e7 If here 9.. 9 i. 12...lbc6 7 lbf3 lba5?! 8 lbd6+! and 9 'iVxa6 White has the two bishops and an initiative...1:r.xc4 10 'ixc4 lbcxe5. 7 lbf3 lbc6 8 eS lbd7 The solid 8.. 14^^. .d8 13 h4 Savour what follows as it is very rare in the King's Indian Attack for White to get to cas­ tle queenside and launch a direct attack on the black kingside.

xgs Wxa2 22 hxg6 fxg6 23 We4 .l:!f8 24 Wxg6 'ilial+ 2S lbb1 lbb3+ 26 &d1 'ixb2 and White has to give perpetual check with 27 'ili'xe6+ Sf7 28 'ie8+ Üf8 29 'i'e6+. but White wants to keep the rook on the hfile and infiltrate down the d-file with his queen.i. 18 lbe3 lbd8 19 'iYd7! It is apparent that 17.. After 17.i.c6 20 'ili'e8+ .fxg6? It's easy to criticise this move when you have a computer program telling you that Black won't be mated down the h-file after 17..i.... In order to prevent immediate disaster Black has to allow the white queen to invade on the eighth rank.. During a game it feels a whole lot different and it is understandable why Black panics and makes this anti-positional move that weak­ ens his e6-pawn.fxg6 has led to a fatal weakness in the black centre. 19..hxg6. 17. A sharp finish would be 20 hs .KIA Versus the French Exerelse: How should White recapture the rook? Answer: 17 'ixd1! Obvious was 17 .f8 67 .xgs 21 .hxg6 18 lbd2 lbas! 19 'i'g4 'iYdS! he would have enough counterplay against the white king to hold the balance.l:!xd1 to take the open file. For this reason 14 fixd8 is recommended at move 14. etc....

The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: How should White capitalize on Answer: 21 li)xh7! And why not sacrifice when you have worked everything out to a win? It is ironic but deeply logical that Black's anti-positional recapture 17 ~. so Black asks his opponent to show the attacking win he has prepared.. The plan for W hite would be li)e4 and li)d6.&g8 25 h6 gxf4 26 li)g4! when there’s no good defence against 27 li)f6+ &h8 28 hxg7 or 28 ' i 7 mate. 21 li)xe6?? would be embarrassing for everyone after 21. However. when White's queen can only be extricated at the cost of the knight.. 211:td1! is a risk-free choice....fxg6 has led to exactly the sort of disaster on the h-file that it was meant to prevent. Now 21. attacking the knight. 68 ..We7 22 1Wxe7 &xe7 23 Bd7 leaves Black tied up.&xh7 22 'ix f8 is simple for White.••ll)f7 22 Wxe6 &xh7 23 h5 gS 24 Wg6+ &h8 Or 24. when 21... 21.

69 . 27 e6 1...KIA Versus the French Exercise: Now what is the most forceful way to finish off Black? Answer: 25 h61 tLlxh6 Alternatively.d3 28 Wxh6+ 1-0 After 28.. 2S .xh6 29 'ixh6 mate.. 26 1-xgS 'iVd7 There was no good defence against 27 tLlf5 with a quick massacre on h6.g7 28 Sxh6+ 1.gxh6 29 exd7 the passed pawn costs Black his rook.gxh6 26 e6 gxf4 27 exf7 1.

I like my centre pawns.. d6 or even c5 usually occur after 1 e4 c5 2 tt:f3 e6 and these have been subsumed into Chapter One under move orders such as 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d5 3 tt:d2 tt:f6 4 g3 c5 or 1 e4 e6 2 d3 dS 3 tt:d2 c5 4 tt:gf3 tt:c6 5 g3 i.. Black's fundamental choice Black has two ways of gaining space in the with the pawn on e6.d6 or 2... 70 . White doesn't try to exploit the advantage of moving first by launching an immediate as­ sault on the black position.. The alternative 2.d7-d5 is natu­ ral..e6 and combines it with . Instead he builds up his centre position carefully. it is all the more devastating because it comes from a solid positional base. How to Open a Chess Game I think the great Danish Grandmaster would have approved ofthe King's Indian doesn't commit Black to either advance. His choice mainly depends whether he has committed himself to 2. the advance . He can either prepare a pawn advance to e5 or else to d5. In this chapter we are going to examine games in which after 1 e4 c5 2 tt:f3 Black plays 2.g7.. Games in which Black devel­ ops his king's bishop to e7. but I find it eas­ ier to discuss strategy when I have an extra centre pawn!” Bent Larsen. For Black's fianchetto when White has played an early "ie2 rather than tt:bd2.. or more precisely of preventing his op­ ponent from seizing more territory. etc.... When vio­ lence is inflicted on Black (and there is a lot of it in the KIA).d6... and I like a d-pawn better than a c-pawn.. .. 2.d6. With the pawn on d6.. Well then. But isn't that a positional error? I am not joking.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move KIA Versus the Sicilian "Almost everyone plays 3 d4.e7-e5 suggests itself.. or 2.e6..g7-g6 and i. see the notes in Game 4 in Chapter One. and so can be used as part of either set-up. These two ideas are looked at in Part One and Part Two respectively. isn't 3 d4 something like a cheap trap? I know it can be combined with purely strategical ideas.

.txf3 10 ti'xf3 is a price worth paying to restrain the white centre.tg4. but with the e-pawn going to e5 in one go. 71 . he can avoid putting his knight on f6 with the precise move order 3 g3 g6 4 . In Game 9 Black tries a different way to restrain d3-d4.e6-e5. Still.... This leaves him a tempo up on the system after 2.tg2 .ll'lge7 deployment that is characteristic of the 2. as Game 9 shows.. He hopes that giving up the bishop-pair after 9 h3 ...tg7 7 c3 0-0 8 I1e1 Black opposes W hite’s plan of d3-d4 with 8. This gives him a solid centre position..e6 in which Black plays .. If Black has played a move order with 2. This is an effective approach by Black as he will get in the solid ...lZ:lc6.KIA Versus the Sicilian Part One: Black arranges a pawn advance to es In Game 8 after 1 e4 c5 2 lZ:lf3 d6 3 g3 lZ:lc6 4 ..tg7 5 0-0 d6 6 c3 e5. it is not all easy for Black.. but White can build up a space advantage on the queenside with the plan of a2-a3 and b2-b4.e5.tg2 lZ:lf6 5 d3 g6 6 0-0 ...e6 set-ups. namely 8.

te7.tg7 5 ..0-0 (Game 11). but White's pawns did their job on both wings in Game 12.tg7 rather than ...tg7 6 0-0 lDge7 7 c3 d5 8 lDbd2.tg2 lDf6 6 o-o d5.. White has chances for the initiative whether Black whisks his king off to the queenside (Game 10) or settles for 8.lDge7..d5xe4 and d3xe4 exchange. The position is akin to lines examined in Chapter One. the difference being that Black has played .lDf6 and .The King's Indian A ttack : M ove by M ove Part Two: Black arranges a pawn advance to dS A typical scenario here is 1 e4c5 2 lDf3 e6 3 d3 lDc6 4 g3 g6 5 .i.. 72 ....g2 ... As we see.. Black got active play along the d-file. . if Black has played 2..d7-d5 without the preparatory e7e6: 3 d3 g6 4 g3 ..g7-g6 and ...lDc6 he can advance .. Finally.... After a subsequent .

OK.. 6 0-0 i..KIA Versus the Sicilian P a r t O n e : B la c k a r r a n g e s a p a w n a d v a n c e t o e s Game 8 B. So committing the pawn to d3 lessens White's options and takes the pressure off Black somewhat.lLlc6 3 g3 d5 . 5.. On the other hand.d7-d6 style opening line..g6! Not seeing any future for his bishop other than on g7.Amin-G. then 3 d3 to strengthen e4 in anticipation of .d7-d5 seems best. but now White swerves aside. but I'd prefer that to having to learn what to do after 2..g7 73 .Gajewski Reykjavik 2013 1 e4cs 2 lLlf3 d6 It looks like it's going tobe a Sicilian main line. but it would take us out of our repertoire.d7-d5 ideas.lL!c6.tLlc6 4 i........ 3 g3\ Question: Why is this rather than В d3 the best way to start White’s build-up? Answer: A key idea for White is to build a centre with c2-c3 and then d2-d4.e6. I would suggest 3 d3 to fend off future . if might not be that wonderful for Black...g2 lLlf6 5 d3 Only now that the e-pawn is attacked does White commit his pawn to d3.. 3. Black prepares to develop it to an excellent diagonal.. Like­ wise if 2. I know that Black could then revert to a .

see the Larsen quotation that began this chapter. 74 ..i. If White can advance d3-d4 without being punished he will have built a pawn centre of the kind he never achieves in the Sicilian main line. As an exaggerated example of the value of this preventive idea. which would bring us into Closed Sicilian territory. things are already somewhat awkward for him..^d4.cxd4 . However.. either in the centre with d3-d4 or on the queenside with a2-a3 and b2-b4..g4.. intending 9. White reduces the range of the bishop on g7 and takes away the d4square as an operational base for the black knight on c6. Can you think of some reasons for choosing the pawn move? Answer: If you have read the introduction above and the note to 3 g3 you will understand the value of 7 c3.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Black has chosen a 'Dragon' set-up with his pieces and pawns well entrenched in the centre and controlling some useful dark squares.. the strategic crux ofthe matter is that 7 c3 can support a space-gaining pawn advance. 7C3 Exercise: This little pawn move is preferred in the King’s Indian Attack to the developing 7 ^сЗ. if we play 7 ^c3 0-0 and then let White make the careless move 8 'ife2?! after 8. where after 1 e4 c5 2 £yf3 d6 3 d4 his cen­ tre is permanently kept half size by 3..

Note that 7.cS-c4 move as e4 is defended... After 9. 75 ....c4 8 dxc4 ttlxe4 9 ttld4! when the knight dare not move from e4 because of 10 ttlxc6. So don't allow your opponent to play a ....c4 fails for tactical reasons: if it wasn't for White's vigorous response it might have been a good strategic idea.cS-c4-style move if it can't be punished..ttlxd4 10 cxd4 ttlf6 White has a good game due to the open diagonal for his bishop and potential pressure down the e-file. 8 fie l Now there won't be any ......c4 to break up White’s pawns? Answer: The pawns don't remain broken up for long after 7.KIA Versus the Sicilian 7.0-0 Question: Why not7.

.. For example..xa8 Äxa8 14 Sd1 ^dS (if 14. Cappelle la Grande 2010.g4. After 8.xf3 (to retreat would allow White 10 d4 after all) 10 'ifxf3!?...8.i.g4!? pins the knight..e5. . and 8.c4 15 a4! looks a good reply.. White could decline the exchange and just build up in the centre with natural moves: for exam­ ple. sacrificing the exchange when White perhaps had a slight edge after 11 es Öxe5 12 'ifxa8 'i'xa8 13 i. 8. W hite has the two bishops and the chance to improve his position.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: So far Black has been able to make straightforward developing moves. has no need to rush things in the centre. 8. What is the purpose of each of these moves? How effective are they? Which do you think is the most annoying for White? Answer: First of all.Bogner. On the other hand.Amin-L.e3 'ifb6 16 Sad1. as 15.. but now he has to come up with a counter to White’s positional threat of seizing a pleasant space advantage with 9 d4.e6.bxa4 16 dxc4 or 15 . Consider these three responses by Black.Nisipeanu. 11 'iVe2 Sb8 12 a3 as 13 lLld2 a4 14 £>f3 lL!d7 15 i.Sb8 11 i. another Amin game went 10.g4 Black has taken the sting out of d3-d4 by exchanging off his only minor piece that can't fight for the dark squares..Amin-S...d1 'ifc7 13 a4 a6 14 'ife2 bS 15 axbs axbS 16 d4 b4 17 h4 with some edge for White in B... so that White's immediate centre expansion is no longer attractive as 9 d4? cxd4 10 cxd4 'ib6!. of course. A small advantage of this kind is all we're looking for in the King’s Indian Attack 76 . In summary.e3 &d7 12 li!.. etc.... threatening to take on f3 and then on d4.b5!?.J. 2007. He could play in similar style if Black didn't offer the exchange..i.. after 8. Now in B. White.Öxd3 16 axbs gives White a definite plus) 1S a3 a5 16 'iti'fl.. Black played 10.1Lg4 9 h3! he ac­ quires the bishop-pair. is very awkward for him: 111Le3 drops a pawn to 11. Not that this particularly troubles Black as he remains solid after 9..i. Back at move 11. Khanty-Mansiysk.'ixb2 while 11 dS ^e5 leaves him in an awkward pin.....

e6 a poor one.c7-c5.d7 15 h4 f6 16 exf6 . Nonetheless. The white rook is well placed on e1 to support the spearhead on e5... this strategy looks unattractive.xf6 17 'ifd2 Sae8 18 Sad1 "flc7 19 ltlg5! and White had the initiative in E.. How can White launch an attack without waking the beast on g7? Answer: 9 a3! - 77 .c7-c5: for example. besides his rook would be better for this task on would bring Black's bishop on g7 back into the game after the response . Black has no weaknesses on the kingside.. but block the centre in the style ofthe French Defence.eS!? The critical response. with the laboured manoeuvre . Question: It seems Black’s pieces are poised to take advantage of loosening moves such as d3-d4 or f2-f4. So. 8. as White gets to seize space on the kingside and drive the black knight from f6. and as for 8. The preparation of the advance f2-f4 is unappealing for White. Black equalizes space on the e-file. Nor is d3-d4 a promising option ....i.. that occurred in our main game.. 8. when Black is well entrenched on the light squares.. e6.. which is heavily fortified.ltla5 and . Rijeka 2010. well.xd2 ІЪ 6 14 . A possible sequence is 9 d4 cxd4 10 cxd4 d5 11 e5 ltle4 12 ltlbd2 ltlxd2 13 ..Nigalidze. S.„e5.. and has more advanced pawns in the centre as a whole..i..i.. Here he has already achieved ... In the Ruy Lopez..KIA Versus the Sicilian Black's second option is 8.Vorobiov-G. Black often increases the size of his centre with .g4.g4 looks a good idea.c3 . The idea is to allow White to advance d3-d4.i....e5xd4 and .c7-c5 in the Chigorin.i.i.

Question.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move White prepares b2-b4..d5 to conquer more space in the centre and the game continues 10 exd5 <&xd5. Why would this be a strong pawn advance? Answer: The value of b2-b4 is: 1) The b2-square is cleared for the white bishop. 2) After b2-b4. There would also be extra pressure on the es-pawn if it was no longer de­ fended by the black horse.. as the knight would no longer have influence over this square. 78 .d6-d5 advance without leaving the cS-pawn hanging. The removal of the black knight facilitates the plan of d3-d4. driving the black knight from its strong central square. Exercise: Assess the pros and cons of the position for both sides if Black plays the immediate 9~. whence it can support the strategically desirable d3-d4 advance and oppose the black bishop on g7.. It would be offside on as and with few options on e7. the exchange . if Black avoids this exchange. 3) The pawn advance opens up the option of b4-b5.. he won't be able to arrange a freeing .cSxb4 and a3xb4 is unattractive for Black as it reduces the size of his centre and opens up files and diagonals for the white pieces on the queen­ side. However.

the white queen could even add to the pressure on d5 from b3. he could play ..a5? 79 . Black’s bishop on g7 is doing a great job bol­ stering the kingside... his rook on e1 and knight on f3 get to attack e5...tf5. Moreover. say with . in some cases instead of . the excellently placed knight on d5. White also has the chance to activate his dark-squared bishop after the loosening of the dark square barrier: for example.f7-f6.d5 10 exds l'Dxd5 the features associated with advantage for Black are: the greater space afforded by having pawns on c5 and e5. fol­ lowed by a retreat back to d2...KIA Versus the Sicilian Answer: After 9. he could try ... but is also an object of attack.tg5.tg5. to provoke the weakening .. Question: W hat happens if Black stops the queenside expansion with 9.te3. and the pressure can be increased with l'bd2 and l'Dc4. or. On the other hand. attacking c5.lbxe3... The black knight is well placed on d5. and the chance to attack W hite’s backward pawn on d3.. if Black no longer has the option of.. 10 exdS would open up the h1-a8 diagonal for White's bishop.. but its absence from the defence of the queenside makes the c5-pawn slight vulnerable.

It also secures a post at c4 or even b5 (not quite so good. 10 h3 Question: Why does White make a puny looking pawn move on the kingside when the battle is raging on the queenside? 80 . He is certainly getting full value out of the a-pawn as it now incapacitates the black queenside pawns as an attacking force by stop­ ping ..a5! when White can't maintain a pawn on b4.. so that 10 b4 is now well answered by 10.e3 'fie7 looks at least OK for Black.b7-b5.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Answer: White can respond to 9. 9..aS with 10 a4!.. He prevents a future b4-b5 by blocking the b5-square.. as that’s further from the centre) for the knight on b l.. Then 11 bxc5 dxc5 12 i.bsl? Black mobilizes his queenside pawns at once.. however.. either of which can be accessed with lZ'la3.

lLlxe3 would be unwelcome.1Lle7...." ex­ change with .. looks good for him.. On the other hand... Not wishing to be forced to defend the cs-pawn by .9 a3 and 10 h3 are essential parts of White's thrown in. and he ensures that &e3 is possible without being attacked by ..l:b8 11 ±e3 So White's bishop never got to b2 after all.. gaining space in the centre when 13 exds lLlxdS. If now 14 dS?! Black has either 14.lLlas. Notice how the inconsequential looking wing moves of the pawns . or else 14... Black would be able to respond 11.. He secures his knight's role in this plan by ruling out . such as ... Sometimes little moves are vital links in the chain of a chess strategy..lLlg4 .as Before White played &e3. he is happy to gain more space. the move b2-b4 could always be answered by .b7-b6 any longer.. but with the bishop on e3.. planning to exchange the bishop on e3. Without the moves 9 a3 and 9....±e6 Putting the bishop on e6 is hardly discouraging a white advance in the centre. Any suggestions about the best way for Black to reduce the impact of this move? 12. 12 lLlbd2 Exercise: White is limbering up foT d3-d4.&g4.a4!? 13 d4 c 4.. .... not conceding any ground on the queen side. Answer: Black might have stabilized his queenside structure with 12..a7-a5...f7-f5 (after clearing the f6-square of course and suitable prepara­ tion. Black rules out the b2-b4 move.dS. this would lose a pawn to bxcs.. 11.b5 means that the pawn on c5 can't be defended by .. followed by . 10.b6 and then 12. with the idea of invading on b3 with the knight..KIA Versus the Sicilian Answer: White wants to advance d3-d4.h7-h6 to prevent lLlg5 which would otherwise threaten to invade on e6 after 81 .. 9. Besides.

Black may have overlooked the strength of 17 'if3 ! when he allowed 13 d4.f5-f4 looming.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move . I guess that psychologically speaking.cxd4 14 cxd4 exd4 15 £ xd4 & xd4 16 Äxd4 1!Vd7 Question: how should White deal with the threat to his h-pawn? Answer: 17 'if3 ! Ruinous is 17 !ith2? ^g4+ 18 hxg4 &xd4 depriving him of his vital dark-squared bishop and leaving both b2 and g4 hanging. whereas exchanging it for the black knight in the variation above with 17 &h2? Ög4+ would be anathemato him... per­ suades Black to liquidate on d4. Perhaps he could prepare to advance his own f-pawn at some point to increase the size of his centre with say £>h2 and f2-f4.f7-f5 has weakened the square). Weakening are both 17 g4 and 17 h4... Note that White is happy to swap his important dark-squared bishop for its black coun­ terpart. es­ pecially as he has played his rook to b8 only a couple of moves earlier. 14 1i'c2 and 14 Sad1. when he is left with the worse pawn structure in the shape of the backward and isolated pawn on d6.. 13 d4 Thanks to his opponent's over routine 10th move White achieves the d4 advance in a favourable way.....£>h5 or 17. The threat of 14 d5. not to mention the twice-attacked pawn on c5. in the latter case Black has acquired the g4-square for his knight and could try for counterplay with 17. He stays on the defensive as f6 hangs and the exchange of dark-squared bishops after 17. Black found it hard to block up the queenside. White's dark-squared bishop is a little be- 82 . So White should keep the centre dynamic with. say. In King's Indian style set-ups there is a clear hierarchy of minor pieces: Black's bishop on g7 is at the top..±h3. Things could then get unpleasant for White's bishop on e3 with . 13. ^e8 would leave his kingside weak...

*. 20 ..We7 18 liJb3! White finds a clever way to simplify the position and so emphasise the superiority of his pawn structure.J:xb2 because White gets a winning attack on his king after 26 eS! dxeS 27 'it'xe5+ or 26 .ed1 l:b6 22 .l:.. but he gets a bit careless and at one point Black could even have established a book draw.xf6 Wxas 21 l:.. driving the black queen from the defence of f6..KIA Versus the Sicilian low it. and neither of these pieces wants to be exchanged for a 'lower order' knight. as there are a lot of loose dark squares in his defences and the piece best able to protect him (the black queen) is far away trying to drum up queen side counterplay.. is renewed.. after 27.:tbc8 20 :tac1 the threat of 21 liJc6.xg7 &xg7 23 Sd4 White plans to combine pressure against d6 with threats to the black king. 17. a queen check on d4 picks up the black rook...c8 24 11ad1 .dS 27 ..*.... 26 Sxd6 :xd6 27 Wxd6 'ic s Instead. as there's no time for 25.xdS... 28 'ix cs SxcS 29 axb4 White should win easily enough.a419liJaS Wc7 After 19. 83 . 18.*.. 23 .Sxb2 White wouldn't need to try to mate.:tc2 25 'if4 b4 Black gets his queen back in touch with events in the centre.

.c6 l:txb4 35 6 f6 33 ..i. Now 48 g5 Sxf7 is a draw. but waiting with 47.. intending 47.It.i..Se1! holds after 46 Фg3 l:tfl.g2 d6 6 O-O.i.i..b3 31 eS Sxb 2 32 ..i.Sf2! is sufficient.l:ta7+ &f8 36 exf6 l:tb6 37 .ih1+ wins the rook.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move 29..e4 .i.i.i. while if 48 Фe5 2f1 both 49 g5 Sxf7 and 49 &e6 Sf6+! (exploiting a stalemate trap to drive the white king back) 50 Фe5 l:tfl are draws.e6 34 .xfS gxfS 40 f7 Sg 6 41 Wh2 f4 42 Wh3 fxg3 43 fxg3 .xf7 drawing. Or if instead 46 Фf3 l:tfl+ 47 &e4 l:txf7? loses the pawn end­ game.fS 39 .!Df6 84 .i.xa4 . Üc2 30 S a l . unless White plays 47 Фh4?? when 47. The remaining moves were: 46 & f 2 Sa4 47 &g3 SaS 48 Фh4 Ha4 49 WhS Ф e7 SO gS S a l 51 Ф g 6 l:itfl 52 I h 8 1-0 1 e4 cS 2 .!Df3 ..!Dc6 3 d3 g6 4 g3 ..l:ta6 44 g4 l:1al 45 &g2 l1a3 As analysing rook and pawn endgames isn’t the purpose of this book.g7 5 .xh3 38 Sxh7 .. suffice to say that 45 .

Galego-N...:.b8 9 lile1 b5 10 d4 cxd4 11 cxd4 d5 12 e5 tLle413 tLlbd2 tLlxd2 14 i..g4 Diverging from the 8.xf3 10 'ix f3 l:tc8 85 .g7 5 e4 d6 6 0-0 ll:lf6 7 Se1 0-0 8 c3.Vyskocil. 8. He hopes to gain pressure along the h8-a1 diagonal which will culminate in an attack with . White got some advantage after 7. 7.i..1.. 9 h3 i.e5 of the aforementioned game.g2 g6 4 d3 i.g4 that follows. Pardubice 2013. so that the move order is consistent with Game 8. 7 h3 would prevent the pin with ..e3 in L.xd2 'i'b6 15 i.b7-b5 on White's queenside. Note that I've also swapped the order of White's seventh and eighth moves.KIA Versus the Sicilian 7 C3 Instead...0-0 8 lite1 The actual move order in the game featured a flank opening: 1 tLlf3 c5 2 g3 ll:lc6 3 i.... Black gives up the bishops to make it harder for White to advance d3-d4 in a satisfactory way..0-0 8 c3 .

i.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: What is the point of this move? Answer: Black wants to obtain counterplay with .„b5 13 l e d Question: The white rook goes to a passive square. due to Black’s active pieces and solid structure.e3 lild7 The fight continues over the d4-square with Black unleashing the bishop on g7 to help restrain d3-d4. 12...b7-b5.. but now the c3 point is less well defended. b4 14 'id 1 86 .xa8 l:. 12 ltld2 White has to develop his queenside. He still plans to expand with d3-d4 after very careful preparation. Nonetheless.... White would only have a minimal advantage after 14 fid1. What is White trying to do? Has he given up on preparing the pawn advance d3-d4? Answer: White’s plan for the moment is simply to survive his opponent's blitzkrieg along the h8-a1 diagonal without making any big concession in position or dropping material.. 11 .cSxd4 and recapture c3xd4. which provokes the b7-pawn into rushing forward. 13. when he hopes that his long term advantage ofthe two bishops will be ofmore importance than Black’s (tempo­ rary) activity. Putting the rook on c8 avoids that variation and also makes a future d3-d4 advance a little less attractive for White as the black rook would control the open c-file after the ex­ change .xa8 when he is the exchange down.i.bS he might have feared the sharp 11 es!? lilxe5 12 Wxa8 Wxa8 13 .. but if immediately 10.

16 bxc3 .l:r.b817 a4! 87 ..bxc3? Black doesn't want to open the a-file for the white with his next move Black was intending to infiltrate with .. when both b2 and c3 would be under attack.. More specifically.KIA Versus the Sicilian Exercise: Can you see a couple of reasons why this queen retreat is a good idea? Answer: In general it's good to have the queen back in touch with the queenside as that is the scene ofaction.a7-a5. planning to advance the pawn all the way to a3 if al­ lowed to wreck the white defences on the long diagonal. keeping the black pawn chain intact after 16 axb4 axb4. The queen retreat has pre-empted that very dangerous idea by controlling a4.. 14. On d l she is also well placed to support a future d3-d4 advance.1t:Jb6 15 a3! Another prophylactic move. but 15.aS was nonetheless the natural move. 15. White undermines the b4-pawn before Black could start another wave of attack with ......

17~.t2JaS Black therefore elects to block the pawn’s path with his knight. So first of all White plays the rook to b l with ideas of a future queenside expansion with 19 Sb5 tt'lc6 20 aS. but nor does he want to play 17.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: Why is this a good move for White? Answer: Nimzowitsch once said that a move on the wings with thoughts on the centre was the highest nature of positional chess.. it no longer helps restrain the d3-d4 move. 19 d4 ikc7 88 . 18 Sab1 .a5 as the pawn could be­ come a liability on as.. as he doesn’t want his knight kicked back by 18 as. Parligras is now in a dilemma.. Here. There should be no hurry to play d3-d4 as the black knights can then invade on'ld7 The knight runs away after which White finally achieves his long desired advance in the centre. however. I8. etc. The tide is gradually turning in White’s favour..

l:lb8 22 .lb s 'i'c7 24 tt:lb3 tt:lxb3 25 'ixb3 Exercise: Who has benefited most from the exchanges? How do you assess the position and what is White's best plan? 89 .lf l! as a prelude to 20 d4. It rules out any inva­ sion by a black knight with . lf ll Note that if Black had kept his knight on 6 at move 18 then White would have played 19 . turning the battle in White's favour. Here it gets involved in the queenside action.KIA Versus the Sicilian Exercise: How does White tip the energy balance on the queenside in his favour? Answer: 20 in the future and prepares to go to b5 to increase the queen side pressure. The bishop retreat to f l is often game-changing in the King's Indian Attack. Meanwhile the celebrated 'Dragon' bishop on g7 remains mute.l:txb1 21 l:txb1 . when the black knights would have been kept out of c4. 20.l:lxb8+ 'i'xb8 23 ....

After the clearance the energy missing from Black’s game due to the passive bishop on g7 becomes more significant. Therefore the black knight goes to a passive square.txg6 which buys time for White to play 'itg2 without being bothered by 'ia8+.. 25.tf6 35 'i'b7 We7 36 .pawn.lbe8 30 e6! fxe6 (not 30..txe6 when after 37.. 33..1Dd7 30 e6! fxe6 31 .txg6. It also brings the queen into an attack on d6.'id 7 33 as With the bishop on g7 inert and White's a-pawn about to reach a6.. or equally 29.txg6.. The bishop on e3 points ominously at the a7-pawn through the flimsy cover of cS.1bf6 26 .'ifxe6 as e8 hangs) 31 . 3 2 .1bf8 31 exd6 exd6 32 *g2! At last we defend the pawn on h3 ..fxe6 38 d5 the bishop 90 ....The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Answer: White is more than happy to have swapped off both pairs of rooks and the knight on aS. tDh! 30 'fids! Question: Is this a high-class move? Answer: Putting the queen on d5 threatens 31 ... 29 e5! Ifnow 29. If White could get his pawn to a6 and play Wb7 he would be close to a win.tc4! If Black does nothing then White can play 37 .. while Black’s kingside is fractured after 29..td3 hs 27 'ib s cxd4 28 cxd4 WcS After 28 . It isn’t a passed pawn. 29. Meanwhile obstacles facing the white pawn on a4 have been removed.lDd7 White could continue advancing his pawn with 29 aS. As always. the writing is on the wall for Black’s position.dxe5 30 dxe5 exposes an attack on the a.. the golden rule is 'do not hurry!’...Black is denied any counterplay after 32 'ifxd6 'i'xh3. 30. but abetted by the two bishops it will become a ma­ jor queening threat.1be6 34 a6 . but now he has an even more incisive plan.....

. or if 37. it is in praise ofthe move itself which stops White gaining space in the cen­ tre with 7 d4.KIA Versus the Sicilian will capture on a7.'i'xe6 38 'ixa7 and Black will only have a check or two before the a-pawn decides the game. he is able to advance ..e6...£>f6...i. 1 e4 cs 2 f foc6 3 d3 g6 4 g3 .i.£>c7 37 'ix a7 h4 38 g4 dS 39 .. secondly. manoeuvring game..Äc6 rather than 2. Answer: Firstly. 91 .i..g2 i.g7 5 0-0 d6 6 c3 e5 7 d3 ^ge7 which made 6.e 2 '6'c3 42 a7 1-0 A great technical display by Venkatesh..g7 5 . I'm showing my admiration for Black's very precise move or­ der. Thanks to the fact that he has played 2. 7 0-0 The move order in the game was actually 1 e4 c5 2 ^ f3 ^c6 3 g3 g6 4 ...g2 d6 6 c3 esl Question: Why does this move getan exclamation т а т к ? .&ge7 Well.i.. it's disappointing for White to be a tempo down on a 'French move' order. 36. 7.e7-e5 in ‘one go' to stop White from playing d2-d4.e5! all the more critical to stop 7 d4 'in one go'.d3 &g7 40 'ifb7 'ifa3 41 .. so that his knight can slip into the e7-square where it doesn't interfere with the restraining influence of the bishop on g7 against d4.. He has also avoided . but the good news is that it is a quiet.. And..i.

.0-0 White can make a beeline for an attack on the king side with 9 l:bh4..Tromso (rapid) 2013.Amin-E. which shows not every­ thing is perfect about Black's set-up..0-0 9 b4 h6 92 .. However. so how do we add some pawn power to our set-up? Answer: 8 a3 Our standard plan of gaining space on the queenside.b6 10 f4 exf4 11 gxf4 dS. Besides.. thistype of rapid action (dare we say scrappy play?) isn't part of the usual King's Indian Attack strategy. I feel that we should leave all the tactical tricks to players who like 3 d4 versus the Sicilian. both the main game andthis excerpt were played between Bassem Amin and Eltaj Safarli in their match in the FIDE World Cup in 2013. Incidentally. Our queenside pawns can laugh fearlessly at the bishop on g7 that is stuck behind the pawn on e5. the excerpt their third. it is perhaps significant that he later returned to 8 a3. as played in the earlier B. so that after 8. I don't really believe in White's initiative and after 9. The main game was their sixth encounter. I think Black is already at least equal due to White's fragile centre.Safarli. 8.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: W e’ve been stopped from advancing in the centre. Although Amin managed to win with 8 &e3.. The other way to inject some dynamism into our pawns was 8 &e3. Like Bent Larsen in the quotation at the start of the chapter.

1 e4 c5 2 t2Jf3 e6 3 d3 t2Jc6 4 g3 g6 5 i.. 93 . As mentioned above.x ) Play 11.g7 6 0-0 t2Jge7 7 S e 1 0-0 8 c3 e5 9 a3 d6.. b) Advance it with Ii„c 4 ..e7-e6 set-up: for example. as to allow t2Jxe6 would be a very poor swap of his important light-squared bishop for a knight.. 10 t2Jbd2 i.g2 i.KIA Versus the Sicilian Question: Why does B1ack plays this move? Answer: Black wants to put his bishop on e6 without risk of it being attacked by ttJg5.e 6 11 tiJb3!? A speciality ofthe Egyptian Grandmaster.b6.Ш 7 as 12 bxc5 J:xb3 13 9xb3 dxc5 leaves d3 weak.. players of Black are prepared to reach this position a tempo down after starting the game with an .. Exercise: W hat is Black’s best response? a) Defend the pawn with ll.

lDd7 16 lDc1 (bringing the passive knight over to the kingside) 16. Black might be overpressing as after 19 lDc3 he has a formidable dark-square pawn chain.b6 isn’t far behind. After 11.Khader.. Then B. Instead.'id7? in B. Black's light squares were already looking fact most of the time it's terrible.Amin-E. whereas 11.. It can get there via f1 and e3.a5 (Black de­ cides to rule out any future white a-pawn advances on the queenside) 13 bS lDb8 14 c4 .. 11.h6 above).b6 12 Ji..f5 17 exfs gxf5 18 lDe2 f4. and perhaps 17 'ifir>h2 and 18 Ji. '6'e2.xc4 13 Se1 'ic 7 14 lDfd2 can you see any other reason for this move? Answer: The knight on d2 would like to get into contact with the hole in Black's centre on d5..h3...Amin-S.Nekrasova. .. After 12 bxc5 Ji.'id7? is wheezing in the distance..C412 dxc4 Ji. 94 .. but there are also light-square holes in his centre... but why should White care about that minor inconvenience when he has got the positional prize of exchanging his knight for Black’s light-squared bishop (see the note to 9. After the moves 14 S d l litac8 15 Ji. I think it is the best response... The third option is seen in the game. It is worth mentioning that despite White having his bishop on b2 and two knights aimed at d4...l:.a6 but then a slight weakness is created on b6 which White could play against in the future with a regrouping such as lDbd2. the pawn advance d3-d4 is very sel­ dom a good idea for White ..e3 b6 16 h4! with ideas of 17 h5.b2 Black could prevent 13 b5 with 12. Dubai 2005.ab1.. and lDc4 when appropriate.l:ta7 15 lDfd2 and here an interesting line would be 15.. 11.. went 12 Ji. Dubai 2013. and 11.xb3 13 ikxb3 dxc5 the white d3-pawn may need tobe defended. which would make a good outpost square for it.b2 (it was also possible to close the queen side at once with 12 bS lDb8 13 c4) 12.b6 is a solid response.The K ing’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Answer: Black tried 11.

95 .. the black one to c5 to block the attack on d6.. 15.. 16 bS tt:lb8 17 &a3 White gets his bishop to an active square..tfd8 21 'ic 2 Question: Is theTe a good regrouping manoeuvre available to Black? Answer: 21^tt:lc8! The knight heads for b6 where it will fight for control ofc4 and also attack the a4-pawn .this will be a nuisance for White as one of his rooks or queen will have to keep an eye on the pawn.. 17-tt:ld7 18 tt:lf1 Both sides pursue their manoeuvres with knights.KIA Versus the Sicilian 14.. 18_tt:lc5 19 tt:lxc5 dxc5 20 tt:le3 White has emerged with a small but lasting positional advantage due to the gap in the black pawn structure on d5. 20.a5 Meanwhile Black wants to create a strong point on c5 for his knights and so forces the white pawn forwards.1.. Now 17. White's horse heads towards the d5square.Л е6 Question: W hat is the best way to activate the sleepy bishop on c l? Answer: 15 a4 Amin clears the a3-square for the bishop.'ixc3? would be crazy for Black as 18 &xd6 would be a good swap for White and the immediate 18 l:tcl looks much stronger.

the bishop finds its best chances through retreating back to fl.i.i.. Black doesn't want to be left with only a bishop shut in by its own pawns on g7. Black might have stopped it with 24... especially as the a4-pawn needs to be kept defended..i.c4! A vital move that reclaims the c4-square and clears the wayfor ..i.g 4'ile7 27 ..i.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: How can White now try to Increase his grip on the centre light squares.. how can White return the compliment? Answer: 24 .f1! As so often in the KIA.. 28 'ilcH 96 .xfS &xf8 26 . and so he played: 22.hS.xe6 'ilxe6 The position looks fairly equal. Given the chance White will play 23 . but here Amin came up with a neat little move.ed1 tt)b6 Exercise: Now Black is ready to exchange off his bishop with .f8 25 .l:. but either he thought the slight weakening of his kingside was unnecessary as there was no longer anything to fear in the exchange.e2 The bishop heads for g4. 24.i. 23 . and what should be Black's response? Answer: 22 .JLf8 to exchange off the inactive bishop.i..c4 to more or less force the exchange of lightsquared bishops.&f8. or he considered that White's bishop would be quite useful in any case after 25 where it might support a future lbds.-..

^xa4 loss the knight to 32 'i'a3! <^b6 33 l:..d6.KIA Versus the Sicilian Even Karpov..h6-hS after all ..Hxd2 31 lilxd2 Question: So what does happen if the knight takes the pawn on a4? Answer: The neat point is that 31... 30.. 25. 31..h5 So Black does play .see the comment to 24&e2 above...'ife7 32 'iVdl 97 . 29 Sa2! 'ig 7 30 l:. while the indirect attack on h6-pawn through the white knight makes Safarli uncomfortable. White plans to swing his rook via a2 to the centre. the master par excellence of first-rank manoeuvres with the queen..ad2! Cleverly done: it turns out the white pieces don't have to stay defending the a4-pawn. would be proud of finding this retreat.

. but 45 Sd7+ 'it>c8 46 b6!! saves him as after 46.'it>d8 48 Sd7+ etc....d6! lDxa4 34 lDxc4 'ika2 After 34.d7 a4 40 .l:. 33 l:. 36 loses the queen to a fork on e2....1Vxc3 35 'ikd5! dominates the centre with ideas of 36 Sd7 or 36 lDxe5.. 98 . 36... Of course. It seems like White's at­ tempt at perpetual has failed.'ifa1+ 36 &g2 'it'xc3 37 tDxe5 Sf8 38 Sd7 when f7 drops or 35.. I assume a draw suited Safarli because the passed pawn gives him a winning advantage.'ia3? It was better to go into heavy defence with 32..The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Now the white queen defends a4 and empowers the rook along the d-file.'ifbl+ 37 'ili'xbl tDxbl After the exchange of queens Black has a close to winning advantage due to his wellsupported passed pawn. when if 33 l:td6 lDxa4! is suddenly a good move. not to mention taking the pawn on b7..xf7+ 'it>g8 Yz-Yz This game was played in a FIDE World Cup knock-out event. 35.Sf8.. 35 lDxeS? Here 35 'ili'd5! still looked very powerful: for example. a1'if 47 Sc7+ Black has to agree a draw with 47. as 47..rJi>b8 48 lDd7 is mate....„tDc3 39 l:..xb7 a3 41 lDd7 a2 42 tDf6+ 'it>f8 43 lDh7+ &e8 44 lDf6+ Фd8. 35. 38.lbxc3 36 'ili'd3 Unfortunately for White.. 32. or even 33 lDd5 lDxd5 34 Sxd5.d7! a4 39 Sxf7+ &g8 40 . 38 S d l White had a wonderful method of drawing worthy of a study: 38 :Z.l:. White could 'keep up the pressure with a slower move.litf8 36 'i!i'xe5+ &g8 37 lDxa5 and White istwo pawns up.

.. A fianchetto is eminently logical for Black in this set-up... 4. Ledec nadSazavou 2013 1 e4 cs 2 li'lf3 e6 3 d3 li'lc6 4 g3 In Chapter One we saw Black build up from this structure with moves like .KIA Versus the Sicilian P a r t T w o : B la c k a r r a n g e s a p a w n a d v a n c e t o d s Czech Championship. . On g7 it will be safe from attack and influencing central squares.g6 5'lf6 and ..e7.d7-d5. 99 .. The pawn on c5 is likely to remain on the board a long time.g2 i. In games without a fianchetto the e7-square will either be taken by the bishop. The knight also avoids blocking the view of the bishop on g7 down the long diagonal as it would do on f6.e7-e6. He blunts the power of the bishop on g7 and puts a support for a d3-d4 advance in'lge7 deployment go to­ gether in this type of ‘French structure' with . so it makes sense to invest a tempo in getting the bishop to a more active di­ agonal.. 7 C3 You'll already be aware of the importance of this move in White's deployment from Part One..i..g7 6 0-0 li'lge7 Ex ercise: A secondary consequence of the fianchetto on g7 is that Blackk'sknight is often developed to e7 Any idea why this should be so? Answer: It is a secure square safe from attack by e4-eS.i.. Not that he would necessarily play d3-d4 if allowed. Here we'll look at an alternative development of the bishop to g7.. or putting the knight on that square would box in the bishop on f8.. Hence the .g7 and ...

Istanbul Olympiad 2012. After the alternative 7..e5 is still possible. continued 8.0-0 White could gain space with 8 d4. blocking the centre when after 11 e5 ltlf5 he has ideas ofboth 12..Bartel... It is well placed on g7 to be sure. as it would be besieged by moves like ltlb5.. Kamsky's choice 10 ltlxd4 leads to a different type of centre structure. the d6-square remains a hole in the black pawn structure: White could aim to put a knight on that square. gaining the bishop-pair. ltlb5 and ltld6... Here. It might help to examine Black’s pawn structure.. and he would maintain control over the e5square. So the natural riposte by Black is to engineer the ‘freeing' advance . and 12.d5..d7-dS. perhaps with a manoeu­ vre such as ltla3. but it means that the d6-square is weaker than it would be in the Hedgehog with the bishop on e7. It might also be useful to throw in .Kamsky-M.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move 7. Answer: The positive points of 10 cxd4 are that White would establish a full pawn centre. It puts the spot­ light on Black's pawn on d7.. The drawback is that Black could reply 10.f6 with counterplay against the white centre.b6 9 d4 cxd4..d5 In Part One Black mostly used the alternative pawn advance to e5 to claim an equal share of space in the centre..d7-d5 here. Black can't play d7-d6 and maintain the pawn on that square.&a6 at some point. for example.ltlxe3... Here 7. Try to work out why he preferred this to 10 cxd4. The game G.. and you might like to consult Game Three to see how to handle it. It is reminiscent of a Sicilian Hedgehog set-up.. his queen's knight would gain a post on c3. but with Black's bishop committed at an early stage to g7 rather than sitting on e7.. If the pawn stays on d7. ixercise: Now the US Grandmaster played 10 ®xd4... In this version White has an extra tempo. Therefore it is more natural for Black to lead with . because Black moves the e-pawn twice. Ifhe could 100 . perhaps combined with a frontal as­ sault by 'ild2 and Sad1.. but delaying the advance with the probing 8 &e3!? is interesting.

. In that case Black would be perfectly fine . and he would dissolve the white centre by liquidating the e4-pawn.l:.Ab7? there follows 15 SxeS Axg2 (taking on e5 drops b7) 16 <ixg2 Axes and now 17lL!c6!! is the sting in the tail. unless he had prepared it.g5! (putting pressure on the defence ofdS by pinning the knight) 13.b7 17 'ixd7 lL!xd7 18 Se2 Axg2 19 <ixg2 and White intends 20 lL!b5 with an initiative. Rather than Kamsky's 14 Axe4 which lead to complications after 14. There was no way that Kamsky was going to find this line during the game.. I think 14 Sxe4! is stronger..dxe4.i.Wd7 offering the exchange....'i¥d7 White can keep up the pressure with 1S iLidc2! (yes.ae8 16 lL!b4 . a computer showed me the 17 lL!c6 move.i... The game continued 10 lL!xd4 . The tactical justification for 14 l:txe4 is that if l4..i.. Yes.. For example.. this knight as White wants to exchange queens.KIA Versus the Sicilian carry this out safely he would be rid of his potentially weak pawn on d7 and square on d6.. 101 .d7-d5 can't be played by Black without incurring a structural disadvantage. Black would drop material after 17.a6 11 l:le1 ltle5 12 lL!a3 dS 13 . Therefore Kamsky has to ensure that .he could soon get the advantage. the threat is to take on d7 and then e7) 1S. if now 14..d5. We should return to the main game where Zilka has played 7...'i'xd118 ltlxe7+ and then 19 Sxd1.

but perhaps harder here than in Chapter One. White had no such spur from a loosened black pawn structure in Chapter One..b7-b5 as he doesn't want to open up his king's future residence. I think Black's defence in all the e4-e5 scenarios is difficult. With the knight safely on e7 here. 9Eel The main strategic theme for White here is engineer e4-e5 to gain space on the kingside. if White plays e4-e5 too fast the pawn will come under heavy attack from the bishop on g7 and his cronies.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move 8 ltlbd2 'ifc7 As we shall see Black is planning to castle queenside. Question: In Chapter One. but it does complicate it somewhat.. Black avoids .. 10 h4 102 . Furthermore. and might even be lost.g7-g6... in the present scenario if he can establish and maintain the pawn on e5 then it will shut in the bishop on g7 and give him the chance to try to ex­ ploit the holes in Black's structure on f6 and h6 created by . Black had his knight on f6 and bishop on e7 in this type of set-up. On the bonus side for White. b6 The most active square for Black's light-squared bishop is b7.. 8. whereas Ьете he has the knight on e7. He removes his queen from the back rank and puts her on her useful square where she fights against the e4-e5 advance.. How does that affect White’s preparations foT the e4-e5 advance? Answer: The different layout of the black pieces on the kingside doesn't affect White's basic aim.0-0 is examined below in Game 12. Instead. a pawn on g6 and bishop on g7. 9. e4-e5 attacks nothing.. In Chapter One when he advanced e4-e5 he gained time by attacking the knight on f6.

As with the h4-h5 attack.a plan made stronger by the black bishop being on a6... where it is in touch with Black's sensitive dark square holes on f6 and h6.. If. Navara therefore puts his queen on e2 to support the e4-e5 thrust. the knight will be more menacing for Black if he has castled kingside.....see the note above. This is all the more important as White plans to advance e4-e5. This would be particularly effective after 10.i.hxg6 the king is vulnerable to attack on the h-file: White can play 13 tLlg5.. whereupon the pawn onslaught a4-a5. 'ifh4 and 'ifh7 mate.f6 he would weaken his centre squares..0-0 11 h5.Aa6 then 11 exd5 radically changes the nature of the centre. if he castles kingside. if Black castles queenside. the above moves are merely to demonstrate the ideas available. 103 .g6-g5.. when if Black drove away the knight with 13.Aa6 ...tLlxd5 then after 12 tLlc4 0-0-0 (if 12..h7-h6 and ..fxg6 weakens the centre and after 12 ... Similarly if Black recaptures 11. will give White the initiative.tLlxg6 leaves his kingside pawns split up. for example. In reality White wouldn't necessarily rush to play 12 hxg6 or 13 tLlg5.. 4) Waiting to see what Black does..0-0 we again have the idea of h4-h5) 13 'We2 (only now). This will allow the knight to journey from d2 via f l and h2 to g4. when he has the options of .. intending 'ig4. 10. 12..gS-g4 (driving the knight away from f3).KIA Versus the Sicilian Question: What are the good points of this move? Answer: White has the following ideas in mind after 10 h4: 1) A plan of attack with h4-hS. After 11. and W hite is ready to attack with a4-a5 .... or h4-h5.exd5 12 tLlb3 plans 13 Af4. 3) Deterrence of a black kingside expansion... 2) Clearance ofthe h2-square.tLlg6 (attacking the pawn directly) or ... The defence of the pawn would become problematical if Black is allowed to play .. Black is tempted into 10.. when the looming 12 hxg6 already looks awkward for Black: the recapture 12.b7 Black avoids provoking a crisis by aiming at d3 with 10..

andfinally the knight ma­ noeuvre ltlf1.lb8 14 ltl1h2 d4 As a prelude to his next move. ltlg4 eyeing the dark square holes on f6 and h6.. then the pawn stab h4-h5.gS!? as a means to undermine the pawn on e5.c. 11.... 15 c4 g5 104 .0-0-0 White would have good attacking chances against the black king after 11.h6 Black is already thinking about 13.i.0-0.. 12 e5 Finally the moment is ripe to seize the e5-square.. ltlh2. Black cuts off any support of e5 with d3-d4. but needs must: the white pawn on e5 will require three defenders. He would probably begin with 12 e5..The K in g ’s Indian Attack: Move by Move 11 'ie 2 It's rather unusual for White to play both Se1 and 'ie 2 in this system. 13.. but Black hasn't given up on the pawn thrust yet.. Question: What is the best way for White to prevent this? Answer: 13 ltlf1\ Now the bishop on c1 has an eye on the gS-square.. 12.

.!Llxh4.„..-. 21 . 19.tf8 24 g4 ltle8 25 ltlg3 <Jila7 105 . The game move blocks the kingside. White is a pawn up which makes the program Houdini happy..h4!? 20 .!Lldf1 as Black reinforces his control over the b4-square tohinder White's pawn break.!Llg4 h5 18 ltlh6 (so that the h-file remains blocked even after Black's next move) 18.. but areyou? Black will have an enormous amount of counterplay against the dislocated white kingside. Navara prefers to keep control..td2 l:.txe5.c8 22 b3 Shd8 23 Itb2 . l6.!LliS 17 a3 ..!Llxh4 21 gxh4 ...!Llg6 17 . 18. whereupon play might go 16..!Llg7 19 ltld2 A little dance by the black and white knights as the h5-pawn has to be protected.tfS The bishop rejoins the centre and will play a useful defensive role in helping to block White's b2-b4 advance. 18 l:b l At last White's attack on the queenside is getting into gear. allowing White to focus on his queenside build-up.te7 20 .KIA Versus the Sicilian Exercise: How should W hite respond to Black's pawn offer? Answer: 16 hs! Ifyou are a computer you probably grabbed the pawn with 16 hxg5.

The white rooks will then enjoy an open file against the black king..xc6!? This tips the balance offorces engaged in the fight over the b4-square in White's fa­ vour.g5xf4 and the recapture i. bishop and pawns on a5 and c5. if it can be done at all.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: What do you think is White's best plan? W hat move should he start with? Answer: White has two pawn breaks. but he remains very solid on the light squares. It will be a long time before Black can arrange an attack on the white king. In the game Navara made a brave and creative decision. Since the mass of black pieces are on the queenside. This scheme would require careful prepara­ tion. etc. To cap it all.. 26 i. But the cost seems very high: we have exchanged off the minor piece we are most loathe to part with in the King's Indian Attack. If the rook leaves the e1-square to clear a way via f3.Wxc6 27 f3 White's bishop has gone. in fact.and opening up lines in front of your king is not to be undertaken lightly. 26. the white knight is going to be a great piece on e4. it is a plausible plan.xf4 he could target the h6-pawn with 'i'd2 or else create a passed h-pawn with g4-g5. e l and c2. a long way from the h6-pawn which is targeted. but it is hard to see how White can manoeuvre it to c2 to support the advance. Mean­ while White's attack with b3-b4 is coming very fast .. On the queenside White would love to advance b3-b4. And look. Then after . after Black's reply he is threaten­ ing mate on g2. for example White might place his rooks on e l and f l if that can be arranged without dropping the move. White needs a fifth unit to em­ power b3-b4. the e5-pawn drops. It has to be the knight. but Black has four units guard­ ing the square: the knight. On the kingside he could play f2-f4 at a suitable mo­ ment..he still has every piece and pawn on the board . 106 . Naturally Black would have a lot of counter resources .

ti:Jc7 28 b4 'iWa4 Seeing that he will be pulverised after 28. It is important that Black has no counterplay whereas White's attack is already in full swing. Black tries to hold things together by defending a5 and attacking a3 with his queen..xb4 30 i..ebl and 33 'iYb2. Exercise: W hat is the best plan foT White now? Answer: 29 bSl Another important decision. Top players are very flexible in their thinking and are ready to change track the instant that the position requires it. 27.xb4 axb4 31 Bxb4 followed by 32 . White abandons his plan of attack 107 .cxb4 29 axb4 i.KIA Versus the Sicilian Nonetheless. it is difficult to make a move like 26 ..l:.txc6.. even if the blocked nature of the pawn structure favours knights rather than bishops.

37. Even without calculation it is obvious that after 29.xd6 32 exd6 ltla8 33 S a l A clinical move. If Black plays 37..'ixa3 in reply.. More than half of Black's army is stalemated.l:. 33». he is willing to play a long positional attack on the kingside.:c7 38 'ilf8 l:e6 39 fxg5 .. So now White has to switch to 'plan B’ as discussed in the notes to 2S ..e7 30 ltle4 . White wants to invade with 'ile5 without allowing .e2 108 .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move on the queenside in order to shut Black's queen out of the game..l:tg8 Black braces himself for the f3-f4 advance. but in leaving d8 the rook allows a different invasion.gxf4 White will create a passed pawn with g4-g5 at the right moment..'ilxa3 the queen is going to be trapped sooner or later. 31 ltld6\ i. Question: What do you think of the activity of the black pieces ? Answer: The black queen has no safe move. then f3-f4 will destroy him.:txd6 37 f4 At last it is time for the thematic breakthrough. Notice the patience of the Czech Grandmaster: spurning the chance for a quick knock-out blow on the queenside.l:tge8 35 W fs Se6 36 'ifxf7 . It will be all the stronger with the black queen out of action.. The same is true for his bishop and knight. 34 'ilxes .e5 Black tries a sacrifice or else 'ife5.. I think that about sums it up..&a7: a break­ through with f3-f4.:i. 29..

'ikxc4 49 ..KIA Versus the Sicilian Exercise: It looks as ifBlack hC1$ suddenly gained counterplay. in which Black had castled queenside.....g7 6 O-Ott:Jge7 7 c3 dS 8 ti:Jbd2 O-O Black diverges from the 8.'ifh1+ 52 &g3 'ifel+ 53 Ф^3 ^ i1+ 54 Sh2 'iff1+ 55 &h4 'ie1+ 56 &h5.'ic7 of Game 11. 48. How would you kill it off? Answer: 40 'iff1! Exactly.i. One ofthe great things about the KIA is that you get the chance to win games without needing to calculate a lot of variations.xg2 42 Ф xg2 hxgs 43 ti:Jf3 J:.x g s tt:JxbS Black can't just sit and watch as his opponent pawns march through.. White’s path to victory in the present game can be 109 .l:tc1 'ifds SO SxcS "ixf3+ 51 ФИ4 1-0 The white king will escape the checks. White gives up his queen for a rook and bishop knowing that his kingside pawns are going to win the 2 .c8 44 h6 tZ'lc7 45 i. 40. 46 cxbs c4 47 dxc4 d3 48 &h3! Defending g4 as a prelude to his next move.l:tg2+ 41 'ikxg2 . The build-up is even more potent with the black king sitting on g8. He therefore makes a desperate sacrifice to free his beleaguered queen. We have already seen White's system of at­ tack against the black kingside in the previous game.i. such as with 51... 1 e4 cS 2 tt:lf3 e6 3 d3 tt:lc6 4 g3 g6 5 .

.11. . 13. 12.d413 c4 Step Four: Prevent Black from gaining counterplay in the centre with 13.bxc4 15 bxc4 Step Six: Take back on c4 with the b-pawn as we don’t want to give Black any counter­ play in the centre after 15 dxc4 Sad8.'ifc7 11 'iVe2 Step Two: Defend the pawn from capture.ab8 16 h4 110 . 11.a6 12 lbf1 Step Three: Unleash the dark-squared bishop and prepare a manoeuvre of the knight on f1 to the kingside... 14. g S e i b6 10 e5 Step One: White advance his pawn to e5 to cement his space advantage on the kingside and support a future invasion of the vulnerable f6-square by a knight or his dark-squared bishop.1.. 15.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move described in a series of simple verbal statements after each move. b5 14 b3 Step Five: Solidify the c4 point to blunt the power of Black’s bishop......r...dxc3 14 bxc3 Sad8 hitting d3. 10..

..tb7 21 h6 Step Twelve: Force Black's bishop to retreat to h8 so that his kingside becomes cramped... 21..tgS 111 . 16 ...hxg4 19 tl)xg4 Step Ten: Recapture the pawn and bring the knight to a strong attacking square...thS 22 .... 18. 20.. hs 11 tl)lh 2 Step Eight: Use the h2-square as a stopping off post for the knight on its way to join the attack 17.KIA Versus the Sicilian Step Seven: Clear the h2-square for the knight and threaten to use the h-pawn as a bat­ tering 18 g4 Step Nine: Use the g-pawn to cut a way through Black's 20 hs Step Eleven: Finally use the h-pawn to disrupt the black defences. 19..

tg7 25 'ifh3+ Step Sixteen: Bring the queen to the h-file to set up a mating finish. 23.... 25.. 26.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Step Thirteen: Bring the bishop into contact with the dark-square hole on f6....f3 and 'i&i>g2. but this game shows the clear logical progression of White’s general plan once he gets a grip on the e5-square..xf3 23 h7+ Step Fourteen: Use the black king’s lack of space to force open the h-file. Only at the end was a bitofforesight need in order to clear the h-file square for the rook with .b6 29 'ig 2 Step Twenty: Move the king out of the way to allow the rook to go to h 1.i.i... It’s no wonder that Zilka in the previous game and others have taken their chance with their king on the queenside. 24...xf6 Step Eighteen: Recapture with the bishop to threaten mate on h8.f3 Step Nineteen: Clear the g2-square for the king as part of a mating finish.'ixh7 24 'ifxf3 Step Fifteen: Recapture the piece' and bring the queen into contact with the h-file.•li:)g7 28 .txf6 27 ..i.. 29..gS 30 Sh11-O Step Twenty-One: Create an unstoppable threat of mate on h8. I should point out that 12 ..f4 b4.l:.i.. 112 . 22 . It won’t always be this easy. A better way for Black to gain counterplay was 12.d4 looks inferior as it lets White block things up. 27. but I still like White's attacking chances...'it>g8 26 li:)f6+ Step Seventeen: Force the exchange of Black’s vital defensive bishop.i. 28..b5 13 ..

... San Sebas­ tian 2010...tg7 5 ..e7-e6...i.e1 b6 113 .e6 14 aS intending 'Wa4 gives White just a little pressure on the queenside) 13 a5 .g7-g6..txe3 lDe7 20 'ia 4 when White's two bishops and large space advantage gave him excellent chances in K.'ilc7. White has time to get his knight to the excellent e4-square) 14.txe4 tbxe319 . 9 exd5 tbxd5 10 l:te1 SeS 11 a4 h6 12 tbc4 'ic7 ?! (proba­ bly inaccurate.tbc6 move order Black has been able to gain space with .e5.tfS .tx e4 18 .'ic7 Here Black could take all the space on offer with S. because dS is hanging after ....Movsziszian-A.. The question is whether he can profit through keeping the pawn on e7 or advancing it to e5.. For example. 16 a6 b6 17 lDe3 .Cabrera. 12....Sad8 1S lDe4 .KIA Versus the Sicilian 1 e4 cS 2 lbf3 lbc6 3 d3 g6 4 g3 . 9 2 tbf6 6 O-O dS Thanks tothe 2.tf5 14 lDfd2! (the point. 7 lDbd2 0-0 8 C3 8 .d7-d5 with­ out being obliged to play ..i.f5 13 lDh4 . instead. transposing to a Reversed King's Indian with .

Äb4 which looks awkward. 10. but after 10.e6.dxe4 11 dxe4 l:td8 As we shall see. Bocharov is willing to concede' White space with e4-e5 as he trusts he will gain counterplay along the d-file and on the queenside in general... Answer: After 10 exd5 lild 5 White has the c4-square for his knight.£>d7 11 d4 cxd4 12 cxd4 White has to reckon with 12. but Black has more space.. 2) Concede the centre with 10 exds.. 10 e5 seems very natural. Instead. I think Amin chose the best ofthe moves in the game.... 3) Cain space with 10 es.. l) Maintain the central tension with 10 £rfi.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: Which of these optiöns is the best idea for White. active pieces and no potentially vulnerable pawn on e5 as occurs in the King’s Indian Reversed scenarios of this type. 12 1i'e2 114 .h6 below. 10 O f ! One good point of this move is discussed in the note to 12. Black is in any case fine after 11 d4 if he plays the solid 11.. Whatever the ver­ dict.

.. 14.e6 Here we see a good point of to obtain influence over the e5 point.e5 I like the idea of 13 Ag5.... planning Axf6 tohelp the knight fight for control of the hole in Black's centre on d5 after it)e3. Black could also have tried 12.. but 13 h3 it)ge5 14 it)xe5 it)xe5 15 Af4 keeps a slight edge for White.h6: it has stopped White playing 15 Ag5....KIA Versus the Sicilian 12.h6 Question: W hat’s White's best response to I2. 15 h4 115 .. etc.. blocking the advance of White's e-pawn? Answer: After 12. 13 es lt)ds 14 a3 White threatens totrap the knight on d5 with 15 c4..

txf4 25 .txe5 'i!tg7. 116 .txb7 'ifxb7 26 lLlxd7 Black will lose material.. 16 lb1d2 The knight has to return to d2 to guard the b3-square.. but no matter: once the black knight have been pushed back the e4-square beckons the white horse. from which it can jump to d6 or f6. his light-squared bishop can no longer interfere with W hite’s build-up with .... but . so the h2-h4 advance is more potent..tf4! Wg7 (if 23.. but the black pieces are very well organised. forces a level endgame after 26 'ia 4 l2Jxe5 27 'ixa7 l:ta8 (it seems like the white queen is trapped..... 2S.. White is left with the two bishops and the chance to create a passed pawn on the c-file.txe5 23 .1Llac6 21 l2Je4 l2JfS After 21.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: Why.l2Jxe5 22 l2Jxe5 'it'xe5 23 .. 15. Instead. 16.. attacking both b4 and e5.. 22 ..tf8 27 cs bxcs 28 bxcs l:tds 29 c6 SaS White maintains a strong initiative after 29..tg4. 26 Sxe4 ....txf6 29 Wxb7 Wxb7 30 ..txf4 24 l2Jf6+ and d7 drops) 24 lLlf6! ..tb7 17 r!b 1 lid7 18 c4 l2Je7 19 b4 cxb4 20 axb4 White’s pawns are working hard to give him space on both wings.tf4 'if5 24 l2Jd6 with a fork or equally 22 ..12JaS Nonetheless.e6. did Amin wait until this moment to play White’s standard wing pawn thrust? Answer: Because Black has played 14.) 28 lLlf6+ .l2Jc6.txe4? Black’s dynamism begins to fade after the exchange.Sc5 30 Hxc5 ..txb7 Sxb7 31 ...txc5 31 h5. 20.. Black has serious-looking counterplay.tf4 l2Jcd4 23 lLlxd4 t2Jxd4 24 'i¥a2 l:ad8 25 l:tbc1 2S...

b6 38 Ir..d6 1-0 Black is overwhelmed after 39. 3 S i.c7 37 i.Uxd4 11cS 33 .g S i.i.KIA Versus the Sicilian 30 'ib 2 Not only attacking the black knight.b7 i...b6 36 i.e 7 i.5bS 31 1Vxd4! A queen sacrifice is required to break the blockade... 117 . 30.5xd4 32 . but also intending 31 'i1Vb7 to clear the w ayfor the passed pawn..l:txcS i.-tas 40 1Ib8..xh6! By removing the h6-pawn White clears the way for his bishop to invade on the gSsquare.xd6 40 exd6 or loses his queen upon 39.c7 39 i.xcS 34 ^ 7 'ic S Exercise: What is the best way for White to continue his build-up? Answer: 35 i. 31.. after which it can combine its power with the rook toforce through the passed pawn.

including those after 1 lbf3. Na­ kamura actually began with 1 g3. Thus in Game 14we see the sequence 1 e4 c6 2 d3 d5 3 lbd2 e5 4 lbgf3 . beginning with the moves 1 e4 c6 2 d3.ig2 0-0 7 0-0 . even ifyou play 1 lbf3 or have a different opening line prepared against the Caro-Kann. 118 .often he builds a full pawn centre with both these moves. In a game given here. Therefore. Black’s choice of pawn centres After 1 e4 c6 2 d3 Black virtually always puts a pawn on dS or e5 at some point .Chapter Three KIA Versus the Caro-Kann In this chapter we'll investigate the King's Indian against the Caro-Kann.id6 5 g3 lbf6 6 . and e5 can arise via other opening systems. it would be a good idea to study the games in this chapter.ig4. Though as we shall see. the typical black centre structure with pawns on c6. dS.

Nonetheless. and his pawns have more than their fair share of the centre. As in Game 14 the black centre is a target.. White has the f4-square securely defended. and af­ 119 . His position is a tough nut to crack. Black’s pawns do.Ag4 System of Chapter Six.or d3-pawns.g2 e5 6 tt:gf3 tt:e7 7 0-0 0-0. White maintains some minuscule advan­ tages. his development is smooth. indeed. but the pawns on both dS and e5 are potential targets.i.. Alternatively Black can combine building a big centre with the fianchetto ofhis bishop on g7 with the moves 1 e4 c6 2 d3 d5 3 tt:d2 g6 4 g3 Ag7 5 . which might find itself shut out of the action. It’s easier for White to arrange an attack on them than it is for Black to organise counterplay against the e4. whilst the f5square could be a base for his knight. His bishop is more comfortable on g2 than Black’s bishop on g4. have more than their share of the centre. His king is safe.KIA Versus the Caro-Kann Black has borrowed an idea from the Slav . Black suffers somewhat from the fact that to keep e5 defended the knight has had to go to the inferior e7-square rather than f6.

Still.. 1 e4 c6 2 d3 e5 3 lL:!f3 lL:!f6 4lt:Jbd2 d6 5 g3 g6 6 . A third option for Black is to renounce the chance to build a full centre and settle for a solid 'Slav' triangle of pawns with 1 e4 c6 2 d3 d5 3 lt:Jd2 lt:Jf6 4 lt:Jgf3 .The K ing’s Indian Attack: Move by Move ter 8 Be1 d4 White can besiege the d4 point with either 9 lt:Jc4 and 10 c3 (Game 15) or the immediate 9 c3 (Game 16).g7 7 0-0 0-0 8 c3. In this sequence Black put his bishop on g4 to avoid having it shut in after ..tg4 5 h3 .e7-e5 and ..i.xf3 6 1Vxf3 e6.i..i..g2 . This structure might also arise if Black plays a King's Indian Defence (KID) versus the 120 . Its subsequent exchange has given White the fabled advantage of the two bishops. a strategy that came out tops in Game 17. Alternatively. though he will have to work hard to make them count for anything.d7-d6: for example. Black can choose a 'Philidor' centre with the moves . White can be pleased that he has the chance to expand with moves like f2-f4 and e4-e5 in the future.e7-e6..

It is OK for Black...N avara Spanish Team Championship 2010 1 1 e4 c6 2 d3 White doesn’t try for a space advantage. see Game 4 lin Chapter Eight.td6 5 g3 fS!?.f5. while in the KID version he might prefer .N akam ura-D . and spending a tempo on the leisurely g2-g3. Here Black is already committed to . not by any immediate attack. This is a tricky idea for White to meet. Tiviakov outplays his opponent in exemplary style in Game 18. P a r t O n e : B la c k p la y s . Well. 121 . The game will be decided by the quality of manoeuvring in the middlegame. . i..ll:ld7 in the above sequence.. White has a small edge as he is moving first in a symmetrical position... as Black only has one piece developed himself. Still.. In Game 19 I’ve gathered together three rather sharp and offbeat approaches for Black built around 1 e4 c6 2 d3 d5 3 lbd2 e5 4 ll:lgf3 .dxe4 and 4. Two other lines examined in the notes to Game 19 are the alternatives 3. Instead he supports the e4 point in anticipa­ tion of Black’s next move. d 6 a n d b u ild s a b ig p a w n c e n tr e G a m e l4 H . The chapter ends with a splurge of analysis that must look rather unappealing to someone who plays the KIA looking for a quiet life on the theoretical front. but perhaps the Philidor pawn centre is a little too passive for modern taste. it would be strange if he was overwhelmed.. Therefore Black feels justified in trying to overrun the centre with his pawns.ll:lc6. White has played slowly.. .KIA Versus the Caro-Kann KIA: for example. needs must and you’ll find a critical line after 5. blocking in both the bishops on f1 and c1.c7-c6...

see the analysis to Game 19. so he has to enter an isolated queen's pawn (IQP) position with 5. 5 d4 is a perfectly decent way to play it as White. 4 *&gf3 Ad6 More accurate than 4.exd4 6 exdS Öf6 (another IQP centre arises after 6.ds The most natural move as it utilizes the c6-pawn to support a gain of space in the centre. However.& f6 Here the sharp 5. For Premature is 3..Chadaev-V..£>f6! is a strong riposte... Then 5..dxe4 6 ^xe4 is bad for Black. Even worse for White would be 6 d4 exd4 7 e5 0-0! 8 exd6 . but it's worth knowing about this option....The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 2. S.... 6 exds cxd5 7 ^xe5 0-0! with a horrible pin on the white knight. queen and king looming along the e-file after .e2 0-0 10 0-0.. 6 Ji. as in N.g4! 10 f3 i.Bologan.^d7 which. Astana (blitz) 2012. White shouldn't go hunting the e5pawn with 5 1We2 as 5. 5g3 The point of White's set-up isn't to grab pawns.^bd7 as 11 g4 ^bd7 12 f4 ^xg4 leads to a complete collapse.f5 is the main subject of Game 19. gives White the chance for the initiative with 5 d4!...:te8 9 ^e5 Ji....J:le8.. etc) 7 dxc6 ^xc6 8 Ji.. here we are concentrating on KIA-style responses.h5 when there is no defence against .dxe4 .g2 0-0 122 .. Ofcourse.. 3.e2 0-0 9 0-0 Se8 10 £ib3. as also discussed in Game 19..cxd5 7 ^xd4 ^c6 8 ^2f3 £if6 9 Ji. 3(hd2 White hurries to defend the e4-pawn again as the queen exchange after 3 ^f3 dxe4 4 dxe4 1Wxdl+ 5 &xd1 gives little hope for advantage.

which we’ll encounter in Chapter Six. 9 'ili'el Question: What is the purpose of this move? Answer: Nakamura breaks the pin on f3.tg4 S h3 .th5. Black is forced to respond to a possible threat of 10 exd5 and 11 ltlxe5. He also bolsters the e4-pawn. Here Black is somewhat more flexible as he isn’t committed to playing .tg4 8 h3 . 1 0-0 . 123 ...ths Flank openings are rich in transpositions.KIA Versus the Caro-Kann Both players complete their development. Play has transposed to a pawn structure reached in the Slav . ignoring each other for the moment.ltlbd7..tg4 System. which allows the knight on d2 more freedom of action. The present game actually began with the move order 1 g3 d5 2 ..td6 5 0-0 0-0 6 ltlbd2 c6 7 e4 . and.tg2 eS 3 d3 ltlf6 4 ltlf3 .. thereby clearing the way for his next move. You might like to reread the comments above relating to this position. fi­ nally.

12. If we are looking for a concrete reason.ti)e6.ti)xd3.. 13 dxe4 124 .ll'lxc2. . but then the eSpawn could be a target after e4xd5.ti)c5 would then contain the awkward threat of 12.ll'ld4 and is also a deterrence against White advancing f2-f4. but also trapping the queen..ti)bd7 as he has a more active move with his knight in 12 b3 Finally White attends to the development of his queen's bishop.. however... 10 ll'lh4 ll'la6 11 a3 Exercise: Why do you think White plays this feeble-looking pawn move? Answer: Nakamura has to stop 11.dxe4..ti)e6 move would.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 9. we might mention that White is planning . He intends to have one bishop aiming at the d5-pawn. be problematical if White had the option of e4xdS in conjunc­ tion with the moves tt)f5 and i. The bishop on d6 would like to retreat to f8 in response.... The .....ti)b4 with the threat of12. he weakens his defence of d3. 11.l:te8 Navara bolsters the eS point with the rook rather than with 9. If instead he plays 11 c3.dxe4 If you ask David Navara why he played 12. he would probably just shrug and say that in his judgement it felt right to stabilize the centre so that his pieces have more free­ dom of action. the other at eS.. This contains ideas of .. Note also that the Czech Grandmaster plans ..ltb2 and then tt)fS.b2.. 11 .. not only winning a pawn..

. Question: How to assess this position? 125 . it could return to e3. a better square for the knight than d2 as it is further up the board and in contact with the f5square...'ifc7.b2 lLle6 Black could also wait with 14.b7-b5 after Black has evaded the ltJxd6 exchange. b5 14 i... when after 1S lLlf5 i.. can you suggest a good positional idea for him? Answer: Nakamura would jump at the chance to play 14 lLlc4. activating the knight with the positional threat of 15 ltJxd6. Even if the knight was kicked back from c4 by a subse­ quent .f8 White can play sharply with 16 f4.KIA Versus the Caro-Kann Question: If it were White's turn to move now. 13.

. but you can under­ stand why human players at least would like to avoid this as Black.. On the other hand..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Answer: This pawn stab is a fundamental idea.. Once lines open up in the distant future White's light-squared bishop might become a powerful piece... A computer likes Black's activity.exf4 17 gxf4 the e4-pawn is attacked by both black knights and the rook on e8.ad8 with 18 e5.. Naka­ mura therefore focuses on the queenside and the open d-file. fails to prevents the f2-f4 advance. adding more dynamism to the black pieces. but on the other hand.td6! 21 fxg6 . 126 .txg3 22 J:txg3 Sxd2!.and de­ fensive minded .lbd4..adS. but then they aren't pro­ grammed to feel fear.txg3 22 gxh7+ 'it>h8 or 21 Sf3 .tg6 20 f5. suggested by both the pawn structure and more specifically White's deployment of the bishop to b2. Then 19 lbg3 . overloading the white queen who has to defend g3... After the cold-blooded 17. Nonetheless. he is well entrenched on the dark aims for an invasion on d4 . the exchange 18 . but if it collapses it's all over for White.lir. it happens in the full fury ofthe black pieces.. It is a fine pawn and mobile.txf3 Black concedes the bishop-pair. The position remains double-edged.txf6 or the apparent trapping oftheir bish­ op. Navara's knight move is both active minded . 16 lbxf3 "ilc7 The idea of arranging f2-f4 is pretty much dead as Black has four pieces trained on the f4 point and besides White's knight is needed on f3 to watch over the d4-square. or indeed the advance 18 e5.:.. I think most (human) players would w ilt in the face of ideas such as . 1S. the e4-pawn lives despite all the pressure.txf6 gxf6 doesn't achieve anything for White. trap­ ping the bishop. 15 lbdf3 It is White's turn to spoil the dreams of a black knight by preventing 1S .. After 16.. for example. White can continue after 17. At the same time e5 is attacked.

after which it's not that exciting for White. White could reply 20 'ir'c4 when the queen is nicely placed . 21 c3! is still strong .White's bishop on b2 will have an open diagonal aiming at 20 tt:Jxd4 cxd4 21 axb5 axb5 22 Exa8 Sxa8. but the black queenside pawns are as 20 tt:Jxd4 cxd4 21 c3! opens upthe c-file and d-file to thejoy of White's rooks and the distress ofthe black queen and As we shall see below.KIA Versus the Caro-Kann 1 7 'ie2 a6 18 ..:lfd1 cs Black gains space on the queenside...exd4. and White's f2-pawn can become mobile with f2-f4 now that the barrier on e5 is removed. At the same time he vacates the c2-square as a stopping off post for his knight in a manoeuvre to d5. A better idea is 19 1iac1 which deters Black from playing 19. b) Preparation of c2-c3 with Дасі. these factors could have been exploited by Black.. The key variation after 19 a4 is 19.. the drawback is obvious: the bishop on b2 is shut in and the pawn on b3 is left loose. . especially as he doesn't have a light-squared bishop to defend the hole on c4. Nevertheless... с) The immediate attack on b5 with 19 a4.. After the alternative recapture 20.&d4 is on the cards. when Black’s knight finally gets to utilize the d4-square. Exercise: The move I9. What is the best way to anticipate it? a) Prevention with 19 c$ attempt to evict her with 20. that brings us to 19 a4. could be met with 21 a5!. Therefore after 19 J:ac1 Black should avoid 19. 127 . 19 C3 Answer: Nakamura chooses to keep the knight put of d4... intending 21. If then 19.b4 the d4-square is secured for the knight.

..xd4! winning a pawn.1Dd4. for if 23.i. which is both attacking and deals with the threat of 19. the pin with 24..'ixd6 26 WxbS is winning for White.lir.e8 fails to 25 exd6 attacking the black queen.i. when 25... but he can play 23 .c7 Question: Do you think Black should have tried 20. Can you see it? Answer: Of course.Wc6 20 ltle1 20.exd4 24 e5 (uncovering an attack on a8)..... not 23 Wxb5? 'ixc2 when White can resign.. Therefore the best move was 19 a4. 19....h5 to exploit the white knight’s absence from f3? 128 . but a combination appears in this seemingly tactically dead position...The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: It appears that White has achieved nothing.

20.KIA Versus the Caro-Kann Answer: With the text Black plays too passively in the face of White's plan of tilc2.. It seems that Navara was so wrapped up in his plan of controlling the dark squares that he missed some good light-square moves.h4.c4. he should at least have played 20........ and his rook on c1 is making life uncomfortable for the pawn on c5 and the queen hiding behind it. As the knight has left f3.c4! shutting in the white bishop on b2. If Black didn't like 20. 24 c4! l:.'ifd6 After 29...ab8 2S U acl Exercise: In what ways has White improved his position over the last few moves? Answer: Whilst Black has been floundering with his pieces. 22 h4 tile6 23 tile3 tilfS If 23.. 'i 6 30 cxb5 axb5 31 tilc6 Sa8 the pawn stab 32 e5! not only hits f6. tile3.. and tild5. It's no wonder that Black's position quickly fragments on the queenside.tilxe4? 24 'ic2 wins the knight. After 21 h4 Black can push on the queenside with 21. 29.tild7 33 129 . Then after both 32. though now White has the option of 22 tilb4!?... 25.h5!? would threaten to undermine White's pawns with 21.. He has brought his knight into contact with the key dS-square.xd4 exd4 28 b4l cxb4 29 tilxb4! Even stronger than 29 axb4 as the knight causes havoc on c6.... Nakamura has made great strides forward..tile6 26 tilds tild4 An attempt at counterplay before b2-b4 shatters the queenside.c4 to frustrate White on the queen side.. 21 tilc2 tilgS Here was the last chance for 21. but also uncovers a defence of the knight on c6 by the bishop on g2..h5.. his bishop on b2 has been reactivated by c3-c4. 27 i. White's pawns would have lost a lot of their dynamism on both wings.

f!. after 32.xe5 34 'ixe5! i..•.f!..tg7 Game 15 S.bc8 32 liJxd4 As in the previous note. so Black decided to go out in a blaze of glory: 33. 30 cxb5 axb5 31 liJc6 f!.g7 5 i.Movsesian-M..e8 36 'tlffs i. as 33.l:....xh4 37 'if3 'i!ib4 38 'tlff4 1-0 P a r t T w o : B la c k b u ild s a b ig p a w n c e n t r e w it h .'ifxa3 33 i.xc8 will win the exchange for nothing..Mxe4 34 'i'c 2 i.g 2 e5 6 lLlgf3 lLle7 130 .a6 33 l:tb1 and then 34 Sxb5 White is winning.Panarin Russian Team Championship 2010 1 e4 c6 2 d3 d5 3 lLld2 g6 Black finds a different way to support his pawn centre with the bishop.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move liJxd4 or 32.h3! Now 34 i. 32. 32 e5 is also a killer move: for example.b7 or 34 liJxb5 wins..xg3 35 'tlfxc8+ . 4 g3 i.xe5 35 l:lxc8+ is deci­ sive.1Wxa3 33 liJxd4 with the threats of 34 i....

for example. and play .... get to fianchetto his bishop with .e7-e5..g7. the black knight goes to e7....lLlf6 and . Question: Couldn’t Black try 6„. so that the bishop on g7 keeps e5 defended..Ji. In a perfect world Black would build a pawn centre with . This is especially seen in Game 16. one of these moves always proves impossible due to White's pres­ sure or lack of time.&d7 7 0-0 4bgf6 when he has his knight on the ‘best’ square f6? 131 .t'Llf6 won't be part of his deploy­ ment..d7-d5 and .....g7-g6 and . Here. in which White's dark-squared bishop proves of far more worth than the bishop on g7 because it has influence over the queenside struggle. We might also addthat fianchetto on g7 has removed the bishop from contact with the queen side. has more power.KIA Versus the Caro-Kann Question: Are there any drawbacks to Black’s opening system? Answer: You can't have everything you want in an opening. but this means that the 'ideal' move . Therefore an attack on a black pawn on d4 with c2-c3.lLlbd7. below.. especially if you are playing Black against an alert opponent. However. which results in the opening ofthe c-file.

The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move

Answer: Well, White can respond 8 Se1, when we should investigate what happens if Black
ignores the latent threat to e5 with 8...0-0 9 exd5 cxd5 10 tbxe5. Every time this has been
tried Black has recaptured with, when 10 lt:lc4 and moves like 11 a4, to stabilize the
knight on c4 against a ...b7-b5 lunge, and 12 h4, intending h4-h5, gives White good play.
Question: But what, indeed, happens if 9...cxd5, keeping the centre
intact, when 10 £}xe5£ixe5 11 fixes Фе4 traps the white rook?

Answer: It is true the rook is trapped, but there is a strong exchange sacrifice with 12 Bxd5!
'iVxd5 13 ltlxe4 'i¥d8 14 c3 .if5 15 .if4. White has a knight and two pawns for the exchange
and the chance to pressure the black queen side with lt:lc5 or lt:ld6. He can also advance the
passed d-pawn in the future.
Instead of, 11....ig4 12 .if3 'i¥d7 gives Black some play for the pawn, but no

KIA Versus the Caro-Kann
longer 12...l£le4? as 13 dxe4 Ji.xf3 14 ltlxf3 just costs material.
We should now return tothe main game, where Black chose
7 0-0 0-0 8 Se1

First of all White provokes Black into advancing his d-pawn with the threat of 9 exd5
followed by 10 lbxes.
It's all about the bishops. If 8...lbd7 or 8...f6 a bishop is shut in on c8 or g7 respectively.
Meanwhile 8...1Lg4 9 h3 forces Black to give up the bishop-pair. Black could have stood his
ground with 8...'ic7, though. In that case a methodical build-up on the queenside followed
by a break in the centre gave White the edge after 9 c3 a5 10 b3 b6 11 'ic2 Bd8 12 Ji.b2
Ji.a6 13 d4 in L.Oll-P.Wells, Antwerp 1996.
The knight makes use of the c4-square to renew the attack on e5. Also possible is the
immediate 9 c3 as in Game 16.


The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move
Exercise: What would you do afteT 9...b5 with the knight on c4?
a) Take the pawn on e5. b) Go back to d2. c) Retreat to a3.
Answer: Black has a neat tactical possibility after 9...bS!? as 10 lt:lcxe5? f6 traps the knight.
White could retreat the knight to a3 in the style of the game. On the other hand, Black
hasn't wasted a move by defending the e5-pawn with "ikc7. He could use this tempo to
strengthen his queen side pawns: for example, with 10 lt:la3 a6!? 11 c3 c5 12 lt:lc2 lt:lbc6. So
after 9...b5 it looks better for White to change track with 10 lt:lcd2! and then continue a2a4, lt:lb3, Ad2, etc, when the black queenside pawns look shaky. The white knight also spies
a hole on c5. So I would give option 'b' preference. It takes advantage ofthe fact that pieces
can go backwards, whereas pawns can't.
10 C3
Having cajoled the pawn to d4, Movsesian begins to undermine it.

10... bS
Question: How should White continue if Black
plays 10...C5 standing his ground in the centre?
Answer: If Black bolsters d4 with 10...c5 then 11 cxd4 cxd4 12 Ad2 lt:lbc6 13 Äc1 or 13 a4
give White pressure on the queen side. He will try to advance b4-b5.

11 lt:la3 dxc3 12 bxc3 l:td8
Panarin plays in the style of the Grünfeld. He hopes that his piece activity will restrain
White from conquering the centre with d3-d4, but Movsesian will cut across his plans with
a fine exchange sacrifice.
13 "ife2 lt:la614 d4 Ag4


KIA Versus the Caro-Kann

Exenise: How do you assess the position after the pawn дтаЬ I4...exd4

15 cxd4 Ü.xd416 &xd4 fixd4 and what would be White's best continuation?

Answer: This line would be suicidal for Black as the dark squares on his kingside become
indefensible. White would surely win after 17 .i.b2, but the most convincing way is actually
to fianchetto the queen: 17 'iV1>2! l:i.d8 (if 17...c5 18 lt:lxb5) 18 .lth6 with bedlam on g7.
15 lt:\c2 exd4 16 cxd4 cS
Black has done everything he can to put pressure on the white centre, but it springs
forwards after White's next two moves:
17 .i.f4l 'ifd7 18 dS!



The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move

Exerdse: After l 8..JLxal 19 Д хаі in your judgement how
much compensation does White have for the exchange?
Answer: Black would perish sooner or later on the dark squares after 18....ixa119 Sx al,
especially as his knights aren't able to defend the dark squares in the centre. There would
already be the idea of 20 .ie5, 21 We3 and 22 Wh6 to mate on g7. After 19...f6, White could
build up towards a centre breakthrough with e4-e5 with 20 ltJe3 or put pressure on the
queenside with 20 a4!?.
In the game keeping the bishop doesn't do him much good either as White's pawns roll
19 We3 .ixf3 20 .ixf3 b4 21 S a b ! 'ia 4 22 lDd4 lDcS 23 d6 liJd3

£xem*e:Should White take the knight with 24 dxe7, sacrifice
the exchange with 24 e5, от save his rook with 24 S e d l?
Answer: 24 eSl
The solid 24 .l:.edl gives White good winning chances, though Black can fight on with
24....ixd4 25 Wxd4ltJc6 26 'ixc4 4Jce5. Instead, Movsesian insists on sacrificing an ex­
change in this game, and rightly so. He shuts out the bishop on g7 whilst activating his
own light-squared bishop. The black knight on e7 is now really hanging, whereas Black
would suddenly be winning after the hasty 24 dxe7? .ixd4! 25 exd8'i+ Sxd8 26 'ie 2
24...4Jxe1 25 lhe1 lDfS
There's nothing to be done. Black avoids material loss, but will obliterated by the ad­
vance of White's centre pawns.
26 lDxfS gxfS 27 .ixaS Hxa8 28 e6 We8


KIA Versus the Caro-Kann
The game soon ends after 28. ..fxe6 29'ixe6+ 'ih 8 30d7, threatening 31'i'e8+ winning
a rook.
29 d7 'ix e 6 30 'iVd2 1-0
Black can't stop the pawn queening and save his own queen.

С а т е іб

.'Dago my s 2010
1 e4 c6 2 d3 dS 3 lDd2 g6 4 g3 1.g7 5 1.g2 eS 6 ltlgf3 lDe7 7 0-0 0-0 8 :te1 d449 c3l?

In contrast to Game 15, White attacks d4 at once.
Question: But can't Black play 9...dxc3 10 Ьхсз 'fixds, winning a pawn?
Answer: After 9...dxc3 10 bxc3 Wxd3 White has a strong initiative with 11 i.a3! when there
are three possibilities:
a) 11...'iVd8 12 lDc4! planning to invade on d6.
b) 11...lite8 12 'ib 3 with ideas of either 13 lDg5, hitting f7, or 13 .i.f1 followed by 14 lDc4
and 15 lDd6.
c) 11... c5, handing back the pawn, is best for Black, though White is on top after 12
1.xc5 lDbc6 13 'ia4 .
Black declines to capture on c3, preferring to strengthen his hold on d4.

10 cxd4 cxd4 11 b4 b5?
Evidently the aim is to stop White expanding further on the queenside with moves like
a2-a4, b4-b5 and 1.a3. The pawn move also keeps the white knight out of c4. But Black is

3.3 7

The King's Indian A ttack : M ove by M ove
breaking two important principles.

Question: W hat are those principles?
Answer: Firstly, you shouldn't gratuitously move pawns on the side of the board where you
are weakest. And, secondly, ifyou try to prevent a breakthrough that is going to happen
anyway, your efforts to delay it normally only make matters worse.

12 a4!
Exactly, Now Black isn't able to maintain the queen side blockade.
12...bxa4 13 ltlc4 ltld7 14 'i'xa4 ltlb6 15 ltlxb6 'i'xb6 16 ltld2\
White's queenside attack is flowing smoothly as the other knight joins in the battle.
The queen runs away from being attacked by 17 ltlc4, but in fact there are even more
attractive squares for the white knight on the queenside.
An outpost on c5 will be more valuable to the horse than one on c4 as it is deeper in the
enemy's camp.
Black tries again with his queen on b6.
18 i.d2!


. finally. it has value as a waiting move . 18. the bishop move is good in its own right as it defends b4 against attack by .KIA Versus the Caro-Kann Exercise: Why is this a good quiet move ofthe kind White is always looking for in the King’s Indian Attack? Answer: Firstly..b7 139 .. the bishop move improves the overall coordination of the white pieces as it clears the way for the rook on e l to join in the queen­ side action down the c-file. Secondly.i.J:Ib8 and deters a breakout with .a7-a5 in the event that White has played liJcS or other­ wise weakened his grip on that square. And.White wants to see what Black does with his bishop on c8 before committing his knight to an advanced square...

a6..fs 24 exf5 is hopeless as well.tb5...I!fb8... 23 l:r....h3! Black can resign as 23 .tc6 and 20.. 21 'ilfxc6 lL!xc6 22 Sec1 22. 24 bS? is premature because of 24.c7 24 b5 is a fatal pin.:r. winning a piece..tc6? 20 lL!xc6 'ifxc6 After 20.b5 move.cxa7 140 ..lL!e6! breaking the pin on a8.. when 20 litec1 intending 21 Sc5 keeps up White's strategic onslaught. but first 24 .i... Black would probably do best to go into heavy defensive mode with 19.lL!xc6 21 Sec1 lLle7 22 Sc5 Black is completely dominated on the queenside.Sfc8 which looks very natural? Answer: Bobby Fischer once write a puzzle book and I remember he kept telling the reader to "look at the whole board”.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Do we want as or c5 as a post for our knight? 19 lL!aS! Answer: After the routine 19 lLlcS? Black can blockade the queenside after all with 19... In the game Black collapses quickly: 19..c7 lL!e6 After 23 .. After the game move White threatens 20 'id 7 .. After 22 ..... Note how in that case both the white knight and rook would be supported by the pawn on b4 and making use of dark squares weak­ ened by Black's thoughtless 11 .lL!d8 Question: What happens after 22.Sfc8 23 il.. but he should have tried to tough it out that way..h3! then 25 bS would do the trick..l:r. 24 .. and 23....

e7-e6.d6 53 i.c2 i.c4 gS 56 & c 2 gxh4 57 gxh4 lbe 2 58 f3 lDg1 59 b61xf3 60 .. Suffice to say that Black puts up a determined show and can only regret that he didn't put the same energy into the early opening phase.d 6 32& 1 f 33 & e 2 f6 34 i..b 1 lba4 54 .ta2 lbc3 55 i.a4 l:a6 39 .h6 77 &d6 f1B 78 i.f8 76 &d5 i.c7 48 i.d1 'it>d7 46 i..•.g 4 Black gets his bishop outside his pawn chain before closing the door with .V a n D e lft Essent2008 1 e4 c6 2 d3 d5 3 lbd 2 lbf6 4 lbgf3 i.f8 71 'it>g4 &e8 7 2 &f5 & 7 73 eS fxeS 74 &xeS i..c6 Sb8 35 Ша7 ^gB 36 h4 Sb6 37 i.d 6 49 'it>d1 i.te 2 i.d 7 ^ 8 38 i.f7 i. A discussion of a long technical endgame isn't really the theme of this book.:txa8 l:txa8 29 : c 1 lba6 30 Sa1 lbc7 31 .c7 52 *c1 i.f8 27 i.e 1 67 &g4 f3 68 ФИ3 f 2 69 .KIA Versus the Caro-Kann White wins a pawn.d 2 . Here are the remaining moves: 24.l:lxa6 lbxa6 40 bS lbcS 41 i.x f1 1-0 P a r t T h r e e : B la c k 's s o lid c e n t r e w it h ..xhS i.c 2 <&e7 42 <&3 hs 43 & e 2 &e8 44 i.l:t7a5 i.g7+ 75 &e4 i.b4 70 hS i.lbc7 25 i.h3 Sfb8 26 .te1 i.tg3 lbg1 61 &d 1 lbh3 62 & e 2 lbf4+ 63 i. so we'll end the analysis here.d 7 :d S 28 .S a fa r li^ .h6 i.. 5 h3 141 .x f4 exf4 64 <&3 &d8 65 i.e7-e6 ■ G a m e l7 ■ j E ..c7 S0 i..td6 51 .l:aS i.c1 <i..b4 66 i.d2 <^e7 47 i.e7 45 i.

th5 White usually plays 6 .e2!.... a bit like a sea turtle..lbf6 leaves him with little for the pawn. which means Black is a long way from castling kingside 142 .txf3 Question: After 5. but like a baby turtle crossing the sandfor the first time towards the water it can be fragile at its inception.. Therefore after 5. Black's bishop on f8 is shut in..xf3+ is a catastrophe.te2 or 6 g4.-:1h5' is it OK for White continue with 6 g3 to fianchetto on g2? Answer: The King's Indian Attack is rock solid once it has reached maturity. White has tried to turn it into a pawn sacrifice with 8 'ji'e2.lL\d6 or 8. However.. but I don't believe it as 8.dxe4 7 dxe4 lL\xe4! when 8 lL\xe4?? 'ixd l+ 9 & x d l ii. Ifyou play 6 g3 'because that's what White always plays' then disil­ lusion descends as swiftly as a golden eagle with 6..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move S. I would suggest a more promising pawn sacrifice for White: 6 e5 lL\fd7 7 e6!? fxe6 8 ii.....

.KIA Versus the Caro-Kann and the rook on h8 remains passive. 6 'ifxf3 e6 Having exchanged off his light-squared bishop Black decides to build the typical 'Slav' triangle of pawns. If 8.aS 11 f4 a 4 12 eS See the comment to move seven.... This strategically desirable pawn advance is something that normally costs him a lot of time and self-inflicted weaknesses in other variations in this book...i.tg7 9 0-0 0-0 Exercise: How should White continue his build-up? Answer: 10 We2! Sometimes the strongest moves don't make the greatest impression.xe2 10 'it'xe2 tbxe5 11 1Wxe5 'ifd6 12 Wh5+ <itd8 13 tbf3 ^d7 14 0-0. White can be pleased to gain space with f2-f4 in a painless manner. Nonetheless.'ic7.c5 or 8.d6 was sensible... 7g3 g6 Spending a tempo just to put the bishop on a square where it is likely to be shut in.f7 10 i. 13 f b5 143 ..We5..„ttJfd7 Now the black knight on b8 is deprived of a good square as both c6 and d7 are blocked. If instead 8.h5 £>f6 11 i. to answer 9 ttJg5 with 9. Meanwhile the e6-pawn and the square it stands on are very weak..h6 White can choose between 9 £>h4 i.tbbd7 and 8. 8 ±g2 . De­ velopment with 7. Black's bishop on g7 is boxed in and White has a sig­ nificant space advantage on the kingside. The discomfort of the black king is obvious in both cases. etc. Already White plans 9 Ög5! when the threat to e6 is highly awkward for Black. the simple reply 9 0-0 intending 10 ttJg5 next move looks strong.. Retreating the queen one square adds dynamism to White's set-up by clearing the way for the f-pawn.xf7+ <itxf7 12 We2 and 9 ttJe5!? j.. 10 . 12.

. or just to mark time while you wait for your opponent to commit himself to a certain line of play. Exercise: What is the best response to Black’s queenside pawn advances? 144 . 14.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: What now is the next stage in White’s kingside build-up? Answer: 14 h4! In the King's Indian Attack you always have to look out for ways to strengthen your game using the wing pawns.b4 15 h5 cS The fact that Black has to move the c-pawn twice is enough to condemn his plan of ad­ vancing pawns on the queenside. Here White's bind in the centre is unchallenged and the black knight has been driven from f6. This can be for the purposes of defence or attack.. so he is justified in starting a direct kingside assault.

.. Question: Why would White switch from an attack on the black king to targeting the c5-pawn? Answer: Certainly if he were presented with a target such as the pawn on'lf8 would drop the c5-pawn... 20. but there are other threats as we shall see.. 16. as the good defen­ sive move 19. 19..bxc3 After this exchange the black knight no longer has access to the d4-square and so White can carry out his kingside attack in'ld4 with counterplay in view ofthe attack on c2 as well as the threat to the white queen. but taking away energy from the black pieces.KIA Versus the Caro-Kann Answer: 16 c4! This pawn stab against the d5-square also frequently occurs in the KIA versus the French lines. With the game move he virtually compels Black to capture on c3 as 16...dxc417 dxc4 opens the long diagonal for White's bishop on g2 and gives his knight the e4-square.. from where it could attack the c5-pawn in conjunction with it...e3 Not only developing..11tc8 20 1i'g4 It seems like the queen is heading to the''!ee7 21 hxg6 hxg6 145 . Therefore he prefers to take time out from his king side assault to consolidate in the centre...e3 and 'ikf2. Safarli sees that the direct 16 tt'lg5 can be answered by 16. Leaving the black bishop shut in on g7 and exploiting its absence from the queenside struggle would be a ‘clean' way to exploit White's stranglehold on the e5-square. 17 bxc3 tt'lc6 18 tt'lgS lieS 19 it. intending 17.

The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move

Exercise: Black is hoping to defend after 22 ШЪЗ 4Eif8.
Can you see a winning breakthrough for White?
Answer: 22 lbxe6! fxe6 23 'ifxe6+ 'iWS
If 23...'it>h7, 24 'it>f2! clears the way for the rooks to go to the h-file: for example,
25 l:.h1+ .i.h6 26 'fr'f7+ followed by 27 l:!.xh6+ or 24...lbf5 25 2h1+ li:Jh6 26 J:.xh6+! ..txh6 27
'fr'f7+ 'it>h8 28 Sh1 and there's no good way to stop 29 Sxh6+.
24 fS gxfS 25 S!1-0
The threat is 26 Sxf5+, picking up the queen with ..txd8 on the next move or two, whilst
keeping a decisive attack. Black could try 2S-. .'ic7, but after 26 SxfS+ lbxf5 27 'fr'xfS+ 'it>g8
28 ..txd5+ &h8 29 ®h3+ he will be mated.
P a r t F o u r: B la c k c o n s tr u c ts a P h ilid o r c e n tr e
The following game should be compared with Sepp-Bravo in Chapter Eight where Black
was able to play ...lbc6 as he wasn't committed to ...c7-c6.

1 e4 c6 2 d3 eS
A sensible move, but the Philidor style pawn centre that arises is perhaps a little too
passive for modem taste.
3 lL'lf3 lL'lf6
Instead 3...d6 should transpose.


KIA Versus the Caro-Kann

Question: What happens if W hite grabs the pawn with 4 &xe5?
Answer: Once upon a time I wrote a book on miniature chess games. By far the most com­
mon way for an experienced player to lose quickly was to miss a double attack by the en­
emy queen. Here 4 tt:xe5+?? "iVa5+ wins the knight.
4 tt:bd2
Now Black really must defend his e5-pawn.
4...d6 5 g3 g6
Black decides to copy his opponent, leading to a symmetrical position. Since the time
factor isn't critical here, he might as well put his bishop on the more active square g7 ra­
ther than develop it one move sooner to a more passive square with 5....i. e7.
6 .i.g2 .i.g7 7 0-0 0-0 8 C3
White ‘returns the compliment' by copying his opponent's Caro-Kann move. As we shall
see, he needs this little pawn move to support his plan.
8... Se8 9 2e1 tt:bd7 10 b4
This space grab on the queenside is the first aggressive gesture by either player.


The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move

Question: Is continuing to copy with I0...b5 a good idea for Black?
Answer: It would be foolish for Black to carry on copying as 10 ..b5 11 a4! would be awk­
ward: 11...a5 12 axb5 just wins a pawn for White, whilst 11...a6 leaves White in the ascen­
dancy on the queen side; he can prepare c3-c4 with moves like ii.b2 and 'ic2 to add to the
pressure on b5.
It's interesting that 10 b4 is applauded as a space-gaining move on the queenside,
whilst Black's identical move 10... b5 is condemned as a needless weakening. You might
recall the old rule that you shouldn't move pawns on the side ofthe board where you are
weakest. Here White has the initiative on the queenside because of his extra move, so Black
shouldn't present him with a target on b5. White should be made to work to open lines or
create a weakness, he shouldn't be presented with one for free.
With 10...d5 Black follows a traditional recipe: an attack on the wing is met with a coun­
terattack in the centre. Fortunately for White his centre is so heavily fortified in the King's
Indian Attack that Black can seldom strike a strong blow against it. On the other hand, this
strength comes from the white centre being held back in a compact mass. In the early
stages of the game at least White's pawns can't cause the opponent much trouble in the
centre. Therefore he has to try to gradually outplay him with little moves on the wings.
11 tZ)b3
Fridman needs to develop his bishop. One option is to clear the way for ....tg4 with
...tZ)f8, but he doesn't want to retreat his knight from d7 where it well centralized and sup­
porting the e5-pawn. So he plays:


KIA Versus the Caro-Kann

But now the black queenside pawns are more fragile; a fact not lost on Tiviakov who
prepares to ram them with c3-c4. Furthermore, if he can play the further pawn advance c4c5, Black's bishop would be rather shut in on b7.

12 W c2 i.b7 13 c4 dxe4
Black activates his bishop before White is able to clamp down on the queenside with c4c5.
14 dxe4 cS 15 bxcS ^xcS 16 ^xcS bxcS

Question: How wouldyou assess the position?


Answer: At first glance it looks pretty equal. However, it is easier for White to attack the c5pawn than it is for Black to launch a similar assault on c4. Besides White's pawn on c4 is

The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move
already defended by the queen, and he has what David Bronstein called the most powerful
weapon in chess - the next move.
17 tDd2 lL!d7
You might have noticed that both players have an idea outpost for a knight along the dfile. If White’s head for the d5-square with 18 lL!f1 then 18...lL!f8 19 lLle3 lL!e6 20 lL!d5 gets
his knight to the ideal post first, but 20...lL!d4, which also happens to hit the white queen,
leaves Black fully equal.

Exercise: Tiviakov finds a much better plan. Can you see it?
Answer: 18 lLlb3l
W hite’s knight chooses the b3-square so in combination with the bishop on e3 it can
assail the c5-pawn. The black knight’s journey to Nirvana on d4 has to be delayed until the
pawn is sufficiently defended. Hence his next two moves.
I8...11t'c7 19 i.e3 i.f8
The c5-pawn is OK for the moment, but how annoying for the knight that the f8-square
is now blocked by the bishop.
20 S a b i i.c6 21 'ic 3 l
A little move, but very poisonous. As we shall see, the white queen is preparing to in­
vade on a5.
21..J.l:.ab8 22 .l:.bd1 Rbd8
Cat and mouse. White sees there is nothing to be gained on the b-file and so prepares
to double rooks along the d-file. Black responds in kind by switching his rook to d8.
23 Sd2 lLlb6!?
Fridman offers the c5-pawn as he has calculated that he will obtain sufficient counter­
24.l:.xd8 .l:.xd8


KIA Versus the Caro-Kann

Exercise: Try to work out how Black might justify his sacrifice after
25 £lxc5 {look for positional compensation rather than a tactical blow).
Answer: 25 'i'asl
White avoids grabbing the pawn as after 25 ^xc5 .i.xc5 26 i.xc5 ^a4 27 'i'a3 ^xc5 28
'iVxc5 Bd2 the (very slightly dubious) adage that a rook on the seventh rank is worth a
pawn is fully justified because of White's passive bishop. For example, 29 a3 'ib 6 30 'iVxb6
axb6 31 Bb1 Sc2 32 f3 J:lxc4 33 lilxb6 ltc1+ 34 .i.fl .i.a4 and White can't make any progress
due to the awkward position of his king and bishop.
2S...'ilc8 26 .txcs thxc4

Exercise: Can you see what would happen after 27 Wxa7?


The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move

27 'ib 4 l
Answer: I hope you aren’t deep in a rook and pawn endgame as after 27 "ixa7? fid7 traps
the white queen, for if 28 i.h3 f5, etc.
27...lLlb6 28 iLxfS l:.xf8 29 'ifd6
Black is almost equal, but not quite, and in this type of position that means he is losing!
The difference in activity between the two sides’ major pieces means that the a7- and e5pawns can't both be held.
29~Me8 30 'flc7 lLlc8 31 i.h3!

An important strengthening ofWhite's pressure. Ifyou play the King's Indian Attack
you have to remember that g2 is not the only square along the short f1 to h3 diagonal on
which the bishop can be placed with great effect. There are many examples in this book of
not only i.h3, but also i . f l being a powerful relocation of the bishop.
31 ...1.a8 32 % cl 'ia 4 33 lLlcS
Not falling for 33 iLxc8? 'ifxe4 when White’s king is suddenly in terrible trouble.
33..'ifc6 34 lLld7\ 'ixc7
Now, however, Black is forced into a gruesome endgame as 34...'flxe4 loses to 35 lLJf6+.
35 l:xc7 Sd8 36 lLlxeS
At last Tiviakov cashes in after his great positional play.
36„^lLld6 37 f3 a6


b5 or 45 ^e2 would keep winning chances.ltlb 2 46 i. Black would be very near to defeat.. Instead after 39 a4! stopping any counterplay with 39..c6 51 *d 2 i..g B hS 58 gxhS ll)xhS 59 *e2 * e S 60 i. P a r t F iv e : B la c k b u ild s a b ro a d c e n t r e w it h — f7 . Exchanging off his dominant rook gives up a large part of his advantage.Sxd7 39 .b3.a4 gS 43 g4 ltlc4 44 ltlcS The best way to consolidate the extra pawn was probably 44 i.i.f7 Vt-V* A rather disappointing conclusion after Tiviakov’s fine play in the middlegame. 38 .i.f5 a n d e a r ly a lt e r ­ n a t iv e s 6 a m e l9 N .ltlb5.Chueca Forcen Spanish Team C ham pionship 2006 1 e4 c6 2 d3 dS 3 ll)d 2 es 153 . The game move allows the exchange of the a-pawns when W hite’s extra pawn on the kingside isn’t enough to win..xd7 f6 40 ltld3 c1. For the record the remaining moves were: 45.c4 lbxa2 49 ltlxaS ltlb4 SO ltlb3 .b S lLld1+47 &e1 lLlc3 48 i.. 44-aS 45 ltlb3? And here 45 i.KIA Versus the Caro-Kann Question: What is the move that underlines Black's helplessness? 38 l:[d7? Answer: Perhaps White was in time pressure after having to find a long series ofprecise moves..Escuer Sanchez-A.d7 52 *e3 ltlc2+ 53 *d3 ltle 1+ 54 *e2 ll)g2 SS ll)d4 *d6 56 'iW2 ll)f4 57 i.f7 41 'iW 2 &e7 42 i.

4 tLlgf3 .i.g5 with a continuing initiative or 8 tLld6+!? .c5 (safer is 5.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Premature is 3.tLld7..xf2+ 7 Фxf2 'id4+ 8 Фe1 'ixe5 White's counterattack with 9 lbc4! is very strong: 9.i.Fernandes.i.i.Wh4+ 11 g3 'id 8 White gets a very nice endgame with 12 1i'xd8+ Фxd8 13 tLld6 . so our king's bishop can be developed more actively..i... After 5.i. tactical response from White..i. while if 5.exd4 6 exd5 cxd5 7 tLlxd4 the black knight is misplaced on d7. while after the best defence 10. but 5 d4!7 changing the na­ ture ofthe centre is a good idea.c4 ..i.dxe4.e2.d6 If instead 4.i.. 5 g3 f5 We have to analyse Black's fifth move carefully as it requires a sharp.tLld7?! we can go on our merry way with 5 g3.. Meanwhile we haven't committed ourselves to a fianchetto with g2-g3 yet.'ixe4+ 10 . Black has shut in his bishop on c8 so isn't well equipped for an opening of lines. Canecas 2002) 6 ttJxe5! ruining Black's opening play.f4+. but after 6.Galego-A....i... but 6 .Wxg2 11 tLld6+ Фf8 12 . 154 ..e7 7 c3 Wc7 8 0-0 tLlb6 9 ..dxe4 6 tLlxe4 exd4 7 'ixd4 lbgf6 White would have the pleasant choice between 8 .b3 tLlf6 10 a4 a5 11 We2 was a slight but pleasant edge for White in L. Play might go 4 dxe4 e5 5 lbgf3 .. It looks as if White has fallen into a trap.i..e6 (the only good way to defend f7) 14 tLlxb7+ Фc7 15 ttJc5 followed by 16 tLlxe6+ or 16 .f3 'ig 6 13 tLlxc8 wins. If now 10..xd6 9 'ixd6 grabbing the bishop-pair..i. As a general rule Black should wait until White has committed himself to g2-g3 before exchanging on e4.

ltlf6 8 cxd5 ltlxd5 9 Ag2 ltlc6 10 0-0 ltlb6 11 Be1 0-0 12 b4!. He also opens up the a2g8 diagonal for the white queen and facilitates the development ofthe bishop on c1.Ac7 14 'ie1+ ^ 7 15 Wxb4) 11 . e4!.!tlc6 (wing play to undermine e5 is also the theme after 8..d4: for example. Therefore Black must continue his bold strategy with 7. an important space gaining move on the queenside.. White does best to tar­ get the e5-pawn immediately: 6. It seems that Black is taking on too many central commitments after 7. In both cases White will have exchanged a wing pawn for the more important e5-pawn. He hands over the c4-square to the white knight where it can besiege the e5-pawn..cxd5 7 c4! dxc4? White seems to have a pleasant advantage after 7..ltlxb4 13 'i3 + Фh8 14 Ab2 and e5 will fall..Axb4 13 ltlxe5 ltlxe5 14 'ilfb3+ Фh8 15 Bxe5 or 12. If now 12.KIA Versus the Caro-Kann 6 exdSl Ifinstead 6 Ag2 ltlf6 7 0-0 0-0 looks very comfortable for Black.!tlxe5 ltlxe5 12 Be1 ltlfg4 13 ltlc4 0-0 14 ltlxe5 and again White stands better in the centre.. W ith the game move Black makes things very easy for his opponent..b2 to increase the pressure on e5.. Meanwhile it is wrong to talk about the weakness ofthe backward d3-pawn as no black pieces can attack it....... It plans both b4-b5 and il. 8 Ag2 . This move will be exam­ ined in the analytical extract after this game..±C7 11 b4! ltlxb4 12 ltlxe5 Axe5 13 ltlc4! and White regains the piece with the attack as if 13. 8 ltlxc4 ltlf6 155 ..ltlf6 9 0-0 0-0 10 b4!) 9 0-0 ltlf6 10 c5! Axc5 (10. with lasting pressure...

g2! . though both 13 'ixb7 and 13 lbg5 must be good for White.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: Can’t White now nab the pawn on e5? Answer: If White takes on e5 he would end up losing a piece after 9 lbfxe5? . 9 .....i.. He had to try 12. the pawn on es is immune.!tk6 10 O-OO-O 11 Se1 lieS 12 'iVb3! * f8 A series of natural moves by Black has led him into terrible trouble. but he wants to put pres­ sure on the e5-pawn.xe5 10 lbxe5 'iVa5+. 156 .i. If 12. but why not 9 ^ixd6+ to дтаЬ the bishop-раіт? Answer: White could play ll.i. After 9 lbxd6 'iVxd6 the number of defenders of e5 hasn't declined. whereas the number of attackers has gone down by one.e6.4h8 he gets hit by 13 lbg5 with a fork on f7.Jxd6 at various points in the opening. We have already seen a variant of this cheapo in the notes to Game 18 above. Question: OK.

21 . White's basic plan is 14 . the most straightforward being 24 c6!.i. 1S l:tac1 tDxc4 16 dxc4 lDg417 cS .i.c3..'itg7 25 ..e3? Answer: White doesn't realise how generous his opponent has been to him..tDxe5 16 .f6 157 ..i.te4 l:..i.b8 26 i.e7 18 .tDxe5 21 ..tb4+ 'ite8 18 l:te1 and White will regain the piece on e5 due to the pin with a quick win...i...tDxc4 15 dxc4 e4 looks satisfactory for Black..d2 e4 19 . Simply 14.txe4 'if7 24 .l:tb8 14 tDfxeS! 15 tDxd6 'ixd6 16 .i.. 13.i. to put so much pres­ sure on e5 that the pawn will either drop off or be forced to advance to e4.. Black would still be OK after 20. What is now the best way for White 'to build up pressure onthe black centre? 13 . Instead ofthis routine move.i. when Black's position will fall apart...f4 'ia S 20 tDeS gS? A horrible weakening of the kingside.. White also isn't averse to using any combination that might arise due to the unfortu­ nate position of the black king: for example.b4 spikes the queen) 15 tDxe5 Sxe5 (or 15. 24..d2 'ix a 2 22 tDxg4 fxg4 23 .i.xe5 (if 14.i. which blocks the attack on e5 and shows too much concern for the d4square.xh7 W hite has various ways to press home his advantage. 13 .KIA Versus the Caro-Kann Exercise. 13.tDaS 14 'ic 2 'ic 7 Starting to play with fire again.i.......i.e7 17 l:txe5) 16 Sxe5 tDxe5 17 .te6.xe5 .c3+ Ji.b4+ lir.d2! is practically winning.

g2 and 0-0 he will have a good game in view of the over­ stretched black centre..l:tc6 S i ..d7 29 'ifxf6+ &xf6 30 .l:tcd1 .l:gS+ f 52 ShS S d 53 . looked simpler.i.i.l:xc6 .:th6+ &g7 54 lia6 litcS 55 fS S d 56 l:e6 <&7 57 Sa6 'A-'A The critical move 7..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: W hat is the simplest way for White to win? 27 . The remaining moves were: 28.i.i.. In the end it burns out to a draw after further inaccuracies.xc6 l:txe1+ 32 Itxel bxc6 33 l:ld1 Sxb2 34 Itd6+ * e S 35 . 1 e4 c6 2 d3 dS 3 tbd2 eS 4 tbgf3 . So: 158 . with the black king so exposed to attack.:tc6 48 l:tb5 Sc4+ 49 f4 gxf4 SO gxf4 .. keeping upthe pressure.e4 in the analysis to Game 19 above has never been played in a tournament game. However.t>g2 'iWS 39 l:ta5+ 'iW6 40 h3 gxh3+ 41 &xh3 l:tc4 42 f3 &g6 43 l:ta6+ &g7 44 :le6 Sa4 45 l:te4 .'ith6 28 'ili'd6 with a double attack on b8 and f6. 28 l:tcd1..d6 5 g3 fS 6 exdS exdS 7 c4 e4!? 8 tbd4 If White is allowed to play .l:la6 46 *g 4 &g6 47 lib4 .i.'ixf6 28 'ic 3 White is a pawn up and so decides to force an endgame.xf6+ Answer: 27 'id 2 with the threat of 28 'ixg5+ is decisive...i. but we must analyse it.c6 31 .l:tc2 36 Sa6 SxcS 37 l:txa7 Ша+ 38 'i.. If 27. 27 .

g2!? looks promising. b) So Black should play 11..^7 ! 11 cxd5 0-0 12 lt:lc4.We7 9 i. Ifyou play this line..b5+ when it is the black king under fire: a) 11.ltlc6 Or 9. such as after 10... Now I don't see a convincing attacking line for White: for instance. 110-0! 159 ..... Now the simple 10 ltl2b3 looks OK for White. 10 cxdSl lt:lxd4 If 10.. Black is fine. the fork on d5 means that White regains his piece) 12.. while if 16. White will gain the advantage as his pieces take control of the centre..xc5 11 i.'ifb6 16 ltld6+ 'it..<it>f8) 13 ltle2 h6 14 ltlf4+ <it>h7 and having found refuge on h7. 15.xe6 12 0-0! (no hurry.. ..'iVf7. but then 13 i. but the main move 9 i.d7 12 ltlxf5 looks good for White seeing that the counterattack 12. 9. I think you should seek your chances with 10 ltl2b3.. exd3+ 10 ^ 1 and despite his displaced king...xd7+ lt:lbxd7 14 'ig 4 keeps up the 13 dxc6 and Black is facing ruin along the h1-a8 diagonal..<it>e7 17 lt:ldc4 with a winning attack) 17 'it'd5 and there’s no good way to stop disaster on f7. Black could also try 12.c4+ <it>g6! (not getting the king in the way of the development of the rook on h8 with 12 . but critical must be the sacrifice 10 c5!? i.exd3+ 11 ltle6! i.KIA Versus the Caro-Kann 8.xf2+ fails to 13 Фxf2 'irc5+ 14 ltle3 'ixb5 15 lt:lxe4 when Black is overwhelmed by the white knights: for example.. 12 i.?f8 (going to d8 allows a fork on f7...i...g 2l? Not so clear is 9 dxe4 dxe4. pinning the knight on f5 against a mate on f2..i.

The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move White whisks his king from the centre. 11..^ 8 .. In these cases White has two pawns for the piece and a mobile centre that causes Black’s disorganised pieces a lot of discomfort. Black doesn't have time to stabilize the centre with 11. And. 12 tLlc4 Threatening to uncover an attack on the knight with 13 dxe4. Thirdly. Black is going to have to lose further time or po­ sition in safeguarding the hanging knight on d4..txe5 15 tLlc4 when the threat of 16 d6 or 16 Se1 recovers the piece with a big advantage. there follows 12 dxe4 tLlf6 13 a4! lLlc7 14 e5! . 160 .td7 If the knight runs away with 11. Question: What is White’s positional justification for the sacrifice? Answer: Multipurpose: Firstly.12 l:!... the black queen is on an awkward square where she can be pinned against her king.. White's rook can quickly get to e1 to embarrass the black king and queen. He is still two moves from castling kingside.. if 11.e1 also looks good. thereby avoiding Black’s counterattack with . Meanwhile both of Black's rooks are passive. or 11. Secondly.tLlb5.. the awkward position ofthe black king in the centre.... Fourthly.-tc5. The knight still being on g8 is horrible for Black with the centre opening. finally..-te5 then 12 dxe4 plans to roll the pawns with 13 f4...tLlf6 as the other knight drops to 12 ti'a4+ and 13 'fixd4... The game move prevents the check on a4.. 11.. Other moves also give W hite huge play: for example. If White is allowed to capture it with 12 'ifa4+ and 13 'fixd4 he will have an easily winning position.e4xd3+. and most important of all..

but White had a big initiative anyway.KIA Versus the Caro-Kann 12 .•ll'lbS 13 a4 ll'lc7 14 dxe4 fxe4 15 lite1 ll'lf6 16 1Lxe4l ll'lxe4? A mistake. 17 l:txe4 'ix e4 18 ll'lxd6+ Black has lost his queen.. 161 .

If you like the KIA set-up as White you won't worry about any 'objective' assessment that claims you're '0. And being true to your style is what matters in chess. To play into the King's Indian main line structure a tempo down as Black must be very risky'. Even one move before it is reached after 1 ^ f3 d5 2 g3 c5 3 i.Chapter Four KIA Versus the Reversed King’s Indian Defence I probably shouldn't shout it too loudly. You get the chance to play the sort of chess you love. It is hard for Black to overcome the reasoning 'The King's Indian Defence is a dangerous opening to face as White. Furthermore. There's another reason not to worry too much about the King's Indian Reversed: it isn't a very popular choice for Black. Partly it's psychological. In reality Black is in no danger of being smashed by a sharp line in the King's Indian Reversed as long as he plays steadily. but developing his pieces and consolidating his centre. making it a Reversed Grilnfeld. On the other hand. Against a strong player . And in the Sicilian move order after 1 e4 c5 2 Öf3 there are a whole lot of other opening lines a player will want to spend his limited time looking at. but objectively speaking the King's Indian Reversed is the biggest enemy of the King's Indian Attack.Kramnik springs to mind for some reason . not trying to refute the opponent's set-up. 162 . a player below elite level is unlikely to have the King's Indian Reversed in his repertoire as it is a lot of effort to learn when the chances of getting it in a tournament game are small.White could easily end up worse due to his space deficit. striking at the opponent's centre from a solid.g2 ^c6.21’ of a pawn down. White can diverge with 4 d4. you aren't playing Kramnik (if you are then thanks for buying my book and can I have your autograph?). al­ beit slight cramped base. Black gets to seize more than his fair share of the centre while developing his pieces to good squares and avoiding weaknesses.

..f8 11 lDc4 f6 12 'Wb3!.He8?! 9 exd5 lDxd5 10 ..e7 7 e4. If Black plays the immediate 7. More problematical for White as far as finding a good strategic plan is 7.g2 i.e7 7 e4 or via a Sicilian with 1 e4 c5 2 tDf3 lDc6 3 d3 lDf6 4 g3 d5 5 lDbd2 e5 6 i. but in practice this is not too common..d5 4 d4) 4 d3 d5 5 O-OlDf6 6 lDbd2 i... 163 .0-0.. keeping the tension.. The game is more likely to begin 1 tDf3 c5 2 g3 lDc6 3 i..0-0 White can wait with 8 c3 when the Armenian Grandmaster Sergei Movsesian has achieved good results after 8.g2 lDc6 4 d3 e5 5 0-0 lDf6 6 lDbd2 i.e7 7 0-0..KIA Versus the Reversed King's Indian Defence Move order The 'traditional’ move order is 1 lDf3 d5 2 g3 c5 3 i. This is the critical position in the Reversed King’s Indian.d4 then I like White’s straightforward build-up in Game 20.g2 e5 (to avoid the Reversed Grünfeld after 3. Why I don’t like White’s plan of c2-c3 After 7.l:te1 i.

b5 18 axb5 Sxb5 breaks through on the queen side before the white attack hits home.txds..fl. There followed 9 tLlc4 'flic7 10 cxd4 cxd4 11 a4 ..txd5. Note in this sequence that if 13.Gritsak..te6 12 b3 and after 12.txd5...fxeS 1S .. White could try taking on d5 a move earlier. I can’t see a good way to strengthen White’s play...i. From the first diagram above. this was a blitz game. White has 14 tLlg5 with the double threat of 1S tLlf7+ winning the queen and 15 . In S.. After all. Moscow (blitz) 2008. though he lost.d4! blocking the centre.. So far so good for White: Black doesn’t have time to consolidate along the a2-g8 diago­ nal after 12 ' i 3 (best might be the decidedly odd-looking 12. the Norwegian superstar played 8...Movsesian-O. but then White has at least 13 a4 and 14 as with a good game)..tLld7: for example..tLlxe5 14 tLlxe5. White was a safe pawn up after 12..xc414 bxc4 tLlxa5 1S tLlh4 g6 16 f4 tLlc6 17 f5 White had an attack for his pawn.Movsesian-B.i.tf7 16 g4 l:tfb8 17 h4 and now 17.. so we can’t trust the middlegame decisions.&h8 13 tLlcxe5! also picked up a pawn upon 13 .fie6. Returning to the position at move eight. grabbing the bishop-pair with 13 tLlg5 ..0-0 8 exd5 tLlxd5 9 Se1 f6 10 c3 tries to recreate Movsesian’s happy moments 164 ..tLlc5 1S lite1 tLlb4 16 ..te6 13 'ixb7 I1c8 14 'i'b5. why weaken the queenside pawns with c2-c3 when it is Black who is likely to gain the initiative there? To avoid . 12. This makes me inclined to think that 8 c3 is strategically faulty if Black replies 8.. but we do get an insight into what the top players think are the strongest opening variations.xg5 leaves Black’s knights dominant on the dark squares after 13. Warsaw (rapid) 2010..fxe5.. At move 12.te6 1S ..The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move The threat is 13 tLlfxe5! fxe5 14 tLle3 and White emerges a pawn up because of the pin on dS after 14.Gelfand..dS-d4. intending 14.. I can’t see any decent plan for W hite after 12. Unfortunately the gravy train came to an end for Movsesian when he played Magnus Carlsen in the 2008 Tal Memorial blitz tournament..i.. Like the Gelfand game above...xg5 14 .a6?! 13 a5!? . while in S..d4. 7.. while a kingside pawn advance looks too slow. as shown by 13 tLle1 tLlc5 14 f4 f6 1S f5 .i..

... but for the reasons above.ti:lf6 which should transpose) 5 O-Oti:lf6 when 6 c4 is the Tarrasch Defence.ti:lge7 12 ...Hansen-D..f6 gives us a Reversed Sämisch Variation of the King’s Indian Defence. cxd4 5 ti:lxd4. White could build up on the kingside in typical fashion with 6 e4 d4 7 ti:lh4 .e6 (or 4. he can reply 4.. I have given Game 21 in which White avoids the c2-c3 move. 4. but Black can immediately evacuate his knight from the danger diagonal with 10. as was mentioned in the notes to Amin-Bocharov in Chapter Two.f7 11 . However.i.g7 7 e4 0-0 8 c3 e5 reaches a Reversed King's Indian with .e6 8 f4 Wd7 9 ti:ld2 0-0-0 10 f5 ...'it>h8).g 2 ti:lc6 4 d3 After 4 d4 it would be risky for Black to enter the Grinfeld Defence a tempo down with 4..i.Akdag Danish Championship. Helsingor 2013 1 dS 2 g3 cs 3 ....KIA Versus the Reversed King's Indian Defence versus Gritsak and Gelfand all over again.ti:lf6 5 0-0 g6 6 ti:lbd2 . P a r t O n e : B la c k c o m m its h im s e lf t o a b lo c k e d c e n t r e Game 20 S.e S Instead.i.h5 165 .B.i. s o-o 5..f3 (a notable manoeuvre to activate the bishop via h5) 11..g7-g6. 4.. Meanwhile Black is looking very solid.... White no longer has any 'ifh3 tricks and needs to attend to his hanging pawn on d3. and mostly maintains a pawn on e4 rather than concedes the centre with exd5.i..ti:lc7! (also not bad is 10.i. Naturally chess theory evolves and some big name player might rehabilitate 8 c3 or 8 exd5.

f4.d6 White could follow the same basic plan as with the bishop on e7. with 5 lLlbd2 (instead of 5 0-0). but they can be put to work guarding important squares such as d5 and d4. White followed up with l:f2.. 6 e4 rules out Black’s pawn break. Moscow 1957. e2-e3.Todorcevic-T.i.g8 (naturally Black avoids exchanging the bishop that defends the light-square gaps left in the wake of his pawn advances) 13 b3 and in T. 7. g3-g4.e7 After 6.lL!f6.. with White leaving it to his opponent to decide the central pawn structure. If this doesn’t appeal you could always arrange e2-e4 a move earlier. The doubled e-pawns aren’t pretty..The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move i. i...Spassky.lzeta. USSR Championship.. Question: What if Black plays 6. fig2.e7 10 lL!de4 O-O 11 lLlxf6+ i. consider 9 fxe3 i. Geneva 1988.Roos-B. Alternatively.. The hard thinking will come later. and g4-g 5. and then. 6 lL!bd2 White plays all his standard King’s Indian Attack moves. Playing like this also helps deter Black from castling queenside. after preparation.Petrosian-B. b „Ji.e4 7 dxe4 dxe4 8 £>g5 e3 to break up our pawns? Answer: There’s nothing to fear from the onrush of Black’s e-pawn: for example. Meanwhile Black has no pawns on the d-file or e-file to fight for the centre. French League 2009. as in M. and then after 5.e6 7 lLlbd2 'ifd7 8 a3 lLlh6 9 b4 lLlf7 10 l:b1 with pressure against the c5 point in D.Taddei.xf6 12 tL:!e4 i.e7 13 lLlc3! when White intends to build up in the centre with lL!d5.. 7 e4 The two armies finally clash. White could try a completely different plan of advancing on the queenside: 6 c3!? i. etc. h2-h4.d4 166 . e3-e4. say.

e7. The important alternative 7.. which began 1 li)f3 c5 2 g3 li)f6 3 i... His horse was actually sitting on a3.'ic7 167 .e7 7 e4 d4 8 li)c4. 2) The f5-square for the other horse. Exercise: Can you see any downside to Black’s plan of seizing a space advantage? W hat are the most important squares that White can try to utilize? Answer: The advance of Black's pawns has left some of his centre squares under defended. Well. actually only part ofthat is true.. he can't defend this square with .g7-g6 without weakening his kingside dark squares. from where it attacks e5.. 0-0 is seen in the next game.KIA Versus the Reversed King's Indian Defence Immediately clamping down on the centre. Because Black has played 6.. Thus White has: 1) The c4-square for the queen's knight.i. as I took quite a lib­ erty with the move order in this game..g2 li)c6 4 0-0 d5 5 d3 es 6 li)a3 Ji. 3) The e5-square as a hook on which he can latch a clear and logical plan: the prepara­ tion of the advance f2-f4 to gain space on the kingside. Sli)c4 Sune Berg Hansen moved the knight from the passive square d2 to activity on c4. 8 .

..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Questions Now . The knight clears the w ayfor the f-pawn and eyes the f5-square..c5-c4.Se8 Exercise: Do you think it’s a good idea for White to put the knight on f5.b7-b5 and .. What does White do about the knight on c4? Answer: 9 a4! W hite prevents his knight being driven away with 9. or is there a better means of developing an initiative on the kingside? 168 .b5 and makes it harder for Black to engineer his general strategic plan of . 10.b5 is threatened..lbd7........ 10lbh4! All according to plan. 9..0-0 We'll return to this position at the end of the game to consider the immediate 9..

Instead of a knight and a bishop on f5 and g5.. However. The Danish Grandmaster tries a different approach that looks slower. but then 17 i. he wants pawns on those squares..i.. who has to retreat to the vulnerable f6-square) 17 i.. 11 lDf5 looks like a strong attacking move.d2 li:)f6 and White hasn’t achieved much as 15 f4 i. but promises more chance oflong-term success.f7-f6.lbb6 chal­ lenging the knight on c4) 13. which opens the f-file for a possible attack and mightallow the white bishop to cause discomfort to the queen with jtf4? Answer: Black has four units guarding the e5-square.h3!? (hoping to mate in three moves if the black queen takes the bishop) 17. 169 . Therefore. but where is the follow-up? If. Hansen has renounced the plan of lbf5. for example. On the face of it.. 12..i.f4 really would be awkward for the black 12 lt:)f3 Again after 12 lt:)f5 i.f8 there would be no convincing continuation for White. Let’s analyse: 13 fxe5 li:)dxe5 14 li:)cxe5 li:)xe5 15 li:)xe5 'ixe5 16 'iff3 'ie6 ! (natural is 16. after 11.f8 12 i. 13 a5 (to stop 13. and if necessary after 13 fxe5 li:)dxe5 it could be bolstered further with .xf5 16 exf5 e4! looks like good counterplay for Black..'ifg6! and White’s advantage is vanishing... the possibility of a i.f4 pin doesn’t re­ ally alarm Black..h6 14 i.f8 13 f5 Question: Why is this preferable to 13 fxe5. 11„.g5 lbfd7 White has impressive-looking pieces.e6.i.KIA Versus the Reversed King’s Indian Defence 11 Answer: As we shall see.. In this spirit the White's knight deferentially retreats now that it has cleared the way for the fpawn to advance. The 18th century French Master Philidor said that the pieces are the servants of the pawns. We don’t want the e4 point overrun..^.

14 g4 a6 15 gS SbS 16 b3 bS Exercise: How should White respond to the threat? a) Retreat the knight to b2.i.. So why is 17 axb5 actually a bad move? After 17..a8. Instead. 13. d) Exchange with 17 axbs and only then decide... how to generate queenside counterplay and ho' to meet White's potential kingside pressure....l:. at worst trouble for him if 170 . This would at best amount to a distraction from White's plan of kingside action.. b) Retreat the knight to d2. the more likely he is to go wrong..c5-c He is copying the standard plan for White versus the King's Indian Defence. All the minor pieces remain on the board..b6-bS as a prelude to ..axbs White indeed has control ofthe a-file. which is typically a good thing.axb5. we should decide whether we should exchange pawns on bS. but it would soon disappear after Black plays . It reduces the pawn front on the side of the board where White is weaker. c) Retreat the knight to a3..b6 Black shows his hand: he will slowly prepare the advance .. And here it leaves White i possession of the a-file after the recapture 17. but the f5-pawn looms balefully over the black kingside. More direct openings often lead to a rapid burnout of the kind in this note: White has an open file. One of the good things about the KIA is that you get the chance to keep small but permanent advantages. Answer: First of all.. The more problems you set an opponent.. as it means there are fewer things to come under attack.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Notice that the exchanges have cleared the way for the bishop on c8 to enter into the game. giving Black some problems to solve: how to develop his bishop on c8. and a draw is agreed.. sets one or two traps. The cap­ ture 17 axb5 is one of those 'automatic' moves that the hand is itching to play. Black has to find a couple ofpreci! but not too difficult moves. after 13 f5 White has no direct threats.b7 and .

.^b6! the defence ofthe a4-pawn is a serious liabil­ ity. Upon 17 Öa3? bxa4! 18 bxa4 Black not only has the open bfile. But while this is being arranged Black has instant counterplay on the queenside with 17.. leaving White will a free hand on the kingside. It wouldn't have been possible if W hite had blocked the d2-square with 17 Öcd2. Therefore White should avoid 17 axbS?! and immediately retreat the knight.. 19 dxc4 bxc4 20 i. A quick attack involving moves like the pawn ram g5-g6.. As we know chess strategy involves preventive as well as aggressive play.. Very sensible seems to be 17 Öcd2 as it keeps the knight in the centre and in touch with the kingside. Ödf3. But where? We can dismiss option 'c'. with everything staked on an all-out attack. but even worse for White after 18.. Instead.. and Ög5 looks threatening.c4.KIA Versus the Reversed King’s Indian Defence Black managed tobreak through along the a-file.. Sometimes safety can be thrown to the winds. uncovering an attack on the black knight.C4 The only consistent move.. The threat is 19 axbs. so why take risks? With this in mind he played: 17 Ob2! O as 18 i. but the black pieces will enjoy a lot of open lines on the queenside.Öa5! intending 18.d2! This is the idea. But Hansen has seen a way of defeating Black's queen side counterplay. 18. 18.. 22 *h 1 Ob6 171 .b4?? would be an appalling positional blunder as Black would deny himself any chance of a breakthrough on the queen side.x as 'ix a s 21 Oxc4 'ikcs White has won a pawn. Öh4.

. c) Support it with 23 £rfd2.. 23 ltJb2 Answer: The exchange 23 ltJxb6 Äxb6 helps Black unclutter his pieces: for example. 23 ltJfd2!? was an interesting alternative.Uh3.l:. as White not only bolsters his queen side. In the game Hansen reroutes his knight to the blockade square on d3 . 23. but also clears the way for a quick attack on the kingside with moves like l:. and 'i!Yh5.also a fine plan.. b) Retreat it with 23 ®b2..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: How should White respond to the attack on his knight? a) Exchange it with 23 £> 24 ltJd!3 "ikc7 2Sg6\ 172 .c6 to put pressure on c2. However. next move he can play 24.

he should be attacking due to the space advantage conferred by the pawn on d4.KIA Versus the Reversed King’s Indian Defence Exercise: Was the alternative pawn thrust 25 f6 just as good? Andthinking generally. It's easy to see how this unravelling of the queen side fortress would play into Black's hands.. or be exchanged with . why do you think White chooses to play for an attack on the kingside when he has an extra pawn which he could try to exploit on the queenside? Answer: After 25 f6 g6 it’s hard to see how White could carry an attack on the kingside: it's too blocked up. You'll see how easily Black is overwhelmed by White's pieces once they get to grips with the open lines presented by the pawn sacrifice 25 g6.. But looking more closely.. Thus the c2 point would be easy to defend with Sf2 if ever assaulted. which would be a strategically poor decision as Black is already weak on the light squares. This means that the black rooks and queen have nothing to attack.. and the black bishops would be able to snipe at the advancing pawns. Question: Why is being super solid good for White? Answer: Because it deprives Black of any activity on the side of the board where.. White is free to push forwards on the side of the board where he is meant to be attacking. Let's imagine for a moment that White decided the right plan was to create a passed pawn with a well prepared c2-c3 pawn advance. and the light-squared bishop can only attack e4 (easily defended). So in the game he accepted the sacrifice: 2S. White has an extra pawn on the queenside. and if 25. Once c2-c3 had been played.hxg6 26 fxg6 fxg6 173 .. The usual technique in such situations is to create a passed pawn and force Black to give up material to prevent it from queening. It's far bet­ ter for White that everything stays quiet on the queenside. the black rooks and queen would come alive along the b-file and the c-file. followed by b3-b4 in due course.f6 26 gxh7+ &xh7 27lZ:Ih4 then 28 liJg6 with ideas like 29 'i5 + looks horrible for Black.Aa6 and . with the knight on d3 part of this unbreakable barrier. strategi­ cally speaking. The pawn cannot be tolerated on this square. The bishop on f8 is also powerless..Axd3. so he can focus all his pieces on a kingside attack.. He has no distractions to worry about on the queen side or in the centre. we see that the advantage the extra pawn confers in this particular instance is that it is part of an impenetrable light-square wall that stretches from the pawn on a4 to the pawn on e4. Whereas Black is stymied.

d6 (or else f8 or e5 drops) 34 'fih4+! &xg6 35 Sf3! and 36 . W hat has White gained through sacrificing a pawn on g6? Answer: We can list the benefits of the sacrifice to the white pieces: 1) The rooks get the open f-file and in some cases the g-file too.b7 31 S a e l White consolidates his hold on the e4-square.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Question.l:.g1+ will soon mate.'id6 29 'ifg3 7 30 Jt. but it's to no avail: 31•:Of6 32 'ixg6+ 'itgB 174 .. 2) The knight gets to assail g6 (see the next move). 4) The bishop acquires an open diagonal stretching from h3 to c8. 27 Oh4! &h7 28 'if3 The white pieces take up their best posts. There are already horrible threats: for ex­ ample. Black therefore gives up the g6-pawn.xd7 'ixd7 33 &xg6 Jt.h3 Jt. 32 Jt.. 3) The queen is able to journey to g3 to increase the pressure on g6. 28.

. Still.. threatening 36 Sxf6.xg5 11 i. We need a concrete winning variation ifw e're going to give up the e4-point .. with a decisive assault.. as will 34.'ifc7?! 34 l:txf6 1-0 Question: Since 10 &h4 Teceived an exclamation mark. More radical is the reply 10 t:Llh4 'anyway'. is it time foT this move? 33 i. though this is not very aesthetic as White's 175 .'&ti>h8 35 i...t:Llxe4!. can be answered simply by 34 Sf3 and 35 l:tefl.most players would shy away from the very idea. Black blundered at once: 33. Then there is the heart attackinducing variation 34 t:Llxd6? t:Llf2+ 35 ^ g l t:Llxh3 mate.. to keep the knight out of f5. if White continues i. though.i. In the game. As a matter of fact. 33.d2 (to avoid the bishop being hemmed in) and f2-f4 at the appropri­ ate moment.£>d7 to deter it? White could respond 10 tLlg5 when after 10. might Black try 9.'&ti>xf7 35 t:Llxd6+ &g8 36 t:Llxe4 leaves White a piece up.the dark-squared bishop is hardly better than a knight in view of the blocked centre.c8.. i. after 33 t:Llf5 t:Llxe4 White wins after all with 34 'if7+! when 34.... Not that this is much to shout about: it's Black's light-squared bishop he'd like to exchange off .KIA Versus the Reversed King's Indian Defence Exercise: White wants to finish off his opponent with 33 threatening the black queen as well 34 £ih6+ with a winning attack..g2! when Black can't defend both his queen and the knight on e4 Hansen prefers to play the simple bishop retreat.g2l? Answer: After 33 t:Llf5 Black has the resource 33. he can hope that the opening of lines will eventually prove the value of his bishops.. after which his attack is going to be unstoppable.. Well. For example.xg5 he has the two bishops.

..Bronstein-L.. after 12..xh6 on one of the next two moves. with all bets on a draw...The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move pawns end up fragmented.g1 176 .Axh4 11 gxh4 t'bb6 12 f4..t'be8 and 81..t'bg7 mate! Therefore after 80 Bg1 lteg7 81 Sxg6 :txg6 White would have to give up his bishop with i. White gets a certain initiative after 10. The following position was reached after 77 moves. Nimzowitsch talked about the triumph of ugly and bizarre moves in chess.. So Bronstein retreated his king. Odessa 1976. which leaves him with the worse game. I can't resist showing you the end of this game.. so we should suspend judgement and see what might happen. but Alburt unleashed: 77. The position had stodged up.d 7 18 f5 f6.Alburt. Still. White has just played 77 'itg4 to defend his pawn on h5. It looks hopelessly blocked. in which David Bronstein was for once the victim of a magical tactical blow.. after which Black had two pawns and the initiative for the piece: 79 'itg4 gxfS+ 80 'ith3 :e g 7 81 l:lf3 U.txhS+I? 78 'itxhs g6+ If now 79 fxg6+ ::txg6 the white king finds itself trapped on h 5 and facing the threat of 80.t'bxc4 13 dxc4 We7 14 Wh5 'ie 6 (the threat to c4 buys time to force the exchange of queens) 15 b3 Wg4 16 Wxg4 A xg417 h3 i. but this was soon neutralized in D.

g8 87 . 8a4l? 177 .h2 l:lg4 85 &h3 l:tg1 86 'it.d2 e4 and the pawns roll through.i..KIA Versus the Reversed King's Indian Defence 82. when 90 cxd3 just about survives for White.. the suggested Sicilian move order given in this book is 1 e4 c5 2 . o-o Game 21 D.i.. To recap.i.!t:'lc6 4 0-0 es S d3 6 lbbd2 .e7 7 e4 The move order in the actual game was 1 e4 c5 2 d3 lbc6 3 g3 d5 4 lbd2 lbf6 5 Jlg2 e5 6 lbgf3 ii. 90 .Bogdan-T..h2 is a likely finish.fl .Leviczki Hungarian League 2005 1 lDf3 dS 2 g3 cs 3 .h2 l:t3g2+ 85 'it..g 2 .e7 7 0-0. If now 90 ii.g2 i. He might have held on with 82 Sxg1 Sx g l 83 ii..!t:'lf3 .. 82.!t:'lc6 3 d3 ttlf6 4 g3 d5 5 ttlbd2 e5 6 ii.d4 advance of the previous game. 7.l:txd6 l:tg3+ 88 ct>h2 Sx f1 89 'it.l:txc1.0-0 Black diverges from the 7...h3 exd3 86 &xh6+'it.fxe4 83 :txf6 !8g3+ 84 'it.h6 Sf4! 0-1 P a r t T w o : B la c k k e e p s th e t e n s io n w it h 7 ..!t:'lxe4 when a repetition with 84 'it.l:tef1? After this White loses as his bishop will be hanging on c1 at the end of the tactical se­ quence.e7 7 0-0.xg3 dxc2l A vital improvement on 89..

...dxe4! cuts across his plan: the knight looks lousy on h2 in the fixed centre position after 10 dxe4..d4 as then 10 f4 can follow.b7-b5. In either case it likely to be useful to be able to play tbc4 without the knight being in danger of being pushed back by .dxe4 (when White recaptures d3xe4).. overprotects e5 and refuses to declare his in­ tentions in the centre.... but 9.Wc7 when 9 h3 dxe410 dxe4 Sd8 looks very active for him? 178 .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: What is the purpose of this move? Answer: If you have read the introduction to the chapter you'll be aware that I don't like 8 c3 as it feels like an unnecessary weakening of the centre. Question: Can’t Black take advantage of White's slow wing pawn moves with action in the centre: for example. s.d5-d4 or . With the game move White is waiting for Black to clarify the centre pawn structure with either .l:f..:es A natural reply that centralizes the rook..e8 9 tbh2 White's play is justified if Black plays 9. Another way ofwaiting is with 8 h3 when after 8..... S.

9 h3 Exercise: W hat are the good points of this move? 179 .Oll.lbf6 and now 11 l:te1 ltJd7 12 aS looks pleasant for White) 11 litel f6 12 c3 Sad8 13 ltJfd2 (unleashing the bishop and preparing lbe4 in some lines) 13.. the queen's absence from d8 means White's pawn on d3 is safer than usual.'i!i'd7 (an indication of lost time) 14 a5 when White has pressure on the queenside..'ikc7.. Therefore I think W hite should concede the centre with 9 exd5 lbxds 10 lbc4..l:td8 for Black is awkward for White if he persists in playing slowly after 8. Compared to the line discussed in the chapter introduction..... Further­ more. New York 1995. whereas the knight on d5 is exposed to a discovered attack by the bishop on g2 with 11 lbfxe5. went 10.....Nijboer-L.. Black doesn't have a regrouping with . I agree a quick ..d5xe4 and .1te6 (the game F.KIA Versus the Reversed King’s Indian Defence Yes.. Play could continue 10.lbc7 available to him as his queen blocks the square.

But never mind: there is no rule in chess that says the rook can't retrace its steps with f if l again in the future.d2 b6 16 lL!h4 lL!d7 17 f4 White's attack eventually broke through. if 9 'ie l? ! Black could force the queen back to d l ifhe wished with 9.... 10.. for example. as Black can respond with 10.. is J.lL!g4.d5-d4.. which can be an irritating pin on the knight. White would rather have the rook on f l than el.. it is provocative to say the least to put a pawn on g6 and a bishop on e6 which can be rammed by f4-f5) 15 ii.Castano Vanegas. Finally...d4.ii. in this structure Bogdan's 10 S e l move is more useful. As we shall see... After 13 ..e1 If Black chooses 10..dxe4 At last Black chooses to play with a fixed pawn centre and an open d-file. 11 dxe4 Question: So why is fie l more useful than Фіі2 in this pawn centre? 180 . in the pawn centre that arises after ..Hernando Pertierra-H. 13 l:!. So any move that holds the black pieces a little further atbay is welcome.g4. and guards against a future .d4 White could even consider 11 f if l straightaway. White has played f2-f4 so that .dxe4 11 dxe4 as he does in the main game.11. Playing h2-h3 rules out . 9. For example..fl! was played to support a future f2-f4.. After 10..'ic7 14 lL!c4 ii. I don't recommend 10 'ifi1h2.. Here. This knight move would be especially strong if. but 11 lL!c4 looks the best way to start his plan ofgetting in f2-f4....The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Answer: White's pieces are working in a cramped environment.lL!e3 becomes a threat. 9 h3 might support a follow-up pawn advance to f2-f4 with g3-g4.. however.f810 l:.lDb4. Madrid 2010: 10 'ifi1h2?! h6 11 fie l g6 12 b3 d4 and with Black having closed the centre.e6 (when your opponent is planning to ram your kingside with f2-f4.

„lbb4 It's easy to be critical of this lunge with the knight.. Nonetheless."ic7.. . We can therefore add this game to the other examples of Black losing his patience against the KIA and starting an aggressive action that isn't justified by the position.e6 leaves White with a fractured queenside and a sickly pawn on c4. By putting his bishop on f l Bogdan guards against . l2....h6 (stopping lbg5 from attacking a bishop on e6) in­ tending a solid centralization with . What happens if White plays 12b3.Sad8...c4!. planning to develop his bishop to b2 and attack e5? Answer: The move 12 b3?! would allow Black to justify his knight move with 12.h6 181 . as 12. the knight move fails because White doesn't have to hurry. but proving an advantage would be much harder..lbxc2 wins a pawn.. 12 ii. while 13 bxc4 'ic7 followed by ..lbd3 when no one will be laughing at the knight anymore. and sooner or later the knight will have to return to defensive duties on c6. Black might have preferred 11.fl! ■Question.. 11. and . The idea is that 12 c3? allows 12.Ae6.. But let's not forget it was made by someone rated 2324 Elo who must have played a lot of good moves in his life..lL!xc2. White could continue with a similar build-up as in the game....ii... Then 13 lL!xc4 allows 13."ixdl 14 Sx d l lL!xe4 or 14. which means he can develop his queenside after all. There is another clever point to the knight foray revealed in the note to the next move. Black has no strong follow-up..KIA Versus the Reversed King's Indian Defence Answer: The rook move has vacated the fl-square for the bishop and added a defender to e4 which facilitates a future lbc4.....c5-c4. Mean­ while White is prevented from playing 12 'ife2 as a prelude to lbc4..

Nevertheless. whereas the black knight is de­ nied entry to d4. 16.i. 20 ltlc4 . Black has a pawn on c5 and White a pawn on c3.. Bogdan certainly has the psychological ascendency after his opponent's failed adventure on the queenside.b 2 'flc7 15ltlc4 White completes his development and puts pressure on the es-pawn. In reality not that much damage has been done and the position remains fairly balanced.l:.g2 b6 22 liad 1 S x d l 23 2xd1 'flb7 24 S e 1 'ic 7 It seems that Black is OK because 25 ltle3 can always be met by 25.'in>7. 15.. and a player's mood plays a major part in the outcome of a game. 25 * h 2 a6 26 ltle3 'flb7 182 . but Bogdan sees how to get his knight to d5. but his best move is probably 12...c6 21 .. but not quite..ltlc6... 14 .i. attacking e4 and guarding the d5-square three times. 13 b3 ltlc6\ Finally. White's plan is to eventually manoeuvre his horse to d5.i.. This means that the white knight has a potential outpost square on dS as it can't be kicked away by a pawn. but first of all he consolidates his hold on the e4 point.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move It's not good for Black's pride..d7 16 c3 Defending the d4-square against an invasion by a black knight and clearing c2 for the queen. Black admits his mistake.i.ad8 17 'ic 2 ltlas 18 ltlxas 'ix a s 19 ltld2 'ic 7 Questiont Does the pawn structure favour White? Answer: The pawn structure in the centre is almost symmetrical.

183 .bs 28 axbs axbs 29 c4! And now comes a strategically strong pawn move on the queen side. 30. His knight now dominates the centre. 2!.. but Black is unable to exploit them... If his knight could get to d4. of course the situation would completely change and 29 c 4 would get a question mark.. 30 lDdS At last White achieves his aim.bxc4. 29—b4 He might try 29.KIA Versus the Reversed King's Indian Defence Exercise: Can you see the two pawn moves White needs to make to get his knight to d5? Answer: 27 f3l This might appear a concession. but there's no way Black can hurt White on the dark squares on the kingside. When boxed in every pawn exchanges normally helps.••lDd7 31 f4 Trying to press home his advantage quickly. as he doesn't want Black to find a way to put his own knight on d4. Once again White's dark squares are loosened.

etc. 32 gxf4 li)b6 33 'iWf2 Stronger was 33 Sg1 with the threat of 34 li)f6+! gxf6 35 .d6! when White would probably have had to settle for f4-f5 at some point with a space advantage to add to his fantastic knight.i.i... Black should have stood his ground with 31. 36 e5 184 .. with mate to follow on g8 or g7 as Black chooses.. a bishop on b2 that is staring menacingly at g7.The K ing’s Indian Attack: Move by Move 31:.xd5) 37 cxd5.xe4 37 ltxe4 'i!Vxd5.xds 35 cxds 'it'd7 The only fighting chance was to give up the exchange for a pawn with 35.xe4 l:l.i.. White now has mobile centre pawns.h1+ 'ith7 36 'i!Vg2.. but the game would still be a fight. 34 'iVg3 .. and an open g-file for his queen and rook.i..exf4l Exercise: Why is this a terrible mistake? And what should Black have done instead? Answer: Maintaining the bulwark on e5 in this set-up is as vital for Black as it is for White in the KIA not to have his e4 strongpoint overrun.fs A despairing bid for counterplay that could have been refuted by 34 exf5 Sxe1 35 'ifxel t'Dxd5 36 'i!Ve6+ 'ith7 (or 36. 33.fxe4 36 .i..'i!Vf7 37 .

b2 l2'lbs 41 e 6 1-0 The pawns rnn riot after 41.. as 36.....'i'b7 42 d6 'i'b8 43 e7.i.d4 l2'la3 39 'i'd3 g6 40 . 36.c4 37 bxc4 l2'lxc4 38 .KIA Versus the Reversed King's Indian Defence Now the white central pawns are loses the knight to 37 ..i. 185 .

. if he prefers the c2-c4 pawn advance we are in the territory of the Reti Opening.Chapter Five KIA Versus the .. d5.. White will engineer an e2-e4 pawn advance beginning with d2-d3 and lbbd2.f5 To keep play in the style of the King's Indian Attack. This is a very solid centre structure. or . and e6. This can be done with a quick ..g4. A typical opening sequence is: 1 lDf3 d5 2 g3 lDf6 3 i...h7.Jlfs System Black might decide to counter 1 lDf3 by building a 'Slav' triangle of pawns on c6. From the diagram above play might continue 5 d3 e6 6 lbbd2 i.g 2 c6 4 0-0 i. Therefore it makes sense to get the bishop out before playing .b2 h6 9 'i e l a5 10 e4 i. but it has the drawback that the bishop on c8 finds all roads to activity blocked.i.f5 which we'll discuss here..e7 7 b3 0-0 8 i. 186 .i..e7-e6. which is the subject of Chapter Six.

try to exploit the open d-file and put pressure on the e4-pawn.d5xe4 and...e6-e5. Therefore White can hope in the future to engineer an f2-f4 advance. Black might play in the centre with . A good way to start is with 9.a5.Ji.. Black has secured a safe spot for his bishop on h7 and has kicked off his queenside activity with 9.. However. For his part. We might say that the e4-e5 advance is either very strong or very weak.. he can seek counterplay by utilizing his queenside pawns. with both players manoeuvring for advantage. followed in some cases by f4-f5. Black gets to develop his pieces quickly to good centre squares without being saddled with weaknesses in his pawn structure. as in the diagram above. The middlegame is about to begin. this idea is mostly specific to a situation where White plays a quick liJe5.. In­ deed. White has to devote his energy to arranging e2-e4.fs System White has developed his queen's bishop to an open diagonal on b2 and with the help of his queen achieved his aim of advancing e2-e4. a5. as in Game 24. This is the way Game 23 below started. An important part of White's strategy depends on patience. after White's recapture d3xe4. He has to manoeuvre his 187 .KIA Versus the ... Sometimes the alternative advance e4-e5 can be strong. Alternatively. On the king side Black normally remains passive behind his solid defensive perimeter.. More positively. He can also be fairly sure that his king won't come under a big attack in the early stages of the game. What are the advantages to Black's set-up? As we can see in the sequence above. What are the disadvantages to Black's set-up? Black hardly ever manages to equalize the space balance on the kingside with . not to looking for the initiative. but this is somewhat problematical as it shuts in a bishop posted on b2 and gives the enemy bishop on h7 more daylight. This would besiege the e6-pawn and lead to the opening of the f-file as the preliminary to an attack on the black king.

188 .c6-c5 to utilize the pawn as a battering ram (he may also want to free the c6square for his knight). Opportunities for White might also arise in the centre as Black's plan unfolds.d5xe4 in order to be the first to get his rooks to the open d-file. not least 2 c4 transposing to the English Opening.. a key question for White in the KIA with ... rather than 1 b3 or 1 g3. in search of the initiative..... but it takes us out of the scope of this book. if at all?'.e5. If White has coordinated his pieces well he can gradually wrest control of it Black's own plan is used against him..tg2.. Do you love your knight more than your bishop? Still thinking of move order. and leave it to Black to play a Reversed King's Indian or some other structure....tb2.. I'll leave it up to you to decide how you wish to play after 'seeing the evidence' in this chapter. but what to do if 1.tf5 is: 'How quickly do I wish to commit myself to b2-b3 and . So that's why 1 lL!f3 is the move of choice in this part of the book. It's worth remembering that as soon as you play b2-b3... and in Game 26 it powers backwards with lL!fd2 to support the advance e2e4. you could answer 1. Alternatively. of course. loosens his position. But in the natural course of Black's queenside action he could well play . The good thing about beginning 1 lL!f3 is that it cuts down Black's options . You could even begin with 1 b3 and eventually reach a standard KIA versus Slav position if that's what Black've stopped 1. stopping the KIA? There are many decent ideas. so that his advancing pawns run out of energy and become hard to defend. he could well an­ swer 1 b3 with 1..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move pieces and keep them in good shape whilst waiting for the chances that appear when Black. Having said all this.d5 or 1.c5 or some other set-up. etc. For ex­ ample. In this respect the King's Indian At­ tack is like a martial art: White often tries to use the opponent's strength or momentum against him. Or imagine if Black exchanges with . Thus he will let Black advance on the queenside in the hope that he will over extend himself. The alternative is to do something fast with the knight on f3. In any case you're keep­ ing play within the bounds of the repertoire in this book. What sequence of moves should I choose as White? The order of moves isn't so critical when the two armies don't begin their hand to hand fighting until the early middlegame.c5.. Of course. in Game 25 it goes to h4 to harass the black bishop on f5.c5 you could play 2 e4 and then transpose to a KIA versus the Sicil­ ian with 3 d3.e5 and if 1..e5 or 1. In that case the d5-pawn suddenly becomes a legitimate target. The move 1 g3 encounters the same repertoire problem: we are fine against 1.. It's too good to miss out on. c5 with 2 g3 and 3 . the first game I wish to show you in this chapter does feature an early b2-b3 by White. In Game 24 the horse jumps forwards to e5 to clear the way for f2-f4..... you're closing down your options somewhat. the pawn on dS looks like an immovable barrier to the bishop on g2 as it is guarded by henchmen on c6 and e6.

I wouldn't have the faintest idea what to do. But if I do nothing Black can gain ground on the queenside by preparing . If White didn't play 2 c4.te7 8 d3 i.. and suffered some horrible loses as White.KIA Versus the .i. Up until 1985 with White I always used to enter into the New York System versus the Reti with moves such as 1 lDf3 d5 2 c4 c6 3 b3 . Yes... and I won my next six games against Black's set-up.e5-e4.. It's even better when the varia­ tion you always lose against becomes the line you always win against. I'd like to show you how a simple change in my opening repertoire boosted my results and helped me get the IM title. here at last was the solu­ tion. I went from holding my breath out offear that my opponent would play this set-up to holding my breath out of fear that he wouldn't ‘fall into the trap'. I was perplexed for a long time.what mattered is that as a young player inexperienced in solving strategic problems I was completely at sea. It makes you wonder how many players continue to persevere with an opening that they al­ ways fail against.' Whether this assessment of the position was objectively true or not is irrelevant . My musings (or rather 'thoughts leading to mental paralysis') were something like: 'If White advances in the centre then the bishop on h7 comes to life. the bishop on h7 could be shut out of the game because the d3-pawn would act like solid granite (I got that expression from Nimzowitsch via Keene as well). It lifts your overall mood and makes you play better in general when you're not haunted by the fear 'What if my opponent plays the problem line against me?'. It didn't take much to tweak my opening repertoire.1al­ ready stand badly. putting it down to bad luck when their opponent plays the line they fear.. and not just because you do better in the line that you have improved. or in some cases by arranging an advance in the centre himself with .b7-b5.. but then I came across the game NimzowitschRubinstein in Ray Keene's book Nimzowitsch-Larsen Attack.h7 9 tt:lbd2 tt:lbd7 10 a3 a5.tb2 e6 7 0-0 . That means the e-pawn can advance without loosening the centre too much.g2 h6 6 .f5 System A model game Overcoming a problem in your opening repertoire can have a massive effect on your re­ sults.tf5 4 g3 tt:lf6 5 i. 189 .

I'm not recommending that you play his move or­ der.. then he would have to renounce developing his bishop to fS with 3 ..b2 e6.. or acquiesce to having his pawns doubled after 3. 3 i. who has the two bishops to offset his slightly compromised pawns.fS Question: Why does Rubinstein prefer to develop his bishop straightaway rather than play 2.i. Either recapture looks OK for Black.lLlf6.Rubinstein 1 lLlf3 dS 2 b3 2.Nimzowitsch-A.i.. Here then is the Nimzowitsch game..xf6 exf6 or 4.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move rather than making the mental effort to learn an opening that they actually understand.1. which looks more natural? Answer: If Black had played 2.. Nonetheless...b2 e6 4 g3 h6 190 . but the general plan is easy to understand and the use of the white kingside pawns highly instructive. the classically-minded Rubinstein doesn't want to give his opponent that option.gxf6..Äf6.i..f5 4 .. A.

i.. however. Since Black is definitely going to move his other knight to f6.i..KIA Versus the .£>f6. 5 . There might be instances where c6 is a better square for the knight.. why not 5.g2 £id7 We can object to this move. especially ofthe h2-h3 or . Why then does Black... It's rather strange to see this prophylactic move played before 4.h6 is to tuck away the bishop on h7 in the event that White tries to hunt it down with ^h4 or attacks it by arranging an e2-e4 pawn advance.£>f6 straightaway? If you have two options and you can't decide what to play.e7 191 .. a genius of positional play..i. but it has also been used by modern grandmasters. spend a tempo pushing his h-pawn instead of developing his queenside? Answer: The purpose of 4... it's best to play the move you are going to make sooner or later. In the latter event the cleric would continue to exert pressure against e4 and. 6 0-0 £>gf6 7 d3 . further down the diagonal against d3 and c2. should White advance e4e5. .h7-h6 variety when they gratuitously weaken the kingside..fS System ■Exercise: We're told to avoid pawn moves that don’t have a clear purpose.

The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 8e3 Question: what is the purpose of this move? Why doesn't White get on with the plan of advancing the pawn to e4 with £A>d2 and fie l. and 10 e4. However. and e3-e4. 'ili'el. once the knight on f3 is out ofthe way of course. This is of course a vital strategic idea in the King's Indian At­ tack. 'ie2 . and e2-e4 is in effect saving a tempo over e2-e3. note that in either case the queen is utilized to force the pawn advance to e4. which is somewhat more flexible.„ 0-0 9 'ili'e2 c6 10 <ihl as 192 . modern taste would be for 8 t'L:!bd2. t'L:!bd2. S. instead of messing about with silly little half moves? Answer: White is making a cubby-hole for his queen on e2 where she can support the key advance of the pawn to e4. However. The rook is kept on f1 where it will be better placed to support a future kingside action be­ ginning with f2-f4. 9 We1. so that t'L:!bd2. In this alternative sequence the white queen may choose to stay on e l for a long time.

^a6 and .KIA Versus the . So play could go 12 a4! when it takes two moves for the pawn to get to a4. After the routine 11 ^bd2? Black can advance 11.c5 has 3........a7-a5 before developing the horse.a4 as White is denied 13 b4 in reply.i. Incidentally.a4 with 12 b4.5a2. but White can claim that 11. option 'b'... Modern players tend to keep the knight at home until the situation has been re­ solved on the queenside../5 System Exercise: It’s your choice.. if he played Sae1 at any point then .c5!? at once introduces the positional threat of 12. He wouldn't have to do anything at once with the pawn... c) Ignore Black's plan with 11 Öbd2 as the a-pawn is no threat? Answer: 11 a4! It's very important for White to do something about the black a-pawn... rather than developed to d7.c5!? is double-edged. It might well choose a6 over d7.. After 11 a3. moving the a-pawn one square... Black could press on with 11. You can't play the King's Indian Attack to a high level unless you play preventive. but White has kept his centre compact after 13 bxcs i....a4-a3 or . Black is lookingto gain space on the queenside.. is also worthy of attention. Alternatively..axb3) 12..the knight didn't need to be developed straightaway and might have done better lingering for a while on b8.. 11 .xc5 14 £>bd2. or prophylactic.93 . If Black's knight were still on b8..a4xb3 hang­ ing over White's head.a4xb3 would clear the way for an invasion of the seventh rank by the black rook with .a4 with the initiative on the queenside..^d7 .. he could just leave ideas of ... playing . moves like 11 a4. 11 a3 might be preferable to 11 a4 as it would stop the knight being developed to a strong post on the queenside with . Should White: a) Block the pawn with 11 a4... This would be a permanent distraction for White from his plan of advancing on the kingside: for example.a4 when 12 b4 (it's essential not to let the queenside pawns be broken up by 12.. this justifies our doubt about the move 5.^b4.b) Play 11 a3 to meet ll. However..

h7 to avoid the knight fork.2eS and ..e6-e5...d6.the pawn advance weakens the black queenside pawns more than it inflicts damage on White's queenside pawns.. ll. There will be further discussion of the merits of a2a4 versus a2-a3 in the notes to Game 23.. 194 .i.b7-b5. After the reply 12 ltJd4! Black has no good response to the double threat of 13 liJxc6... smashing up his central pawn structure and acquiring the bishop-pair.Шс7 12 £rt>d2 e5. a knight on b4 would be nice)..i. Since 11 a4 succeeds in keeping things quiet on the queenside.. getting his bishop out of the range of attack by e3-e4 or ltJd4... 11..h7. The best idea for Black is to arrange . destroying his queen side pawns.b5? is the sort of blunder that Bill Hartston in his book How to Cheat at Chess would say is perpetuated by players whose eyes are too close together. But it still wouldn't be a very good idea . This doesn't mean that . and 13 ltJxf5. c) Seek counterplay on the queenside with .. b) Put the knight on c5 to deter e3-e4 by guarding the e4-square a fourth and White is planning a kingside initiative.... but there seems nothing wrong with the direct 11.'ifc7! as in op­ tion 'a' above: for example. then .. it is the best move.b7-b5 he should at least prepare it with .. Bxerche: What is the best plan for Black? a) Gain space in the centre with 11.b7-b5 is never a good plan... 12 liJbd2 e5.The K ing’s Indian Attack: Move by Move slightly loosened the black pawn structure.. it can be a telling blow if Black's pieces are well positioned to support it (for example...ttJc5 Answer: First of all. If Black wants to venture . It might be worth preparing it with the 'comfort' move 11.

th7! as 14 exds cxds 15 ^xes ^xes 16 'ili'xes 'it'xc2 works out well for Black. stops the advance e3-e4 by guarding the square a fourth time. Black doesn't want to concede a good central post to the white knight... The actual game move..dxe4 14 dxe4 . However. there may be so much going on that it will only be one stra­ tegic feature among many on the board.. 12 £>d4 195 ..e6-e5 as White has an 'extra' move in the battle along the e-file. the stronger that move becomes if the opponent succeeds in playing it... but Black is very solid. The more effort a player makes to prevent a move.KIA Versus the .fs System At first it seems like 13 e4 is a strong would have been harder for Black to arrange . So White should forgo trying to win a pawn with 14 exds and make do with 14 ^h4.. The threat is often stronger than the execution. but as it can't be prevented in the long term the whole idea is faulty. rather than the key strategic feature. as after 13.th7 White gains the option of ^c4 at a good moment (not immediately as e4 falls.dxe4 he can play 13 .... it turns out that instead of 13 . 11. Rather than have your pieces engage in a fool's errand.i. Then when the breakthrough you fear occurs. get them doing other useful stuff.^c5. If White had adopted the 'modern' approach with 'ie 1 and e2-e4 see the note to 8 e3 above .. but following 15 £>h4 for example)..

It is the linchpin that holds together White's queen side and centre pawn structure.i.^. Without the pawn being in place . 12.dxe416 ll:lxe4 ll:lxe417 dxe4 eS 18 ll:lf3\ Played according to Philidor's precept that the pieces are the servants of the pawns. when 18. 15»..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move White clears the way for his f-pawn with gain of time by threatening 13 ll:lxf5. Nimzowitsch is keen to remove the strongpoint on e5 which is act­ ing as a barrier to the mobility of his king side pawns. 18.i. but now the white centre is gathering steam...f6 main­ tains the black centre.exf4 19 gxf4 Sfe 8 Naturally if 19..h7 13 f4 14 ll:ld2 Wc7 15 e4 Note the importance of the pawn on c2. if White had played the 'English' move c2-c4 at an earlier point ...i.e... In­ stead ofputting his knight on a strong attacking square with 18 ll:lf5.'ixf4 20 ll:le5 wins a piece.his plan of attack would have been impossible as d3 would collapse. 196 .

.'ic8 Black could escape with 27. 27.xc7 Sxe4 30 Sd8 when there is no good way to stop 31 i..fS Exercise: Knowing that Nimzowitsch wants to remove allthe obstacles in the way of his kingside pawns.. but here it is enough for it to take away the g8-square from the black king.e s?! Too much of a hurry. when 29 litxd1 fxe6 30 f6 is still scary. 197 .lixdl 30 f7+ In similar scenarios the f-pawn is used as a battering ram to shatter Black's defences on the f-file or g-file. Yes.....JS System 20 es lbcs 21 lbd4 lbe6 22 1Iadl! Developing and supporting the knight on d4. 22. but 30.xd4 i. can you suggest a good move for him? Answer: 24 i.xe4+ 25 'ix e 4 Sad8 26 e6 i.. 28 f5 fxe6 He had to play 28...d6. After 22 lbxe6?! fxe6 the pawn on e6 is a new barrier to the white kingside pawns.lbxd4 23 .i.f S 27 i.KIA Versus the .i..fixe6? 29 i..l:td8 should hold.Sxd1 28 Sxd1 'iVe7! (but not 28.. Simply 27 fS is strong.i.Sxd1 at once. it's easy to be a tactical god when you have a computer program. The exchange of light-squared bishops clears the way for a pawn rampage.. 29 f6l .. winning a piece due to the pin). 24.e4! Exactly...

. Black can give a couple of checks.i. but once they run out White will play 'Wxh6 mate. A modern example with a rapid queenside fianchetto 1 ltlf3 d5 2 198 ltlf6 3 . including the big one 32.Jilxd1+.xd1 litd8 32 'i'g6! 1-0 For once White's dark-squared bishop rather than its light-squared cousin is the hero in the King's Indian Attack.<Jilh8 31 l:.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 30•..g2 c6 .

.Ae7 below. indeed... Then White is not only attacking dS.c7-c6 Black can also consider answering c2-c4 with .d5xc4. .JLd6 inadvisable here? 199 . So you can understand the attraction of .. but also clearing the way for a quick 'i'b3 to exploit the bishop's ab­ sence from c8 to attack the b7-pawn.c6 от 3. he hasn't put any immediate pressure on the d5-pawn.c6) to strengthen the d5-pawn before committing his bishop to f5. S.... such as the main line Slav and Queen's Gambit.'ic7...... for example. In other queen pawn openings.Ag4 in Chapter Six... A f5 System Another move order is 2. after .Af5 here for Black and.c6 (or earlier 2..'i'b6 or .e7-e6 move.Af5 at once he has to worry about 4 c4..... Besides.KIA Versus the ... the bishop is often consigned to remain on c8 shut in by an .. 3... Щ Ш ікніі Why is 6.Л е7 The safest square for the bishop. he can always defend b7 with a move like . 4 0-0 f White has developed his kingside and castled in the minimum number of moves.. Therefore Black normally plays 3... If White then switches to an English set-up with c2-c4 and 'i'b3. 5 d3 There is a comment on 5 b3 in the notes to 6... 6. This means that Black can develop his light-squared bishop to an active square outside his pawn chain.c6 3 Ag2 ti:)f6.c6 before developing his bishop? Answer: We know we are playing the King's Indian Attack. but Black can't be too sure.... If. Question: Why does Black play 2.. On the other hand.. switching to an English..e6 6 ti:)bd2 All straightforward and simple to understand: White puts his d-pawn and queen's knight into position to support the e2-e4 advance.

. As was discussed in the earlier game. or might avoid it altogether if something better turns up. and 'ie 2 approach which we see here is more flexible. Nonetheless.th7 200 .0-O S .td6 might be made to work.0-0?? 8 e4 . Naturally this only arises if you play a quick b2-b3 as White.e6 6 .Sveshnikov. The alternative is to renounce the queenside fianchetto.te7.. A bid for counterplay that is also familiar from the previous game.tg6 9 e5. 5 b3 (instead of 5 d3) 5.txb2 10 1i'xb2 0-0 11 Öe5 Sd8 12 e4 dxe4 13 £>xe4 . 10 e4 .. e2-e4. Black has formed his centre pawns into a light-square wedge to shut out the bishop on g2.ta3 and Black has managed to evacuate his bishop from the danger square d6 in a not unfavourable way by offering the exchange of bishops. as White sometimes delays 'ie2. as in T. In one game he didn't and resigned after 7.Seeman-E...The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Answer: After 6.. which means there will be no obstructions blocking White's dark-squared bishop when it is sitting on b2.tb2 h61 The familiar move to secure h7 for the bishop.. but the idea is the same: White prepares to strike at the centre with e2-e4 and will gain time by hitting the black bishop. with 7 'ie l.. against a slightly different move order by White .. 7 b3 It is very logical to fianchetto. 9 1i'e1 Malakhov diverges from the scheme of e2-e3 and 'ie 2 which we saw in the Nimzowitsch game above.Black having played 6. I think White keeps a slight edge after 9 V c l .txe4 14 dxe4 ^bd7 15 Sad 1. For example. the 'ife1. which is examined in the next game via a slight transposition .h6 rather than 6.tb2 . 7.td6 7 d3 "fie7 8 ^bd2 ... However..... at least temporarily.... Tallinn 2002.td6 7 'ife1 is already awkward for Black as he needs to watch out for a fork.

e7 14 c4 . 3) It takes away flexibility from the white centre.. blocking it.g6 11 'i h l 'ili'b6 12 e5? ltle813 d4? White gains two tempi with these pawn advances. ‘slipping around’ it? 11 a3 Answer: We have to reject 11 e5 as premature at best ..b2 ltlbd7 7 d3 i. but here with the centre blocked the harmony of pieces and pawns is paramount. 201 . which it can help to target in combination with a future . от with 11 a3 to meet li. 4) It makes Black's bishop on h7 a better piece because it can now see the d3-pawn. Here is an exaggerated example of White removing all the barriers to Black's light-squared bishop through adhering to the motto ‘seizing space is always right': 1 lt:lf3 d5 2 g3 ltlf6 3 JJ.g2 c6 4 0-0JJ. as the e4-pawn no longer supports a future f4-f5 advance.c5-c4 pawn advance.. but so what? Time might be of vital importance in the Sicilian and other open games.f5 System Exercise: Can you give reasons why 11 e5 would be a bad move here? And also...KIA Versus the .d3 15 c5 Completing a triangle of dead wood in the centre.i..c5 8 ltlbd2 0-0 9 'i'e1 h6 10 e4 JJ.i. do you think White should meet the advance of the black queenside pawn with : 11 a4.ltlb4 deployment and a possible .f5 5 b3 e6 6 JJ..or perhaps I should be less kind and call it a serious mistake: 1) It shuts in White's bishop on b2. 13. JJ. 2) It takes the e5-square away from the knight {ltle5 is often a useful preliminary to gaining space with f2-f4). White's dark-squared bishop is reduced to being a 'big pawn' whilst the defences along the b1-h7 diagonal have been systematically removed..a4 with 12 b4....

The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move
15...'ia6 16 .l:.g1 b6
Now White should bail out with 17 cxb6, but instead more light squares are conceded.
17 b4? W a4 18 We3
White no longer has any plan and can only await Black's attack.
18 ...i.c2 19 'ic3 bxc5 20 S g c l .i.f5 21 bxc5 l:tb8 22 £ib3 f6!

The unwieldy centre is undermined. As David Bronstein remarked, once you have lost
control of a complex of squares of a certain colour, your pieces become objects of attack
even ifthey are sitting on squares ofthe other colour.
23 'iVe3 £ic7 24 i.c3 £ib5 25 i.e 1 £ia3 26 'ifc3 fxe5 27 dxe5 ^c4 28 £ibd4 &xc5
White's centre had crumbled away in Luong Phuong Hanh-Pham Thi Thu Hien, Vietnam
2013. The remaining moves were 29 ^xf5 l:r.xf5 30 ^d4 l:r.xe5 31 Öxc6 'ifxc6 32 'ifxc4 dxc4
33 i.xc6 &d3 34 litd1 i.f6 35 i.a4 Se2 36 Sac1 & x cl 37 Axcl l:r.xa2 38 i.d7 Se2 39 'it;g2
Sb7 40 .i.c6 litbb2 41 i.f3 .Uec2 42 l:r.dl c3 43 i.g4 Sb6 44 S a l a6 45 i.f3 l:.cb2 46 i.e 4 c2 47
i.a5 l:6b5 0-1 .
Returning to the Malakhov game, White's response to the strategic threat of 11...a4 is


KIA Versus the ...i./5 System

In the previous game he chose a2-a4, but in that scenario the black knight was already
developed to d7. Here it is still on b8, so after 11 a4 Black has available the strong manoeu­
vre 11 ...ll:la6 and 12...ll:lb4 when the black knight is on the equivalent of an outpost square
deep in White's territory: ejecting it with c2-c3 would weaken the white queen side and
centre too much. With a gigantic horse on b4 and a rock solid ...c6, ... d5, and ...e6 structure,
Black would have little to fear. Therefore Malakhov prefers to cover the b4-square against a
knight invasion with 11 a3, and answer 11...a4 with 12 b4, keeping the white queenside
pawns intact.
As 11 a3 has denied the black knight the b4-square, a popular alternative plan is to put
the horse on c5. After 11...ll:la6 12 'ie 2 ll:lc5 White has two continuations that gain a prom­
ising game with pressure in the centre:
Firstly, 13 tLle5 utilizing the e5-square for the knight. Play might continue 13.. . 'i 6 14
'it>hl .:tfe8 (after 14...ll:la4 White has the riposte 15 ll:ldc4! dxc416 ll:lxc4 and then 17 bxa4,
winning a pawn) 15 f4 as in S.Maksimovic-M.Efroimski, Plovdiv 2008. Note that White has
no reason to move the rook from fl.
Secondly, 13 e5, gaining space and intending to station the knight on d4 rather than e5:
13...ll:lfd7 14 ll:ld4 ' i 6 15 a4 (avoiding any funny stuff with 15...ll:la4) 15...ll:la6 16 i.h3 ll:lc7
17 'ith l 'ia 6 18 f4 as in L.Polugaevsky-K.Langeweg, Amsterdam 1972. As after 13 tLle5,
White has no need or intention of playing .l:.fel: his rook w ill either stay on f l to support an
advance on the f-file, or be used on the queenside if the action hots up there.
Questions Hold on! You just gave a list of reasons why the e4-e5 advance was
bad foT White in the note to и a3, so why is 13 e5 suddenly a good idea Ьете?


The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move

Answer: Well, any move can be good or bad according to the idea or thinking behind it. For
example, the pawn move ...h7-h6 can be a stupid waste of time when played by a beginner,
but I gave 8...h6 an exclamation mark in this game as it's an important part of Black's
opening scheme.
It is vital that you look at the specific position in front ofyou -the interaction ofthe
pieces and pawns - before committing yourselfto e4-e5. It should never be done thought­
lessly, as it permanently changes the nature of the pawn structure. A good question to ask
yourself is: ‘Does it take the energy away from my pieces and give it to the opponent's
Polugaevsky sees that he will have the advance f4-f5 at his disposal, which he can sup­
port with a bishop on h3, rook on fl, and knight on d4. He hasn't given up on the light
squares or turned his centre into an inert mass - it is still alive, with the potential to ex­
pand further.
We should return to the game. With ll.. .c5 Black has cleared the c6-square for his
knight and so threatens the ramming move 12.. .a4 again, as the response 13 b4 would now
simply lose a pawn to 13...cxb4.


KIA Versus the ...A f5 System

Exercise: How should White prevent Black’s plan?
Answer: 12 a4!
Of course. I hope after the discussion above that this paradoxical double move of the apawn is your instinctive reaction to the 11...c5 move. W hite has in no sense lost a tempo by
playing 11 a3 and then 12 a4. If he had played 11 a4 at once, Black wouldn't have replied
11...c5 - he would probably have carried out the plan outlined above of 11...lLla6 and
12...lLlb4. So by playing the pawn to a4 in two goes White has dissuaded Black from carry­
ing out the knight manoeuvre.
Pawns can't move backwards, so whereas White can 'change his mind' with 12 a4 Black
can't change his mind by putting the pawn back on c6. The consequence is that Black's grip
on the d5-pawn is lessened and he remains with a hole on the b5-square.
l2...lLlc613 'ie 2 Же814 l:.fel


The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move

Question: I don't get it. White plays 9 W ei, then 10 e4, then three moves
later 13 We2 - that's fair enough, as he wants to keep the rook on f l to
support an f2-f4 advance. But now he puts the rook on e l after all.
Why not play 9 fie l, 10 e4, and then put the queen directly on e2, saving a
tempo by omitting the W e i move? Black has no way to stop this, right?
Answer: It's true that the game sequence represents a loss of a tempo for White, assuming
that play goes exactly the same after 9 2e1 as it does after 9 'ili'e1. However 'behind the
scenes' Malakhov was making sure he kept his rook on f l in case Black adopted the plan of and outlined in the note to 11...c5 above. The move l:tfel wouldn't have
achieved anything in that scenario - on the contrary, it would be better left on f l to sup­
port f2-f4.
Potkin chose a different approach, so it looks - wrongly - like Malakhov has just squan­
dered a tempo in not committing his rook to e l at an early stage.
Now circumstances are changed and White decides to play in the centre as clearing the
way for an attack with f2-f4 with 14 li:Jh4?! leaves Black nicely centralized after
14...l:tc8 15 li:Je5 li:Jd4 16 'ifd l
Retreating pieces is an indignity you have to get used to in the King's Indian Attack. The
important thing is your strategic prospects - and here White can be pleased that Black has
no ...c5-c4 breakthrough, whilst he himself can hope to expand on the kingside in the fu­
16...'ifc7 17 f4 if 8 18 .:tc1

Another quiet back rank move. The rook defends the c2-square a second time to free his
queen for active pursuits.
Exercise: Imagine if Black now plays I8...dxe4. How
should White respond: 19 dxe4,19 £}xe4, or 19 c3?


KIA Versus the ...& f5 System
Answer: After 18...dxe4 19 dxe4? l:.ed8! is highly awkward for the white queen. She has no
safe moves and is pinned against her knight. This shows that you can't always judge a
move on general principles. At first glance it looks right to maintain a pawn on e4, keeping
the bishop on h7 shut out of the game, and denying the black knights access to the d5-and
f5-squares. However, the embarrassment caused to the white queen along the d-file is of
much greater significance.
A general principle does govern the position after all, but it says: 'Don't open a file if
your opponent can exploit it.' As always in chess strategy, it is finding the general principle
that is 'top dog' in a specific situation that is the difficulty.
The reply 19 c3 would be something of a concession by White, as he weakens what is
otherwise a very solid pawn chance and shuts in his bishop on b2 for at least the time be­
ing. However, it can be argued that Black's 18...dxe4 has caused even more damage to
Black's structure and that 19 c3, driving back the knight, is the way to exploit it. Possible
lines after 18...dxe4 19 c3 are 19..Äc6 20 Öxc6 e3 (giving up the pawn on e3 to stop White
improving his centre with 21 dxe4) 21 Sxe3 bxc6 22 c4, or 19...^f3+ 20 £idxf3 exf3 21
'ifxf3, or finally 19. . e3 20 litxe3 £>f5 21 .:tel. In these scenarios White's centre has been
loosened, but his bishop on g2 has gained scope and Black's pawn structure looks even
more mouldy than White's. So we have to regard 19 c3 as an interesting move.
That leaves us 19 ^xe4, when play might continue 19...^xe4 20 .i.xe4 (White refuses to
open the d-file with the pawn recapture) 20....i.xe4 21 Sxe4 l:.ed8.

This is the 'cleanest' way for White to play as it avoids any weaknesses in his pawn
structure. Black won't be able to gain any initiative on the queen side. On the contrary,
there is a hint of light-square fragility on bS and c4. He therefore has no good plan, and
would have to wait to see what White comes up with - this might be a gradual advance of
the white kingside pawns after a lot of preparation, of course.

18...litcd8 19 exds
Malakhov decides the way to make progress is to ensure the d-file stays closed and evict


The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move
the black knight from d4.
19...exd5 20 lDdf3 iDf5
Safer was 20...lbxf3+ or 20...lbe6.

■ .. Exercise: How does White now add some oomph to his position?
Answer: 21 g4\ iDd6 22 lbd2\
After a quiet start, the game is hotting up. Malakhov's last two moves show what the
King's Indian Attack is all about. There is the use of a pawn on the wing to undermine the
enemy centre, and there is a seemingly unthreatening retreat in White's own camp that
contains a lot of poison. By going back to d2 the knight unleashes the light-squared bishop,
forcing Black to consider what to do against a possible 23 gS, driving away the defender of
the d5-pawn.


26.. and it denies the black queen access to b6 or c5. but the endgame is by no means easy to win.... 28 . .txd5+ White has a rook and three pawns for two pieces. It never gets there in the game because the increasing pressure spooks Potkin into a desperate tactical response: 24... queenside counterplay? a) Capture the pawn.bS Hoping to get at White's bishop after 24 axb5 ltlxb5.'ifxf7 or the bishop on d4 with check.c) Move the bishop from b2..xd5+ &g6 31 'ife4+ or 28..'i'b6+ and 23 dxc4? ltlxc4! 24 bxc4 'i6 + 25 ^ h l 'i'xb2. Answer: 23 Ad4! Patience is the watchword in the KIA.hxg5 24 fxg5 c3 25 gxf6 cxb2 26 :tb l ltlf5. The bishop sits in the eye of the storm...KIA Versus the .Wf4! intending to cap­ ture the knight safely with 29... Meanwhile the attempt to attack with 23 g5 soon falls apart after 23. The knight aims to go to e3 when it will add to the pressure on the d5-pawn. There are no pawns that can evict it.l:txe129 'i'xe1 &xf7 30 J. b) Carry on with ' his kingside action with 23 g5.txcs 209 . 24 ltlf1 Another powerful retreat. there was a defence with 28.cxd1 ltlbc5 33 .hxgs 27 fxgs A cs? Potkin must have seen 27. .. etc.bxa4 25 bxa4 ltlb7 26 g5 White's well prepared initiative finally hits home.< £>xf7 29 . Instead..ltld7 28 ltlxf7! when his king is soon mated after 28..xd8 31 dxc4 'ifxd1 32 . quite lousy for White are 23 bxc4?? dropping a piece to 23.. Then after the forcing line 29 ltlxd8 'ifxd4+ 30 4>h1 l:..l:.. 23.. A f5 System Exercise: How .a triumph for the King's Indian Attack bishop! However...txd5+ &g6 30 'i'f3 .

'it'xc5+ 29 d4 when both the queen and knight on f6 are hanging.. White prefers direct action in the centre In the next game White avoids the queenside fianchetto with 7 b3 and aims for an imme­ diate pawn expansion on the kingside.xc4+ .i.0-0 10 f4 lba6 210 .Sxc4 48 fixc4 'it>xc4: for example..Lopez Martinez 1 lbf3 lbf6 2 g3 dS 3 ..J:lxe5 29 fixes 'i'xe5 30 gxf6 lDxc5 31 d4 Black has managed to stave off the fork for a couple ofmoves. he will lose material due to a d3-d4 pawn fork: for example.'id 6 32 dxc5 1Wxc5+ 33 &h 1 gxf6 34 'Bf3 d4 35 'ix f 6 l:td6 36 'iff4 d3 37 cxd3 .c6 'it>d6 43 .Movsziszian-J..i.i.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Now however Black plays..g 2 c6 4 o-o .. The remaining moves were: 31. He will be left a piece down for a couple ofpawns.xc4 46 lbxc4 l:Ig4+ 47 'it>f3 1-0 Black can't recoup his piece as White easily wins the pawn race after 47. 9.i..if5 5 d3 e6 6 Zhbd2 h6 7 'ie 1 ..b5 'it>ds 44 'it>g3 fS 45 . 28.i. 28. which is hopeless against a 2700 player. K. 49 ^ 4 ФЬ4 5O h4 < £> xa4 51 hS ^b3 52 h6 a4 53 h7 a3 54 h8'6' a2 55 'ia l.i.i. but the blow finally falls.h7 9 ^ eS Again a direct approach rather than 9 b3. The knight clears the way for the advance of thef-pawn.i.xd3 38 lbd2 'Bd4 39 'ix d 4 Sxd4 40 'it>g1 <&8 41 'it>f2 'it>e7 42 ..e7 8 e4 .

. including the other knight on f6 and bishop on h7.lbbd7 in response to 9 tbe5.. as it is a little passive. let's see how play unfolds over the next four moves: 11 & h ! dxe4 12 dxe4 tbcS 13 'ife 2 'ifd4l 14 2e1 SadS Answer: Black avoided . Besides ex­ changing off the knight on e5 doesn't necessarily favour Black ..f5 System _ Exercise: Can you see any drawbacks to White’s 9 Фе5 move? Also. Instead Lopez Martinez has a more ambitious plan: to put strong pressure on the e4-pawn in order to paralyze White's build-up. With this in mind. 211 .. so that.. and what measures should White take in order to counter it? Before discussing the questions above. what is the plan behind І0.£3іаб. he puts his queen on d4 and queen's knight on is after all blocking the advance of White's e4-pawn..KIA Versus the . he now has four units attacking the key e4 point.

Now after 15. which means that for the mo­ ment he can't develop his bishop from c l nor his rook from a1.. with lS. Thus we see a drawback to 9 tt:e5: if White had played 7 b3 and 8 Ab2 he would have developed his queenside.e3). How would you slowly build up White’s game? Answer: It's often the case that when a player has adopted a strategy that doesn't involve the use of pawns things come to a standstill. the queen on d4 and the rook on d8 exert pressure down the d-file.. Any suggestions? Answer: 15 a4! Better than 15 c3 'i*'a4 16 b3 "itb5! when Black's queen stays active. In this specific case Black needs 212 .i..cxbs is irrelevant..JLf8. The fact that he has doubled pawns after 17 'ikxbs?! (it's better to keep the queens on with 17 'ie 3 ) 17. Exercise: White now needs to find a way to drive back the black queen to ease the pressure on e4.. and then in the absence of direct threats by White keeps moving the bishop backwards and • . Over the last few moves White has anticipated Black's plan. Exercise: Imagine that Black decides his pieces are on their optimum squares and so the simple 16 c3 wins the knight (an even better way to do it is with 16 tt:dc4.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move As well as this. and we couldn't call the d4-square weak if White's knight had remained on f3 guarding it.. White can't move the knight from d2 without e4 dropping.. fie l).JLe7 and .a6. and evacuated his king from gl before Black's queen landed on d4 ('it>h1). etc. but there is no way to breakthrough to hurt the opponent. say. because all his big pieces are on good squares.Hfe8.±f8.... threatening to trap the queen with 17 .. and then plays passive moves like .forwards with . Black dominates the d-file andthere is no white attack on the kingside. He has made sure he can defend the pawn on e4 with both queen and rook ('ie2. „.

.a3 or 23 .. and we shouldn't forget the pawn ram g4-g5 is avail­ able on the kingside..... He is ready to play 23 i. A f5 System some cannon fodder to rush at the enemy and open lines. it also defends the knight on d2 again in preparation for the development of the bishop from c1) 19. 2S..f8 22 b3 (a fianchetto at last) 22. despite the enormous pressure from the black pieces.KIA Versus the ....tb2 with the initiative thanks to the awkward position of the black queen.... His pawns on the queen­ side can add strength to his game. so Black would have to speculate with the immediate queen sacrifice 22... White has bolstered the e4-pawn and his defences along the d-file.a3 ' i s 24 ^c3.f8 19 ^ec4 (as in the variation above..i.. 213 .... A possible line is 16.....±e7 23 -&b2 'id 7 24 &eS! litf8 25 lita1! (threatening to trap the knight on cs with b3-b4) 2S..'ic8 26 ^b6 is embarrassing for the black queen) 26 b4 ^cd7 27 ^d6 &xd6 28 &xd6 and White wins the exchange. Now if Black leaves his queen on d4 and simply waits.'ic3 21 Sa2! Sed8 22 £ib1 when the black queen is trapped after 22. starting from the analysis diagram above. Let's imagine 1S.£icxe4 23 ^xc3 ^xc3 24Wf2 £ixa2. White's position still has scope for improvement.a6 16 as is played.f8 20 Sa3! (bringing the rook to e3 to strengthen the e4-pawn) 20. In contrast. Alternatively.Sd7 20 b3 Sed8 (or 20.. Black might put his queen on b4 and then wait. this retreat constricts the black queen's movement.'ie8 (thanks to the strong bishop on es. but White looks better after 25 ^e5) 21 We3 i.Ae7 19 ^ec4 (retreating the knight boxes in the black queen) 19. here's how White might build up his game until he wins material: 16 .e7 22 Se2.Sfe8 17 Af3 Af8 18 ^g2 (White takes the chance to improve the position ofhis king by removing it from the back rank) 18.f3 fife8 18 ^g2 i. but all the black pieces involved in the attack on e4 and along the d-file are too expensive to sacrifice. Seeing that his position w ill eventually be worn down if he does nothing. moving his pieces backwards and forwards. 'i 4 17 i. but on the other hand he is reducing the pressure on e4. Lopez Marti­ nez decides to regroup his pieces. He clears the way for his queen to retreat to b6.. ..' i 4 23 i.te7 21 Üe3 i.

. Black now tries to get the queens off. If 18 tbxc5 ..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 1S. 1 8 Again Black offers the exchange ofl<nights.. 16.tbcd7 continuing to hunt the white knight. After 18 li:e5 Black could 18.'ia6 Thwarted in his bid to exchange knights. 214 .Ji'b6 17 b3 A small victory for White who is able to develop his bishop to the long diagonal now that the black queen has left d4. so that only leaves the f2square.txc5 the black bishop gets to a good diagonal.. 18 lDf2\ Correctly declining.tbcd7 16 li:d3 White has more space so he avoids the exchange of knights which would unclutter the black position. 17..

In the meantime the black pieces have been thrashing around trying to land a tactical blow. Therefore Lopez Martinez struck out with a pawn thrust of his own: 23. It is a high class form ofcat and mouse. 24lt'!eS Not 24 axb5 cxb5 when White is reduced to 25 lt'!a3 to keep c2 guarded.. or overconfidence 215 .'!cd7 20 i..x f 2 Exchanging an active bishop for a knight is not something to be done lightly.. It seems like White is being pushed around. 32 Sg2. 24.fl White has completed his development.. and 33 g5 to begin his long-awaited kingside attack. 28 Sxf2 Now 28.'ifa6 29 S a l l:tb8 gives Black counterplay..adl 'ia S 22 lt'lc4 'ifc7 23 l:r..tc5 25 1We2 bxa4 26 bxa4 1i'b6 27 lt'!ed3 i.. White might then try 30 g4!? with the plan of 31 i.the bishop gets to b2 next move. The alternative was 27. Black forces a white pawn weakness on a4 and opens the b-file for his rook.i.. 19..KIA Versus the .f S System Exercise: What is our response? Answer: 19 'ie3 ! I hope you are getting the hang ofthis by now.e7 and then a counterat­ tack against the a4-pawn with .bS!? Very logical. Might we talk of a loss of patience.... 28„. Here Black loses his sense of danger and goes hunting the a4-pawn at the cost of his king’s safety. i.1.. it is a frustrating business for Black. fear of a white attack on the kingside.b4 21 :l.b2 i.. On the other hand. but his position is gradually improving .lt'!c5? When a strong player makes a mistake it is often for psychological reasons. but it does ease the congestion in the black camp.f3..'ifa6. If Black does nothing active then White could consider advancing on the kingside with the pawn lunge g4-g5.

'i'e3.„lLlxa4 He might as well grab the pawn as otherwise his travails on the kingside are for noth­ ing. 29 The fracturing of the black kingside is catastrophic. White deals with the threat of 30. to put the queen on g5.... 31.. However.'ifd4 loses a piece to 32 Ob4) 32 'ig4+ ^h8 33 ' i 4 &g7 and now White can fix the kingside with 34 fS! e5 (to stop W hite’s rook joining in the at­ tack with Sf4 and Sg4+) 35 lLlf2! followed by 36 lLlg4. The white queen and knight will be a deadly attacking duo. as White’s queen. Black often suddenly 'cracks' when facing the King’s Indian Attack. 30....e5 (again. hitting both f6 and h6. knight and rooks can work together to exploit the weak pawns on f6 and h6. 31.. For example. the more accurate pawn push was still 33 fS! when after 33. putting a pawn on a dark square and winning the queen access to f6.. he must stop ltf4) 34 Sa1 lLlc3 3S lLlf2 Black has no good response to the threat of 36 lLlg4..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move because of White’s innocuous play so far? Whatever the cause. which is deci­ sive. 29.c6-c5 or by going to d4. as well as the open g-file. Black has weakened himself on the dark squares around his king.gxf6 30 SffH Still refusing to be rushed.. And with best play it is good enough to win. as 35. 31 'ikg4+ It was more precise to begin with 31 Sb1.. as at move 31.. attacking both f6 and h6. driving the black queen away from b6 where she might aid in the defence of the f6-pawn after the pawn move .'i'c7 (instead.lLlxe4 31 i. so 33 es. 31. feels right... this is a very human decision. That is why it is a more promising opening than the assessments of a computer program would suggest.&h8 32 'i¥h4 &g7 33 eS As with 31 'i'g4+..xe4 i. fails to 36 216 . Few human players likes to defend for hours ‘treading water’ and waiting for the opponent's attack.xe4+ 32 'i'xe4 l:txd3 33 :txd3 'ikxf2 when Black has won a pawn.

42.'ih8 40 J:Ig1 J:lg8....l:de1 Rd7 37 h4 Exercise: Is this the best way to pursue the kingside attack? Try to find another way to breakthrough.. 40 g4 And now this is too fast. so essential is 42 l:!xe4 l:h7! (not 42...xc6 Пс7 39 i. 42 ..fs 34 'iVf6+ ^g8 35 'tixh6 tt:lc3 36 .f5 has to be 43 .l:h7.KIA Versus the . After 37 g4! fxg4 38 lDf2! there is no good way to stop 39 lLlxg4. for if 38.i. Black will have no good answer to the pressure along the g-file as his dark squares are weak and the e6-pawn is deathly weak.i.i.. but 39 exf6 is ruinous for Black) 39 lLlxg4 ..Sg7 45 Wh5+ Sh7 46 'i!Yg6 Sg7 with a draw by repetition...f5 (the alternative 38.i.e4+ when 42 ^h2? loses the white queen to 42....xg4 fS? Black missed a curious way to force a draw with 41.xg4 40 'igS+ ^h8 41 'i4 + ^g7 42 'ixg4+ ^h8 43 'ih5+ and Black is soon mated.tlg1 lLle4 44 i.fxg4 41 i. 37.i... Black needs the h8-square for his king) 43 Wg6+ Wh8 44 Se3 (there’s nothing better) 44 . Answer: White should have pushed his other pawn. 40...Wh8 43 .f3 White is back on track for a win. 33. forcing Black to give up the pinned knight. ... i.. f s System Sa3 and then 37 lLlg4... After 40 Sg1 ^h8 41 g4 fxg4 42 Sxg4 White has a winning at­ tack.xe4 fxe4 217 ..f3 f6 Black could have put up a staunch defence with 39.'i!kd8 38 i.xe6+..

iLf5 have formed. White plays a quick tl:'lh4 to hunt the black bishop Game 25 H. you'll be ready to answer l. transpos­ ing to an English.dS 2 lt:lf3 lt:lf6 3 iLg2 c6 4 d3 ii. The killer blow is struck on the queenside as the knight will crash through on the e6-square seeing that 45. 1..e3 46 lt:lxe6 1-0 Black resigned as he is two pawns down and still facing a deadly assault after 46.. S o-o e6 218 .. I won't stop you adopting any of these openings.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move toerdse: How can White finish off his attack? 45 lt:lcS! Answer: Fischer gave the advice to 'look at the whole board' when trying to figure out a combination.... even if it means taking a little something from a couple of different opening systems.. Or you might prefer to respond with 2 d3.e5 with 2 c 4.Solak Istanbul Olympiad 2012 1g3 If you are as versatile as Nakamura.Sxc5 allows mate on g7...fS The familiar features of the Slav-like set-up with . reaching a Pirc or Modern Re­ versed. 45...'iWa8+ 47 l:tg2 Scf7 48 Sxe3. The key thing is to find a repertoire that works for you.Nakamura-D. in fact I wish you luck.

. Black had to fight with 6.g6 9 e3 e6 10 f4 ..tLlbd7 first.. The proviso 'everything else being equal' basically means: 'How much does White have to loosen his kingside pawns to nab the bishop.f S System If Black plays 5.g4 7 h3 i. White can still try 6 tLlh4: for example.h s 8 g4 i..c5 11 'i'e2 with an interesting position..KIA Versus the . W hite has two interesting ways to improve his play in this line. and is it worth it?' 6. it is almost always to White's advantage to exchange his knight for Black's light-squared bishop. while after 9 tLlf3 .th5 8 g4 tLlfd7! the abject 9 gxh5? 'i'xh4 leaves White's kingside in an awful mess... 6 tLlh4 Everything else being equal..h s he can play 8 'i'e1!? or 8 tLld2 ll:bd7 9 'iVe1!?.i. 219 ... 6.ig4 7 h3 i. i.i. namely after 6...ig4 when after the direct 7 h3 .g6?! After this passive retreat the answer to the question above is 'White doesn't have to loosen his kingside pawns at all'.tg6 the bishop has escaped being eaten...i.

xf3 14 £idxf3!.. the f-pawn is blocked) 13 i.i. WirigE.xh4. In some cases e4-e5 will increase his space advantage. rather than with the express inten­ tion of making a favourable exchange for the black bishop.g5? 15 lLlg2 lLlg7 16 i.xg7 < £> xg7 22 £id4 ^c5 23 b4 (Black is losing the ex­ change because of the fork on e6) 23. Black is now the exchange down for nothing. and that is always fatal. and then play fid1. French League 2013: 9... We now return to Solak's less critical decision to retreat to g6. Here’s an example of this strategy enjoying a startling success in the game A.i..'ike8 19 Sd1 l:d8 20 'ie 3 h6 21 i.. Black threatens 13. He is still unable to advance the f-pawn. It can’t be good to lunge forwards with the black kingside pawns when White is better developed and the centre is wide open. . so that White can play e2-e4.lLle4 24 lLle6+ ^g6 25 lLlxf8+ 'ixf8. though he fought on to move 72 before resigning.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move The point of the queen move is to unpin the e-pawn.f3 !? (therefore White decides to exchange off bishops in­ stead) 13.. Left undis­ turbed he can develop his bishop.. The exchange ofbishops has allowed White’s other knight to get to f3. Not liking any ofthis.c3 (who needs a light-squared bishop when you can have a dark-squared one cutting into the opponent's kingside?) 18.Postny. Here lLlh4 serves the purpose of clearing the way for f2-f4.. It soon fell apart for him: 17 exf5 exf5 18 i. Postny lashed out with 14.d2 f5?.e7 10 e4 dxe4 11 dxe4 0-0 12 <^h2 ^e8 (directed against W hite’s central expansion with f2-f4. but it has facilitated the development of his queenside.i. the much higher-rated player (2627 Elo versus his opponent's 2490) has lost patience against the King's Indian Attack. Black.. 7 Oxg6 hxg6 220 . and if the knight retreats to f3..

. he would need the help of some bad moves by White. further strengthening his defences. Whilst I could just about imagine Nakamura conducting a brilliant attack if he were play­ ing Black here. 11 "ie2 i. and he has no pawn advances available to open up lines. Black’s pieces aren’t on aggressive squares near the white king. but it exposes the soft underbelly of the black centre along the a2-g8 and h3-c8 diagonals.KIA Versus the . Advancing the pawn to e5 stops White gaining more space and keeps the bishop on g2 shut in. The f2-g3-h2 shell around his king is solid and his bishop is taking care ofthe light squares. you should always worry about your king's safety during a game.i. Here the risk to White is very minimal.c5 12 tDf3 "ic7 13 h4l 221 .. 8 tDd2 tDbdiJ 9 e4 dxe4 10 dxe4 eS Already we see that Black is missing his light-squared bishop. but not too much. His knight will go to f3 via d2. And. crucially.fs System Question: Should White worry about his king being attacked the open h-file? Answer: As a general rule.

Nakamura makes an irrelevant-looking pawn move on the queenside.0-0 14 ...and required .. then the white pawns can quickly become an at­ tacking force with 14 c3 and 15 b4.th3 I1fe8 15 &g2 lbf8 16 lbgs Stopping Black from activating his knight with 16.. but it will take some effort for White to win 222 . 13. I6^^. Here. Nakamura: 1) Secures an open diagonal for his bishop from use our wing pawns in an imaginative manner. White would therefore have all the aces if it came to a kingside versus queenside attack. but his king still ends up in danger. say. there is a fixed centre pawn structure. 2) Creates a base on g5 for his knight. 3) Empowers a future kingside attack with an h4-h5 advance. In the game Solak castles short. 17 fih l.1ad8 17 a3! Question: RatheT than continue his attacking build-up on the kingside with. Black's kingside pawns are static. and no violent disturbance looming down the d-file. Why? Answer: Black's position is highly unpleasant. If Black chooses to castle queen side.^e6. as is often the case in the KIA. with pawns on e4 and e5 blocking each other.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: Can you give some reasons why Nakamura chooses to push his h-pawn Tather than develop a piece? Answer: If the situation in the centre is quiet we don't need to rush our development to hold on to key squares or ward off threats. By playing 13 h4. gaining time by attacking the bishop on c5. In con­ trast. as then 17 ^xe6 fxe6 leaves his pawns smashed up. a fact emphasised by 13 h4. Therefore we are permitted . etc.

. in effect saying to his opponent: 'How do you propose to free your game?'.. when the win becomes easier for him. .^8h7.. Instead.. the black queen would never have left c7 if White hadn't played 17 a3. His task would be greatly eased ifBlack can be cajoled into weakening himself further. and waits for Black to play .lb8h7 doesn't help Black at all as the i.^8h7 at once.. 17.... Solak decides to get rid of the knight on g5 with .xf6 or 22 i. then 18 Sh1 threatens 19 ^xh7 when both 19. give White a withering attack along the h-file. the game move. He might have avoided this idea if White had 'frightened' him with 17 S h i.4xh7 20 h5 gxh5 21 i.KIA Versus the .. but anything Black tries to do will make matters worse for him...^xh7 20 hs and 19.^8h7 and .g5 pin proves nasty. The moral is that sometimes it's best to let your opponent stew . Nakamura develops his pieces quietly. As we shall see. Let’s make another quiet move that lets him destroy himself. when f2 might end up weak. it has aided White's attack. 223 ... 17. On the contrary. 21 hSi gxh5 22 .xf6 gxf6 23 i. intending 22 i..d2 £>8h7 'Aha! Here is my opponent's freeing attempt.^xg5.' 19 Sae 1 ^xgs 20 i.f5 System the game.x g s "fic7 Black achieved nothing with 17.he might do your 'work' for you.'ike7... As we shall see...'ifd2..Ji'e7 18 i. If Black had played 17.g s...fs+.i.. Exercise: But this is the King's Indian Attack. and after 26 Ile h l l:lxh5 27 l:lxhs 'ifd6 he can look for counterplay with 28. as a preliminary to 18.fS 4*8 24 lih1 Фе7 2S l:xhS l:lh8 It seems like Black has avoided the worst: he has evacuated his king to the centre.'ie7.i. Of course. Chess players like to carry out a plan. So Nakamura waits with 17 a3.

. but his attack against the light squares around the black king will have more poi­ son than his opponent's attempts to attack f2.&f8 meets with the same two white moves. Now that's what I call light-squared domination by the white bishop.xh5 27 gxh5.'it'd2 are looming.xf7 32 l:h8+ Äf8 (32..'ib5 31 'ie6# 1-0 224 ..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Answer: 26 g4!! In its own way I regard this move as beautiful as a queen sacrifice. than its counterpart on cs.. Solak therefore avoids the exchange on h5.<&t?e7 allows mate as in the game) 33 'ie6+ &e7 34 &g6 mate. It shows imagination to utilize the g-pawn ....1itxh5.Sd2 or 30. and 30 b4? drops a3 with check.l:.. so that he acquires a strong passed pawn after 26. and more attacking force against the enemy king.. while 32.... 30...J:. 30 'ifc4 The triumph of the King's Indian Attack: White's light-squared bishop provides more cover of the squares around its own king. but it’s already lost as f7 is falling: for example. l:td8 28 l:ieh1 l1hf8 29 Ш Was . Naka­ mura defends his rook with the g-pawn.'ie8 31 Sxf7! is checkmate in 18 (!) moves according to the computer. At long last it seems like Black might be getting some counterplay as 30...I suspect the possibility wouldn't occur to 99% of players...1. 26. Nakamura's king may be on a curious square. 27..dg8 27 'if3 ! Black threatened to win a rook with 27. but White's rooks dominate the h-file... 30„. but the nicest finish is the streamlined 31. Black now blunders..

Vorobiov-P.dxe4 9 dxe4 h5!? 10 h3 h4 11 g4 e5 12 'iWe1 tiJbd7 13 tiJb3 i.g 2 c6 4 o-o . 6.g6 8 ^h1 (less provocative is 8 'iWe2 then 9 tiJb3. but the first question I’d want to ask about 6 4tfd2 is ‘do I get mated by 6. Or if A natural response: White has reduced the pressure on Black's centre and so he takes the chance to equalize the space balance..i.e7 10 tiJc3?! h 4 11 ltJe2 i.g6 8 e5 tiJfd7 9 tiJf3 i..Tregubov Rijeka (rapid) 2010 1 tiJf3 ds 2 g3 tiJf6 3 i. At move 10 I'd prefer to clamp down on the h-pawn with 10 h4 (note how this also stops the annoying .. Question: Maybe I'm a cautious fellow. c5 to clear c6 for the knight then 11 c4 starts to undermine the black centre.tfS S d3 e6 6 tiJfd 2 Retreating the knight to d2 enables White to advance e2-e4 without having to play the preparatory ife1 or e2-e3 and 'ili'e2. It also clears the way for the f-pawn.c5 (Black might as well put his bishop on this active square as the white pieces aren't in a position to disturb it) 7 e4 i... etc.h5 at once looks a little primitive. ifl0..h5 move).f5 System White plays 6 liJfd2 Game 26 E. Answer: Well.. Cesenatico 2010.i.....h5 12 d4 gS and Black had a scary initiative in D.1.Sveshnikov..h5-h4 advance was seen in the following game: 6.h5?’.. though it won the only time I've seen it played: 7 e4 i. A more sophisticated form of the .. getting out the queenside pieces) 8.d6 225 .Tocchioni-E... 6.. for example...KIA Versus the .0-0 there's no more attack and we can build up with 11 l:te1..

with space being equal and both sides having a more or less trouble-free development.Mareco. as seen. for example. White drives the bishop back with h2h3. That might remind you ofthe a2a3 measure taken on the queen side to bypass an . if not the better game. 226 . Mean­ while 9 f3 is a more subtle loss of time.. How­ ever. b) Offer to exchange bishops with jLf3.. They appear very balanced. White played 10 h3 to slide past the h4-pawn with 11 g4. Answer: 9 'ilfel After 9 &f3?! -&e6 White will have to lose time with his bishop to get in f2-f4. In any case. so even if he has delayed castling. Therefore Tregubov tries to keep the queen out of e2 for a while.. in the Malakhov-Potkin game above.a5-a4 by Black with b3-b4.h7-h5 stores up trouble for the future: if his kingside pawns are broken up... then at least more chances to carry out an effective plan in the future. Black often castles kingside fairly quickly so the opportunity doesn’t arise as a middlegame plan. when we look more closely we notice some important features that give White. with pressure along the dfile and against e5. Exercise: How should White meet the attack on his queen? a) Move the queen to e l. By playing 9 f3 and later f3-f4 he will have lost the tempi he used for h2-h3. Khanty-Mansiysk 2011. The idea of attacking White’s king with .. the centre and queenside aren’t particularly hospitable for the black king.. In the game.h7-h5 doesn't occur very often in the KIA Slav.. a useful move as he wants to guard the g4-square and play 'ith2.. 9..&e6 White could play 9 tli'e2 and 10 lLlc4 then 11 litd1.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 14 lLla3 ^c7 15 ±g5 with an unclear position in F. Besides. where is the black monarch going to live? 7 e4 dxe4 8 dxe4 -&g4 If 8. it could be argued that the white queen is better on e1 than d1 as she defends e4.lLlbd7 10 lLlc3 ±c5 I hope you are starting to get a feel for these type of positions. c) Block the attack with f2-f3.Berkes-S. the plan of.

.e5xf4 the recapture g3xf4 won't leave the white king exposed to terrible dan­ ger. Now look at Black's position.e5xf4 in response to f2-f4. Another good point to g2-g3 is that it stops Black ever playing . the recapture g3xf4 is possible. In contrast.. unless as a sacrifice. White has the potential to gain space with f2-f4. But so what? The dosed nature ofthe position means that is better to have pieces on their long­ term optimal squares rather than developed quickly.. It will have no attacking value at all. knowing that after .f5 System Exercise: Going back to basics. So we see that the move 2 g3 wasn't just a question of 'get the g-pawn out of the way so that I can play il...g7-g6 would loosen the black kingside too much as there's no bishop on g7 equivalent to White's bishop on g2. Total number of squares the white bishops can move to without being captured: 1. as in most situations the preventive pawn move . 227 .£f4.the g3-pawn is an important strategic asset due to its support of a future f2-f4.... White can play £rf5.after a fu­ ture . Even if he managed to get the knight on f6 out of the way. because the figures aren’t very attractive for White: Total number of squares the black bishops can move to without being captured: 8. Here we see the value of the pawn on g3 . no frontal attack by a black rook or the queen will endanger the pawn on e4. due to its enormous defen­ sive power in shielding the king.. whilst Black has no equivalent pawn lever. But it guards the e4-pawn and. The bishop on g2 is shut in. and will stay shut in on g2 until the end of the game.. gives us the freedom to play moves like f2-f4. By bolstering the e4-pawn.KIA Versus the . So the black bishops control eight times more squares than the white bishops. I'm not talking about the superficial activity of the players’ pieces. can you describe Answer: Clearly. of course. keeping the white centre intact and' . Looking at the pawn structure.

The bishop on g2 gives us a li­ cence to utilize all our pawns on the kingside.tL!xg4+ style sacrifice..&g6 15 fS. 11. besides giving the white bishop on e4 more scope..t>h2 Black would have to reckon with 13 f4 when ideas of 14 g4 . We want to get the h-pawn involved in our initiative. but we aren't in a hurry.. he would be exposing his king to terrible danger . It gets the king off the back rank in case White ever wants to put a rook or the queen on h l. The main drawback to &h2 is if Black ever finds an effective way to sacrifice his knight with a . which could happen if 228 . Like­ wise.&h5 12 .. if he played . And so: 11 h3 It doesn’t follow that a piece is on a good square just because it is actively placed. The black bishop on g4 is proving a bit of a liability.. White could play an immediate & h l and then f2-f4. a piece can be on a passive square..f7-f5. 12 &h2 Question: Why would h2 be chosen rather than h i? Answer: White normally plays ..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move the advance . and adds a defender to h3 and g3. but it is only a temporary in­ convenience for White.±e6 The bishop decides to retreat to the centre. allowing White to gain more space on the kingside..g7-g6 and ..f7-f5 would after e4xf5 leave him with a weak pawn on e5 and a hole on e4.. but strategically well placed. trapping the bishop.t>h2 in games I've seen with this type of centre. Or even the less direct 14 f5 would leave Black unable to extricate the bishop from the threat of 15 g4....there is no black bishop on g7 to act as bodyguard to the monarch. The bishop on c5 is stopping the advance of the f-pawn. for exam­ ple. loom. whereas his strategic superiority is permanent. So we see that strategically speaking the white bishop on g2 is better placed than the black bishop on c5. After 11. Assuming Black has castled kingside.. despite the latter controlling a lot more squares.

.i.. putting the knight on an ideal central blockade square. or he could target the g3-pawn with moves like . 14f5! If you've read the note to 13 f4 you'll know why 14 fxe5 would be wrong. or defending the f4-square against invasion by a black knight.e5xf4. Not that White would have to hurry. After 14. It should only be made if Black has a strong tactical follow-up to undermine the white centre pawns.. Black is again threatened with the loss of his bishop to 14 f5.... The pawn has to be available to go to f4 after ..lDh5 and .:txf4 Black is winning. Note that the exchange 13.KIA Versus the ..exf4 and White made the catastrophic recapture 14 Sxf4??. the strategic linchpin in his centre. White would be facing a quick defeat.. 12. there would be no way for Black to re-establish a pawn centre to hold back the white pawns and pieces. Black would have surrendered his pawn bastion on e5.'ilic7. It would be a different story if Black played 13. He we see the value of 2 g3 extends far beyond freeing the g2-square for the bish­ op. . and set­ ting a strategic trap.0-0 13 f4 At last White achieves the desired pawn advance. Notice that after the recapture 14 gxf4 White is strategically winning...lDfd7 229 ../5 System White has carelessly pushed his pawn to g4.. Black could play 14.lDe5. Then he wouldn't have a pair ofmobile pawns in the centre.. 13-lDb6 Making an escape square for the bishop in anticipation of White's next move.he can generate a lot of sound and fury on the queenside with his pieces.. Black has nothing to match it . but there is no equiva­ lent support from his pawns.... or White's whole strategy fails. White's pawns would already be threatening to overwhelm him by advancing and the pent-up en­ ergy of the white pieces would be unleashed.d6..i. but after the re­ capture 14 .exf4? 14 gxf4 is strategically totally unappealing for Black..

So stay alert . though 18..tlJg4+! 19 hxg4 'it'xg5..The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move White's centre would be broken.tlJc4 as necessary.xg5 White has a pin on f6 and a potential attack along the g-file.i.. A tactical blunder can ruin an otherwise perfect strategic build-up. 17. Instead.ttJxb2 19 1i'g3 gives White the initiative.... Black wouldn’t have to regain the pawn to be OK.. b) White has a big advantage.. and Black could regain the pawn with .. It is fair to say that White is lost. as Black has no real counterplay.. W hite bypasses the e5-pawn and plans a pawn storm on the kingside. But he can do much better with 18.1WaS 18 gs tlJd7 230 . the g-pawn will have another role.. this is an ex­ ample of the danger from a ..'flc7 or . As we shall see. so ‘d’ is the correct assessment... the worst one of all being e3.b5 17 g4 A familiar theme: the advance of the g-pawn will drive away the knight from its post on f6 as a prelude to an attack on the black king. d) Black is winning due to a tactical trick.. Answer: Black could take on b2. 14. Exercise: What is the best assessment ofthe position? a) White has some advantage due to the initiative... Incidentally. I6.ttJxg4+ move as we mentioned at move 12 above. as sitting on e5 it would be a symbol of his opponent's strategic incompetence. c) Black can grab the pawn on b2 when he is at least equal. In fact. White has exchanged his dark-squared bishop leaving his kingside and centre full of terrible­ binations aren't forbidden in the King’s Indian Attack.ltc4 15 ttJxc4 ttJxc4 16 1i'e2 After 16 g4 h6 17 g5 hxg5 18 .

KIA Versus the . fol­ lowed by .f8 21 lbf2 'ic 7 22 lt:lg4 lbcS 23 b3 lbb6 231 .. The advance 19 f6 would be too committal: after 19.i. Black could fend off any mate on g7.1..g6. 19....f5 System Exercise: Now can you suggest a manoeuvre to bring Answer: 19 lbd1l The knight heads for g4... White's at­ tack would be less powerful than it should be as he has renounced the chance to play the other breakthrough pawn move g5-g6.5fd8 20 C3 It’s not just about attacking... White puts up some barriers to Black’s counterattack on the queenside and along the d-file.l:tfd8 and .. 20.i...f8 as necessary.

232 . when fxg7+ will tear open the black king's defences. but it prepares to go to g3 to create threats in combination with its own knight.Sg8. and it can be difficult to convince yourself that the opponent is so helpless he can't do anything to refute your attack. Tregubov sees no good answer to the threats and so begins a des­ perate queenside counterattack.^g8 31 lDh6+! gxh6 32 gxh6+ 'ifilh8 33 'ix f7 .. If Black plays 28. The upshot is that he removes his queen from the defence of the second rank... But then .lDcd7. with results that are soon disastrous. Finally.g1lDbd7 29l:.. 24. 26 lDf6! looks decisive: for example. 26..... as 30. as 27 lDxh7! 'ifilxh7 28 'ilfh5+ ^g8 29 l:tg4 intending 30 l:th4 gives White a lethal attack.lDxf6....gxf6 27 gxf6 lDbd7 28 i.1VaS 30 .a5 zs litg3 'ifilh8 26 .1Vd6 to try to play .i. 29. White can drive the queen back with 29 l:tdl.:tc2 Already after 30 'ic 4 Black would have no good way to defend f7.g 5! followed by 29 'ilfh5 and 30 Sg4 when the threat of 31 l:. and . but it is much easier to win ifyou let your opponent self-destruct..c1 Here 29 lDf6 gxf6 30 'ilfh5 still looks strong. 26 lDf6 can't be ignored with 26. 26 .th6 and ..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: Can you see a move for White that combines defence with attack? Answer: 24 2f3! The rook not only stops an invasion by the black knight on d3...te3 Instead.h4 and then 32 'i!i'xh7 mate has to be parried with the moves .txh6 will be mate..xh6 34 .... forcing Black to play ....tg7+ will strike along the g-file...Sxg7.. to guard the g-file against an alternative 'irh6 and 'ig 7 mate.lDf8.l:. b4 27 cxb4 axb4 28 . This is a complicated win as it not only requires seeing the tactics: White also has to make some quiet preparatory moves.

fxg6 Upon 34. 233 .xa2 Black's king is soon mated along the g-file after 33. The opening actually went quite well for me. 35 tDf7+ &gS 36 tDxd8 Sxd2 37 ..M a6 31 'fif3 'fid3 The only hope was to go back to defend with 31.i..fs System 30.. It was an unpleasant defeat.xg5. but it taught me a valuable lesson which I'd like to share with the reader.ltJbd7 The following game was played when I was a young player and hadn't quite grasped the essence of chess strategy (if indeed I have ever grasped it).i.fxg6 with 36 l:txd8.xd2 tDeS Black gets a temporary initiative for the rook.i... thus winning time for White’s initiative on the kingside..d6 41 'it>hl tDcd3 42 . 38 'ie 2 'ic 2 39 fxg6 hxg6 40 Se3 ..e 1 'ili'xb3 43 tDxc6 'i b l 44 tDxeS tDxe5 45 'id 2 ..'ifb7..fxg6 34 fxg6 hxg6 35 tDh6! gxh6 36 'ilf7 g5 37 .c7 46 'idS+ 'it>h7 47 'ib 3 'ic l 48 lie 2 tDc4 49 es . . but as long as White doesn't fall for any tricks the advantage in material is bound to tell.i.i..i. threatening mate a second way on f8.KIA Versus the .. But it did vital defensive work by guarding the e4-square.tDxe5 35 'ifh5l the threat of mate on h7 wins time to answer 35.i..xes 50 l:te4 1-0 The bishop on g2 didn't move once it found the g2-square.. but who would want to play like that? 32 l:td2 'fib l 33 g6\ l:r. Black plays a quick . 34 tDxeS! 34. and securing the second rank against Black’s counterat­ tack..

d5xe4 has opened the dfile and given his knight access to c4. Therefore the verdict on Black's sixth move has to be that 6.McDonald-J Johnson .dxe4 9 dxe4 ..... London 1986 1 ltlf3 ds 2 g3 ltlf6 3 . I always fianchettoed in this type of position... 7..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Game 27 N. so that after 7.. then b2-b3 and .e6 is the standard move. Answer: 7 We1 is awkward for Black.th7 so that he has the ds-square for his knight in the event of 10 es.tb2 with a pleasant edge: the exchange .es 234 . The point is that the knight on f6 no longer has a re­ treat square on 2 c6 4 o-o .... to see what works and what doesn't work.. a case of the threat being stronger than the execution)..te6 10 1i'e2 followed by b2-b3 and ...ltlbd7 is dubious..tfs S d3 h6 6 ltlbd 2 ltlbd7 Instead.e6 8 e4 . which is a reminder that the opening phase of the game depends on trial and error. In this sequence Black could try 8 e4 dxe4 9 dxe4 .. The great positional master Vasily Smyslov once played it as Black. Having a fantastic feel for middlegame strategy doesn't mean you will automatically find the best opening moves...tb2. 6... as well as research... but White can play 10 1Ve2 in­ stead...th7 9 es it has to return to g8 (White could also play 9 'fe2!? and leave Black wondering what to do about e4-e5. and so didn't look around for anything better. Exercise: What do you think of Black's knight move? What is the best response to it? 7 b3?! A routine move. White would get a similar edge after 7...

ltb2 An 'explosive' response with 8 e4!? might already be good..ie6 11 'ie2.'ic7 9 e4! dxe4 10 dxe4 tDxe4 (Black doesn't have to grab everything on's almost a straight line... It means there are fewer branches of the combination to worry about . 8.KIA Versus the . you now know the idea of e2-e4 might work if you get a similar situa­ tion in your own games . Moreover. 8... the combination can be unravelled.that's a big help. Virtually all the action takes place on only two squares. aren't they? That makes it much easier. In fact.. but I want to show the tactical justification behind White's positional edge that he gains after the sensible 10.. it's rarely good for Black to combine .. It is a fairly typi­ cal scenario in the King's Indian Attack below elite level. it is suicidal.ltd6 Here's another way the centre might be blasted open to White's advantage: 8. Black wants space and he takes it... 235 . White's seemingly lackadaisical opening has caused his opponent's tactical radar to switch off.e6 here...ix e 4 12 tDxe5! ..ixe5 'id 7 (if 14.ixg2 13 <it>xg2tDxe5 14 . intending 12 tDc4) 11 tDxe4 .... indeed. So your tactical nose should already be sniffing.e7-e5. Trying to seize space in the centre once again puts his game in jeopardy.'iVxe5 15 l:e1 costs Black his queen) 15 fie l and Black won't survive with his king trapped in the centre.f5 System After his opponent's feeble last move Black should have breathed a sigh of relief and played 7. How can I possibly work it out during a game? Answer: First of all.. only to meet with an unpleasant surprise.if5 with an early . most ofthe moves are captures. e4 and e5. As long as you are aware ofthe potential pin of the black queen and king after a mass of exchanges..i.. Question: That's a long variation. which further nar­ rows down your focus. 9e4l I guess this move isn't exactly a surprise after reading the notes above.

. while after 10..&e6 because of the potentially hanging bishop on d6.... Black is doomed because of the pressure on d6 and e4: for example... as 10...-&e6 Exercise: Now what is White’s strongest continuation?' 236 ..ttJxe4 11 ttJxe4 &xe4 12 'ikxd6 drops a piece. What does happen if Black takes twice on e4? Answer: After 9.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: A chance to test your calculative powers again..6xe4 11 ttJxe4 ttJxe4 12 S e l (also very strong is 12 ltJh4)..fS 13 ltJh4 'if6 14 'i5 + ^d8 15 'ixf5 and White must win.dxe4 10 dxe4 Black has to bail out with 10. 9. 12.

. Regarding option ‘c' it would be nice to be able to breakthrough with f4-f5. The result is that he gains the bishop-pair and a space advantage... 19 g 5 makes the best of a bad job..h5! when 19 f5? just loses a pawn to 19. but it also shuts in the rook on hS and rules out castling kingside as an option for Black. Unfortunately.c S 13 &d4 'ifc7 14 foxe6 fxe6 15 i. Not only is the horse passively placed itself. White has more space and the two bishops..i... but e6 is its soft underbelly.h3l The ‘Slav' pawn structure is creating a solid barrier to the bishop on d5.hxg4 and 20.gxf5. after the preliminary 18 g4?! Black can nip the plan in the bud with 18. White must advance somewhere if he is to win. but it means that White 237 .^xe4 11 dxeS foxd2 12 'ifxd2 i.f5 System Answer: 10 d4\ After his careful King's Indian Attack build-up. as then the bishop on h3 and the rook on f l would enjoy open lines and the pawn on e5 could well be­ come a passed pawn. . White has put pawns on both e4 and d4. while after 19 gxhS?! l:!xh5 it is the black rook that enjoys an open file and White is left with inert and split kingside pawns.. f White's bishop dominates the black knight. 18litad1? Answer: Speaking from a static viewpoint. b On the queenside with 18 b4 and Sa b i. Instead. 10.KIA Versus the . Dy­ namically speaking he has better communication between his pieces. 16 * h l 0-0-0 17 f4 g6 Exercise: Where should White try to attack? a) In the centre with 18 S a d i and 19 c4. 1S.. . c) On the kingside with 18 g4 aiming for f4*f5. Why is this so? Be­ cause the knight on fS hinders the co-operation ofthe black pieces..

Black's kingside counterplay would be limited as after 19. Black sees that his young opponent is bent on carrying out the wrong plan and so prepares to activate his king's rook. Now his queen and both rooks enjoy open lines . A pity.g6 that I realized that chess was still a logical game. 19~.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move has permanently renounced the plan of f4-f5. Black has no kingside or central counterplay to deflect W hite from the plan of putting a rook on b1 and then flinging the a-pawn and b-pawn forwards.g5? 20 fS! is suddenly very strong (here we see the disadvantage for White of the moves 18 g4 hs 19 gS being thrown in as in option 'c')... White has a clear plan (mate!) and an obvious first move (18 b4). The moral is: be angry when you lose.Sh7! 'Don't stop your opponent playing a bad move'. The best plan was 'b'... planning an eventual b4-b5 advance. It was only when I sat down after the game and calmly examined the po­ sition after 17.. that had made the tide turn against me. Let's see the way the game continued after my inferior 18 l:.ab1. but blame yourself. 19 C4? The consistent follow-up to the previous move. and forgets that the opponent's pieces might be getting even more of an energy kick. a direct attack on the black king beginning with 18 b4!.te7 White could begin with 19 l:. while upon 18.tb6?! 19 a4 the pawns are rolling.J:thd7! 20 cxds l:txds 21 'i'c2 Was A couple of moves ago Black would have had little counterplay after 18 b4.. I can still remember that on reaching this position I felt a sense of injustice: I had done nothing wrong. and my mistaken plan had suffered the fate it deserved...ad1: l8. This is quite a common positional mis­ take: a player opens up the position to improve the scope ofhis pieces.. 238 .. After 18.and it's all thanks to the generosity of his oppo­ nent.. not my play. as it might have been useful in the future once White had softened up Black elsewhere on the board. and it was a fault in the logic of chess.

I was convinced I was a victim of chess injustice.ifyou look with an open mind at a lost game you can gradually deduce your mistakes.d4 26 i. For the record. here are the remaining moves: 22 i.KIA Versus the ...b4 23 i.i.a6+ 0-1 White gave up as the c-pawn will eventually cost him a rook.xe6 c5 37 l:te7+ &c6 38 e6 c4 39 1xa7 . How­ ever.l:.f5 System not chess .l:.xe6 40 .l:. White's position is still OK.xb4 'ixb4 24 Sxd5 Sxd5 25 l:d 1 l:. f 1 g5 27 a3 'ib 6 28 fxg5 hxg5 29 i. 239 .c4 'ic 5 30 S f 1 b5 31 'ikf2 bxc4 32 'ixf8+ 'ix f8 33 Sx f 8+Фс7 34 bxc4 l:r.f6 Se4 36 . and so it isn't surprising that my re­ sistance crumbled.c3 i.xc4 35 It. despite the errors that have lost him his advantage.

i. In the Reti Opening. 1 li:lf3 dS 2 g3 c6 3 i...d7-d5: for exam­ ple.. or 1 ltlf3 ltlf6 2 g3 dS 3 i. Another approach for White not examined here would be to play d2-d4 rather than d2-d3.i.g2 i. The bishop can be developed to g4 at any time after Black has played .. In the previous chapter we looked at what happens if the bishop goes to f5. Now it is time to examine .g4. As this is the King's Indian Attack we won’t be examining such lines.. i t g 4 S y s t e m The 'Slav’ method of countering the King's Indian Attack entails Black putting pawns on d5 and c6 to blunt the activity ofW hite’s bishop on g2. 1 li:lf3 dS 2 g3 i.g2 c6 4 0-0 i. in par­ ticular the b7-pawn. to try to exploit this. White often responds with a quick c2-c4.g4. . In playing . . leading 240 .Chapter Six K I A V e r s u s t h e .. perhaps in combination with ' i 3 and ltleS.g4. and quickly developing his own lightsquared bishop.g4 Black removes the bishop from the defence of the queenside. but it is worth remembering you have this option if you plan to broaden your opening repertoire or want to play a bit more aggressively.g4.

Game 17 in that chapter might also be worth playing through.g4 System to a different type of pawn centre.. For example.i. as made clear in the analysis to Game 28 below) 9 'ixf3 0-0. a typical sequence is 5 d3 tLlbd7 6 tLlbd2..xf3 (Black would be ill advised to avoid this exchange.KIA Versus the . This makes the game ‘Slav-like'..g4. So we need the precise 8 h3! i.. The reader is therefore invited to study Game 14 of Chapter Three when looking at Part Two of the present chapter (.i...... after White's lLlf3. In the KIA versus the Caro-Kann. .dsxe4 by Black).. If Black can get away with this then White needs a new opening.c5. Now Black can arrange his pawn structure in one ofthree ways. after the moves 1 e4 c6 2 d3 Black often chooses a set­ up with . Black has a choice ofthree pawn centres From the diagram above.. Firstly.d7-d5 and. Black can take all the space on offer by playing . 241 .e7-e5 and keeping a broad cen­ tre with a pawn on ds.e5 7 e4 .i. 6..

From the second diagram above.e7-e6. which allows White to keep a slight edge in Game 29.c5 8 .. This scenario is examined in Game 28.i.t.d5xe4... It is the most solid but least ambitious move.. 242 .e6 7 b3 . In this way he has fewer commitments in the centre and won't need to give up the bishop­ pair. The second option for Black is to equalize the space balance in the centre by playing .The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Black has full development and has stood his ground in the centre.t. which completes the Slav triangle of pawns.. The central pawn structure is symmetrical and Black’s pieces are all developed. The third possibility for Black is to renounce the chance to equalize space in the centre and make do with .e7-e5 as above. but White has the two bishops and pressure on dS. but he has conceded the c4-square to the white knight and opened the d-file..e7 9 We1 0-0 10 li:'ic4 'fkc7.. but meeting White’s e2-e4 pawn advance by exchanging with .eS 7 e4 dxe4 8 dxe4 . play might proceed 6.. Play could go 6..b2 0-0 9 a3 a5 10 e4 b5 11 'fke1 ..

g4 4 d3 c6 5 tClbd2 e6 6 h3 i. Black is quite close to being equal in these scenarios. Black cut across his opponent's plans with the immediate 4...g6 8 tClh4. especially if Black has played a move order with 5.h5 (the move 6. or to profit from the elimination of Black's light-squared bishop after lbxg6.. Such loose play might not ap­ peal to ‘purists' who are looking for a steady advantage in the KIA. 1 tClf3 d5 2 g3 tClf6 3 i. Kramnik has tried the finesse 6 'i!le1 which aims to avoid Black's solid .g2 i.see Game 34.g4 3 i. Play is sharper if Black retreats his bishop to h5: for example.KIA Versus the . however.i.xf3 is less attractive now that White can recapture with the knight) 7 g4 i. This is the beginning of Game 31. completed his development by fianchettoing his bishop on b2. However. White's scheme is. He can use his little space advantage.. the two bishops. but White always retains a plus if he plays precisely. In Game 32 after 1 lDf3 d5 2 g3 i..xf3 lDgf6 6 d3 c6 7 lDd2 g6. 243 . He hopes to use his kingside pawns in a direct attack if Black castles kingside. and kept a minimal space advantage on the kingside..xf3 leading to a unusual Slav/King's Indian Defence hybrid after 5 i.g4 System White has achieved e2-e4. for his part. has active pieces and is looking for counterplay on the queenside.i. Black. A note on move order After White's standard opening sequence 1 tClf3 d5 2 g3 c6 3 i.. White harasses the bishop on g4 with his pawns Finally White can try to benefit from a rapid advance of his kingside pawns.i. This is the way Nakamura plays as white in Game 33.e7-e6 system. double-edged.g2 i.. or better coordi­ nated pieces as the starting point of a plan to slowly grind down his opponent..tClbd7 ..g4 4 0-0 tCld7 5 d3 tCJgf6 it is usual to play 6 tClbd2 to support the e2-e4 advance.g2 tCld7 4 h3 (very early).

.Chighladze Poti 2013 1 ll'lf3 ds 2 g3 c6 3 ..i.g4 4 0-0 White completes his kingside development in the minimal number of moves.e 5 a n d m a in t a in s a b ro a d c e n tr e Game 28 ■ LPantsulaia-I.e 7 .g 2 . 4 d3 ll'lf6 usually transposes after 5 O-O. though the alternative plan of 5 ll'lbd2 and 6 h3. delayed 244 . P a r t O n e : B la c k p la y s .i.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move You might like to copy the former World Champion's approach in Game 30.

KIA Versus the . when the exchange of knights eases his game.ltld7.1tlf6 5 d3 ltlbd7 6 ltlbd l The battle for space on the fourth and fifth ranks has begun.. 7.. However.Ag4 System castling in favour of a kingside pawn advance.. Both players use their queen's knights to support the advance of their e-pawns. on d6 the bishop is a knight's move away from the weakest point in the black centre . Question: How should we play if Black develops his bishop to d6 to further support the e5-pawn? Answer: Quite reasonable is the reply 7 b3 and 8 &b2.dxe4 8 dxe4 would fix the centre. Therefore I like the plan of getting a white horse there as quickly as possible: for example. but after Black's next move he has to come up with a concrete plan. 6^es The most ambitious move. 7..&f5 and then 5. We'll see examples ofthis type of pawn struc­ ture in Part Two of the chapter... but this takes us out ofthe KIA.tf8 12 b3 followed by 13 245 .. 6. 7e4 White has played all his 'normal' moves so far..0-0 10 l'bh4 I:te8 11l'bf5 . is seen in Games 33 and 34.&d6 8 h3 &h5 9 'ife1 (breaking the pin on f3) 9.. the knight move causes Black no problems.±cs Here 7. Instead.e6 is played by Anand in Game 31...... If White wants to play 4 ltle5 he would do best to follow up with 5 d4 or try to open lines with 5 c4.. 4.. Question: Why not play 4 £ie5 to gain time by attacking the bishop? Answer: Are you sure White would be gaining time rather than losing time? Black can reply 4. In any case.the f5-square...

i. 246 ..The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move ... t h o u g h th e e x tra p a w n r e ­ m a in s h a r d to e x p lo it. T h e p re s s u re f r o m th e w h ite q u e e n a n d th e c h a n c e t o u tiliz e th e c 4 .e 3 lD d s 20 d4 lD e6.g 6 h o ld in g o n t o th e p a w n w i t h 1S lD e1 le a ve s h im tie d u p ) 13..lDcS 14 ' i 5 .o r e 4 -s q u a re s fo r th e k n ig h t g iv e W h ite th e e d g e : f o r e x a m p le .lD Sb6 13 lD e4 . W h ite m ig h t p r e fe r to c le a r th e h 1 -a 8 d ia g o n a l w ith 9 e x d s c x d s 10 c4 0 -0 11 c x d s lD x d s 12 'i'b 3 . K o lk a ta 2012.b 2 w ith a n ic e b u il d -u p f o r W h ite .i.. 8 h3! A n im p o r t a n t m o v e ..x f3 . 12 .e 7 14 a4! a im in g t o d is ­ lo d g e th e b la c k k n ig h t w it h 1S a s. F in a lly.i.i.. a n d n o w 21 'ifd 2 m ig h t k e e p s o m e a d v a n ta g e f o r W h ite .x f3 1S .i.e7 ! (g iv in g u p th e e s -p a w n t o p u s h th e w h ite q u e e n a r o u n d a n d g e t his k n ig h ts to s q u a re s w h e re t h e y b lo c k a d e th e c e n tre ) 16 lD xeS as 17 'iVc3 l:c 8 18 'ife 1 S e 8 19 . w h ic h w a s M .lD Sf6 13 tDc4 (W h ite ca n g ra b a p a w n w i t h 13 'ix b 7 ? ! . b u t a ft e r 13.V e n k a te s h -N i H u a . .i. o r 12.lDc5 14 'iVa3 .i.

g6 11 tt:lc4 is awkward for Black..f6 12 d4! exd4 13 lLlxd4 leaves his king in danger as 13..JÜ15. We need a sharper strategy.0-0 is an un­ convincing pawn sacrifice after 12 l2Jcxes l2Jxe5 13 tt:lxes.. After 8... to be prepared to play sharply.g4 System Exercise: Imagine if Black responds 8. It isn't good enough to play typical 'quiet’ King's Indian Attack moves. b) 9. who after all moves second.g6 12 tt:lxd4 exd413 l:te1+ or equally 10.xd4 11 g4 i.. In both cases the black king loses the right to castle.. to break open the centre..KIA Versus the we might as well give up on the King's Indian At­ tack. and put both bishops on their most active squares. it turns out that the black centre is still somewhat fragile.. Black has fearlessly established and maintained a pawn centre on d5 and 10 g4 i. Notice the importance of White having the option of g3-g4 to break the pin on f3. Can you see a drawback to Black’s set-up? How should we try to exploit it? Answer: If Black.. That's why we need the 8 h3 move.cxds 10 d4! is unpleasant for the black king: for example. for if 11... is able to maintain an optimum centre and activate his pieces on their best squares. it turns out that Black didn't achieve his space rich and active position ‘for free' as White now has the bishop-pair. Nevertheless.0-0 loses the exchange to 14 tt:le6. where Black wisely avoided these dangerous lines by capturing on f3... Let's return to the game.h5 9 exds! there are two variations: a) 9. 9 Vi'xf3 0-0 24 7 . We have. though. while 11 .il. 8. However... and the fact that Black hasn't castled tells against him.. while W hite easily regains the pawn on d4 with tt:lxd4 at some point.xf3 The best move as it wins time for Black to castle.xf3 11 tt:lxf3 exd4 12 Sel+. which support the strongpoint on e4.

ta5 Black remains in an unpleasant bind. but after a quiet sequence such as 13. but unfortunately neither are near to it. So be wary before taking the plunge.!LlaS 'ifb6 Exercise: With his queen and minor pieces on good squares. as here (and after 7...td6 in the above analysis to 7. 12 .td2 bS It is easy to criticise this move as it invites the white knight to infiltrate the black queen side as far as c6..The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: Cart we exploit the fact that White’s light-squared bishop has no rival? Answer: 10 exdSl cxdS 11 c4 A move such as 10 exd5 should never be played lightly..!Llb6 13 lL!e4 lL!bxd5 14 .. though formally isolated and backward.. As a rule.. he wants to open a line for his bishop on g2 in the absence of the opponent's light-squared bishop. Meanwhile Black's pawn on es supports a potentially excellent outpost square for one of his nags..td4 14 Sfe1 Be8 15 l:tac1 ll)b6 16 .!Llxc4 The white pawn on d3.tgs..l:. 14 . provides a post for the white horse ■ on c4 where it can attack e5 and cast a malign eye over the black queenside.. 1L„dxc4 White also keeps up the pressure after 11.. such an idea is only good if White wins material or has a concrete variation planned (as in the notes to 8 h3 above). White gives up the strongpoint on e4 which he is so keen to overprotect in similar King's Indian Attack variations... or..ilbS 13 . Don't forget that the technical expression for a move like 10 exds contains a hint of criticism: it is 'conceding the centre'.c8 12 cxds . what is the next■ step in increasing W hite’s advantage? 248 . 12.tcs).

and is especially significant in the King's Indian Attack. And so before the queen goes to c6 we have the prelude 20 i.c6 leaves the a2-pawn hang­ ing)..'i!Vfs! hits both d3 and f2. Note how this conforms with the adage that a player with the better minor pieces wins control of an open file. You think the bishop looks a bit odd on e1? I agree! But we have to remember that a flexible use of the pieces is important in any opening..1:e8 21 'iVc6 'if5 White can defend d3 with 22 'iVxbS and be a pawn up.M.. for if 16...'ie6.e8 21 'ifc6! One ofthe hallmarks of a supreme positional understanding is to know which pieces to exchange off and which to keep on the board...g4 System 15 b4! i.KIA Versus the .. 21.. White often gets no space advantage.. threatening both the rook on b8 and 18 tt)e7+ is very awkward for Black.d 4 16 l:.Sfc8 then 17 tt)c6.'ie6 17 Sc2 SbcS 18 l:.. Pantsulaia realizes that his queen is only getting in the way of his light-squared bishop. I6 . but it is this pas­ sive move that allows White to invade enemy territory with 21 'ic6.. If White had played 20 'ic 6 at once then 20.e l! l:.e4? 249 .. The bishop may look odd retreating to el. whereas the black queen is well centralized and blocking any progress along the c-file {for example.. when White would do best to retreat his queen back with 21 'if3 and then try something else after 21. Note too that a great feel for chess ideas has to be combined with tactical accuracy. so that after 20.fc1 ltxc2 19 fixc2 h6 Exercise: Now which piece should White try to exchange off in oTder to exploit his queenside pressure. 21 l:. so you have to be aware of all possible squares for the pieces.ac1 White seizes the only open file on the board.e1! to guard f2.. and how should he prepare it? Answer: 20 i.

The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move A common scenario in the King's Indian Attack. 23..ll:)df6 24 'ix b s a6 25 'ifc6 This queen move to c6 needs less explanation than the previous one. but he could fight on... they will rise to the occasion and find great defensive moves.. White wants to exchange queens to enter a winning endgame. whereupon he ends up a pawn down in the endgame.. In contrast..xc6 Bc8 23 Se2 l:b8 24 ll:)b3 Black would remain under pressure. 22 dxe4 ll:)xe4 23 la. For this reason it is easy to underestimate White's practical winning chances in the King's Indian Attack.'ifxc6 22 J. if the same player is in tactical danger.e2 The pin on the e-file is devastating as Black loses a piece after 23..b 6 27 a4 2e6 250 .. Incidentally a lot of Magnus Carlsen's wins occur when he plays on and on in positions where he has a slight edge until his opponent ‘cracks'. It often happens that a player loses patience and lashes out when under nagging pressure. After 21.'ixc6 24 ll:)xc6. A computer program might tell you that a position is equal. 25. but it is eas­ ily neutralized. There­ fore he has to give up the b5-pawn. Black tries for counterplay. but it could be one that is psychologically difficult for a human to play. say facing a big attack on their king.'ifxc6 26 ll:)xc6 J.

If 28.lbds 35 .g4 4 0-0 lbd7 5 d3 e5 Move order is a tricky thing. 251 ..®xg3 as well as 28.. 6 e4 And why not? White can play this advance immediately as there is no black knight on f6 to opposeЛхс6.. What is the best riposte for White? Answer: 28 aSl The last difficult move of the game.. even in so-called 'quiet' openings.J:txc6 29 axb6 and Black won't be able to guard the knight on e4 and stop the passed pawn running through...xe5 33 lDb3 lDge4 34 1i.e7-e5 so early means that Black can be practically compelled to exchange with .d 5 x e4 1 lbf3 d5 2 g3 c6 3 ii. but he isn't obliged to. White can transpose to Game 28 above with 7 lbbd2.f1! This little bishop move often picks off a pawn on the queenside. As we shall see in the next note. The black bishop is crowded out ofthe a7-g1 diago­ nal so that the white knight can return to d4...lbgf6. playing ... :1i.g4 System Exercise: Now that the black rook is defended theTe is a threat of 28.. 34.b7 lbc7 1-0 P a r t T w o : B la c k p la y s .••e7-e5 a n d c o n c e d e s t h e c e n t r e w it h • . 28.dsxe4 if White desires it....txa6 lbec3 36 i.c7 29 tDd4 l:te5 30 lbb3 4f8 31 tDd2 lbg5 32 l:txe5 1i.g2 1i.KIA Versus the . Now if Black continues with 6.

The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Indeed.e7-eS... rather than advance e2-e4 at once.dxe4 8 dxe4 because of White's potential pressure on es (why this is so is explained in the notes to Game 30). The conclusion is therefore that if Black wants to maintain pawns on dS and es. which began 1 ti:Jf3 dS 2 g3 c6 3 il. 8..g4 system for this not to be the right way to start the knight's career. Here it is particularly appetising as the knight has access to the c4-square now that Black has played ..ti:Jgf6 6 'ie 1 e5 7 e4). he needs to choose a move order as in Game 28. and he waits until move six to play . he brings out the knight on f6 quickly so that White has to play 6 ti:Jbd2 to arrange 7 e4. Black is then more or less forced to concede the centre with 7....g2 il.dxe4 7 dxe4 8 lLlbd2 It is very rare in the ......g4 4 0-0 ti:Jf6 5 d3 ti:Jbd7 6 ti:Jbd2 es 7 That is. 6...d5xe4.te7 252 . 7 'ife1 reaches Game 30 (which had the move order 5.

'ifc7 Dealing with the attack on e5.. the one on d2 or the one on f3? Answer: 10 li:)c4 Generally speaking... Let's see how this works out in the game.g7-g6 and . Question: From the above assessment it is сіеат that White wants to put a .i.. so giv­ ing it preference over the knight on f3 makes sense. the knight on d2 is more passively placed than the one on f3. However.KIA Versus the .i.. Here Black doesn't have the time or opportunity to play ..■ knight on f5. Getting it out of the way also facili­ tates the development ofthe bishop on c l and the rook on a1.g4 System Exercise: Which move adds the most povver to the white position ? Answer: 9 'ie 1 Not bad is 9 h3.i. 9. 10. and possibly not even then..0-0 The advance . but this little queen move frees both her knights for action by breaking the pin on f3 and adding to the defence ofthe e4-pawn.. If we count the moves. 253 ... while only two are required to get the knight from f3 via h4 to fS.xf3 (as we shall see in Game 32). it takes three moves to get the knight from d2 via c4 and e3 to f5.. Black plays .. you could argue that the knight gets there from d2 faster as the moves 10 li:)c4 and 11 li:)e3 both come with a threat..g7. paradoxically..i. In the King's Indian.e7-e5 leaves the fs-square as the least defended in the black camp.. unless he is prepared to give up the bishop-pair with an early . combined with . to guard the fs-square against an invasion by a white knight. and some lines of the Closed Ruy Lopez.g7.g7-g6...-Which horse should we use.

i..i. but then we don’t hesitate to exchange it for a bishop that's not doing much.^xe4 the bishop on g4's only right it gets its tum as well. Besides. Perhaps he should hand over the bishop-pair at once with 11.i... 11..xf3 11 ..'ili'xe7 14 ^h4 ^e6 254 .. 13 ^xe7+ Question: It’s funny how we might spend two or even three moves getting a knight to an excellent square. while 11.... keeping the bishop. The dark-squared bishop is also a key piece in any plan Black devises.cs.hs 12 f &cS Instead 12.-i. we have another knight waiting to go to fs . it does seem a bit odd.. 13.. But don't forget the blocked centre is just the first phase of the game.e6?! 12 ^gS intends 13 Öxe6 to smash up Black's pawns and obtain the bishop-pair. and then Black's dark-squared bishop becomes a potent piece.... so he'll miss it if it's exchanged..The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move 11 *he3 If now 11.xf3. If we want to make progress as White we need to open up lines at some point.i. looks a better try. Is this exchange really correct? Answer: True.

. as well as the positional threat of 16.. In positions with a fixed centre pawn structure a keen positional battle of­ ten takes place along the open file adjacent to the pawns. it's tempting to avoid the mental effort required to assess the actual position in front of us and instead rely on what ‘looks right'. it can be used to defend c2 and later is able to join in the struggle for the d-file. but therein lies a trap that is sometimes described as ‘stereotyped thinking'. Weakening a square inside his own camp along the key line with 15 c3 is thoughtless. We might also be provoked into 15 c3 by fear: namely that the black knight will invade on d4 with 15 ..tDxc2.. when there would be the tactical threat of 16.. 255 .l:d3... or ..lDd3.. and encourages an invasion with . and does your opinion change as you delve тоте deeply? 15 f3l Answer: We've seen a lot of c2-c3 moves in this type of structure. 2) It blocks the action of the bishop on h5 against d1.Sad8 and .tDxcl.. the type of move we've seen many times before.lDd4. 3) The final good point about 15 f3 is something it doesn't do: namely it doesn't weaken the d3-square. If we're feeling tired or a bit lazy. and relatively few f2-f3 moves..SadS and ..i. forestalling any possible invasion by a black rook with .KIA Versus the .. The move 15 f3! has many plusses if we can overcome our sense of a certain ugliness: 1) It prepares a deployment of the bishop to e3 without it being driven back by .... where as we shall see... Which one looks тоте natural to you at first glance.J:td1.lDc5 and .lDg4 an exchange of the bishop for knight would be unwelcome for White.. Our stereotyped thinking would be reinforced by anxiety.lDe2+ and then 17.... At the same time a square is opened for the white rook on f2..g4 System Exercise: You are invited to weigh up the relative merits ofthe pawn moves 15 f3 and 15 c3. depriving us ofthe strong bishop.

Besides. Computers don't get bored or frustrated. Instead.te3 'ib 4 19 c3 Only now does White avail himself of the chance to play c2-c3. this move doesn't show an intent to fianchetto... 20 Sd1 Sfd8 21 l:txd8+ Sxd8 256 .'ic5+ 16 Ш 2 'i!Vb6 17 b3 Paradoxically. whereas humans like to be doing something active. 17. White is saving the b-pawn from being captured after he puts his bishop on e3. it is against our nature to defend passively for many moves without the guidance of a plan. so the hole created on d3 is no longer a relevant positional factor..The K in g ’s In d ian A ttack : M ove by M ove 15. Black often runs out of constructive ideas in this type of centre. 19. Thus both here and in Game 28 in Chapter Five we see a<very strong player losing patience and engaging in an adventure with their queen that removes her from the defence ofthe black camp..'ia3 The King's Indian Attack is more effective in practice than the assessment of a com­ puter program would have us believe. White's pieces will be the first to get to the dfile. when it drives the black queen away with a gain of 18 ..

KIA Versus the ....i.g4 System


Exercise; Have a good look at the position and try to decide
White's best strategy. He w ill need to rearrange his pieces, but how?

Answer: 22 l:td2l
White’s plan is simple. He wants to restrain Black’s possible counterplay along the d-file
or on the kingside. Therefore he first of all contests the open file, driving the black rook
away. Then he will manoeuvre his knight to the centre, being careful to keep the black mi­
nor pieces at bay. Finally he will try to force Black to weaken his queenside pawns.
Black gives up the d-file without a fight as he has decided it is the lesser evil to have the
white rook controlling it rather than the queen after 22...Sxd2 23 'ixd2.


The K ing’s Indian Attack: Move by Move

Exercise: Should White now play 23 W d i to
exert his queen's poweT along the open file?
23 ttJfS
Answer: The next step in White’s plan. I hope you didn’t decide on 23 'id 1 ? as 23...ttJxe4! is
an embarrassing reply.
White wants to bring his knight to the e3-square, but 24 i.f2 ttJgS is annoying as f3 is
attacked and 25 'i d l still falls for a pin with 25...ttJgxe4.
24 h4i
A simple move, but so easy to miss during a game. It’s the King’s Indian Attack, so our
pawns need to work very hard. The gS-square is now guarded, squashing any black coun­
terplay with ...ttJgS.
24.....tg6 25 i.f2 tlJfS
After 25.....txfs 26 exfs the e5-pawn drops as the black knight is hanging, but having re­
treated the horse Black might well be contemplating 26...&xf5 to be rid of his passive bish­
op. Khairullin doesn’t give him the chance.

26 t2Je3! a4 27 'ilfd1 axb3 28 axb3 W a1

Exercise: B1ack is striving hard for counterplay, but how
■does White: complete the plan which he devised on move 22?
Answer: 29 c4\
Now Black will be left with a weak pawn on b5 or, if he plays 29...bxc4, after 30 ttJxc4 a
pawn on e5 that is hard to defend. Basically Black can’t hold the line on the queenside be­
cause he is in effect a piece down in his operations there due to the entombed g6-bishop.


KIA Versus the ...i.g4 System

29-.'i!fxd1+ 30 Sxd 1 tLl6d7 31 cxbs cxbs 32 tL!dS f6 33 i.h3 1-0
Also decisive, and in my view more aesthetic, was 33 i.f1 l:tb8 34 b4, fixing the pawn on
b5, after which 35 tLlc3 or 35 tLlc7 followed by 36 tLlxb5 gobbles it up, unless Black plays
34...i.f7, but then 35 tLle7+ &h8 36 tLlc6 l:tb7? (he has to give up the b5-pawn) 37 tLld8 is a
winning fork ofb7 and f7.
In any case after the game move Black instantly resigned, as the b5-pawn is going to
drop sooner or later: for example, if he meets the threat of 34 i.xd7 tL!xd7 35 tLle7+ and 36
Hxd7, winning a piece, with 33..l:.e8, then White can always revert to 34 i.f1, targeting b5
as in the note to 33 tLlf1.

Game 30
Paris 2013
1 tLlf3 ds 2 g3 c6 3 i.g 2 i.g 4 4 0-0 tLld7 S d3 tLlgf6
Not letting White play e2-e4 'for free' as Black did in the previous game which went
5...e5 6 e4.
6 'iVel

An interesting moment.
Question: This is an unusualmove order by White;
Why would Kramnik start by puffinghis queen on e l?
Answer: Normal is 6 tLlbd2 when 6...e5 7 e4 gives us Game 28 above. After 6...e6 7 e4
i.e7 8 'i'e1 (of course, 8 e5? tL!xe5 wins a pawn) 8...0-0 Black can answer 9 e5 with 9...tLle8,
which is perfectly OK for him. Now let's compare 6 'iVel e6 7 e4 i.e7 8 e5. White's pawn


The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move
thrust has come one move quicker, so Black hasn’t had time to castle, which means the e8square isn’t free and the retreat is necessary. This is far from satisfactory for Black,
who can't castle and has his knight back at home.
Therefore, with the ‘accelerated’ 6 1i'e1, Kramnik has dissuaded Black from the solid
...e7-e6 option. He would rather play against ...e7-e5 than ...e7-e6.
Another example of Kramnik delaying putting his knight on d2 is 6 h3 ..ihS 7 We1 e5 8
e4 dxe4 9 dxe4 ..ie7 10 tt:lbd2 0-0 11 tt:lc4, with a slight advantage to White typical of this
variation in V.Kramnik-J.Rowson, London (rapid) 2013. 1 e4

Exercise: If instead 7 .Jtd 6 8 exds cxds can you see a strong move for White?
Answer: White can break up the black centre with 9 tt:lxe5! tt:lxe5 10 d4 when he will regain
his piece and at the very least have pressure against the isolated pawn on d5. Black would
do best to avoid this with, though White could build up against e5 with 9 ti:lbd2
and 10 tt:lc4.
So we see another good point about 6 1i'ei is that Black can’t hope to maintain pawns
on both d5 ande5.
8 dxe4 ..id6
Vitiugov tries to exploit a downside to White’s 6 'ti'e1: the white queen is absent from
the d-file, so the bishop can be safely developed on d6 without any risk of a discovered at­
tack. In contrast after 6 ti:lbd2 e5 7 e4 dxe4 8 dxe4 i.d6, White could play 9 tt:lc4 ..ic7 10
We2 (rather than going to e1) 10...0-0 11 b3 with the idea of ..ia3 and S a d i or ti:le3, etc.
9 ti:lbd2 0-0


KIA VersuS the ...Jl.g4 System

Question: How should White begin his build-up?
Answer: 10 h3!
This little move is virtually always a key part ofW hite’s opening strategy in the ...i.g4
system. It forces the black bishop to give up its defence of the f5-square and also abandon
any idea of retreating along the h3-c8 diagonal in the future. This means that it won’t be
able to directly influence events on the queenside.
Interesting is 10 Öc4 Ji.c7 11 b3, but then the bishop gets to challenge the white knight
with 11...Ji.e6.
10...JLhS 11 tDc:4
Thanks to his previous move, W hite knows his knight is never going to be bothered by
an attack with ...Ji.e6.

11...i.c7 12 a4


The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move
Kramnik secures his knight on c4 and intends to 1se
,1. the other horse to infiltrate the f5square.
Question: In the previous game White played a knight from
c4 via ез to f5. Why does he usethe other knight this time?.
Answer: In Game 29 White had got his knight to c4 without playing h2-h3. Therefore the
first leg of that knight's journey to f5, that is the retreat to e3, came with gain of time by
attacking the bishop which was still on g4. In contrast, after 12 ttle3 here no bishop is
hanging so Black could just grab a pawn with 12...ttlxe4.
12....:e 8 13 ttlh4 ttlcs 14 ttlfs
Vitiugov sees that threats are looming along the open d-file: White has only to play a
move like f2-f3 or g3-g4 to cut off his bishop’s control of the d1-square, followed by i.g5 (or
perhaps i.e3 after f2-f3), and then l:tdl makes things hard for his queen. An invasion by a
knight on d6 would also be in the air.

Exercise: What do you think is the best way for
Black to counter the latent threat down the d-file?
Answer: The plan of 14...ttle6 and 15...ttld4 might be OK for Black - see the note to 15...ttlf4,
below. However, I think Black should make a 'knight's move' with his queen: 14...'id7! 15
i.g5 'ie 6 when she has been evacuated from the d-file, helps to guard d6 against the
white knights, and generally bolsters the black centre. After 16 b3 White has only a small
After 14...'id7 White could instead try 15 g4 i.g6 16 i.g5, but after 16...'ie6 17 b3 h6
Black is safe enough. Note that 15 h4, hoping to embarrass the black queen with i.h3, can


KIA Versus the ... i.g 4 System
be easily met by 1S...i.g4.
15 i.e3 ttlf4?1
Vitiugov has planned a tactical solution tohis positional dilemma, but itjust leaves him
in a passive position after White's calm reply.
The knight could also go to d4 when 1S ...ttld4 16 .i.xd4 exd4 17 e5 ttld5 18 ttlcd6 at first
glance looks excellent for White, but it's not clear as he is a move short of consolidating his
hold on the e5-square after, say, 18...i.xd6 19 ttlxd6 Se6 20 .txd5 cxd5 21 f4 f6!. Maybe in
this sequence 20 c4!? dxc3 21 .txd5 cxd5 22 'i'xc3 is the best try for White, but the pawn
stab 22...f6! is still annoying. White might be a bit better after 23 f4 'i6 + 24 &h2, but it's
getting messy.
It would have been very hard for Vitiugov to have worked this all out during the game.
He probably got as far as 18 ttlcd6 in his calculations and then lost heart as the knight in­
vasion looks very strong. It needs a computer program to point out that Black is still OK
after 21...f6 or 22...f6 in the lines above. Besides, Black also had to work out the variations
after the game move. It was all too much, even for a very strong grandmaster.
We should turn to 1S ...ttlf4.

One of the main positional justifications of the KIA is that it guards the f4-square
against an invasion by a black knight, so it would be annoying if Black could get away with
playing like this.
Question: Well, what does happen if White takes the knight?
Answer: White is annihilated after 16 gxf4? exf417 .td2 f3: for example, 18 .th1 litxe4 19
ttlce3 ttld5 20 W d l ttlxe3 21 .txe3 'if6 when 22 ttld4 Wg6+ leads to mate, while White's
position has collapsed after 22 ttlg3 .txg3 23 fxg3 I:.xe3.
I6 f3 !


thirdly.'i8 which looks far from cheerful.exf4 18 . Of course.. it shuts in the bish­ op on hs and so allows a white rook to gain access to dl. That’s the first good point about 16 f3. But here the position is very blocked and static....f4-f3.d1 lbds Black has to use tricks to stay alive. . 16. perhaps a serious one.lg 6 18 l:. so the exchange favours him. It therefore forces Black to ex­ change his attacking knight for the passive white bishop on g2.. so that 16..lxg2 and 17... And. for White to concede the exchange of his ‘Indian’ bishop for the knight.lbxe4 no longer wins a pawn for Black....lf2 Black no longer has the killer pawn thrust . as the only reasonable alternative is 18 . Another is that it defends the e4-pawn. 264 . . in some struc­ tures it would be a positional concession. White really is threatening 17 gxf4 as after 17.lbxg2 17 &xg 2 . and White will have a grip on the centre.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: Can you see three ways in whfch this pawn move helps White? Answer: After the simple game move.

or retreat the knight with 19 &h4? Answer: 19tDh4! Kramnik sticks to the theme that it's a position that suits knights rather than bishops.. For example.1i.b6-b5. and the c2-pawn is hanging. when White is suddenly losing. .xd8 24 :d 2 25 Sd3 'i'e6 Black's plan is to edge forwards on the queenside with .a7-a6 and .. create a passed pawn with 19 exds Axfs 20 d6. driving the white knight from its post.. and opening up some lines for the rook and the bishop on c7.Sed8 23 l:lxd8+ Ji. Can you see how Kramnik managed to аттапде a breakthrough with his rook on d7? It will need the support ofthe queen on the d-file.b7-b6.. and can only be defeated by incredibly accu­ rate play.e6! Black's pieces are boxed in.KIA Versus the . Kramnik has no reason to speculate in these lines when he can keep a bind on the posi­ tion with the simple retreat of the knight.b8 21 'ifc3 Ji. Exercise: We need an active plan foT White.xf5 20 dxc6 'i'c8 21 cxb7 'ixb7 White has won a pawn...g4 System Exercise: Should White now win a pawn with 19 exds ^.xf5 20 dxc6.. but Black has enormous dynamic compensation: White's pawn structure is looking flimsy on both sides of the board and in the centre. 19.. after 19 exd5 ii.xf5 20 d6 1i. 265 . of course.tDxe3+ 20 'itxe3 'ite7 21 'ji'b3 l:tab8 22 f Here we see yet another advantage to 16 f3 as it facilitates the doubling of White's rooks along the d-file. . He refuses to take the bait offered to him to enter a double-edged position... 22. Similarly after 19 exd5 Ji. Vitiugov is a 2700-rated player. but the d6-pawn is very loose and could well fall off. where Black's bishops might become a potent force..

.bxc4 There's no choice really.. 29.J:itc8 30 Sxc7 is still possible. The black queenside pawns are split and vulnerable to attack by the white queen.a6. and finally retreats the queen to d2 to support the rook.. 30 Sxc7 cxb3 Exercise: It looks at first glance that Black has тоте than escaped from the pressure as he is a pawn up But can you see the strong move that Ктатпік now played to keep control? Answer: 31 Sb7! White exploits the back rank (for if 31. when Black could get his bishop on g6 back into contact with his other pieces after 30.. Meanwhile the white knight is keeping 266 ..Wc8 32 :txb3 :txb3 If Black doesn't exchange rooks then White could force his hand with 33 'id6.bS 29 :td7 Strike while the iron is hot! White would only have a tiny edge after the routine 29 axb5 axb5 30 lLle3. who dominates her opposite number. then defends his knight with b2-b3. 25. 27 a5 clamps down on the black queenside.. 31~. whilst if 26..:txb7 32 'id8+) to regain his pawn. as if 29.f6.The K in g ’s Indian A ttack : M ove by M ove Answer: 26 11t'b4l b6 After 26..b5 27 axb5 cxb5 28 lLle3 the white knights can join forces to invade in the centre beginning with 29 lLlhfS (29 lLldS doesn't look bad either)... 27 b3 a6 28 'id2 Did you discover this sequence by White? He puts his queen on b4. 33 cxb3 f6 34 'ifd6! The upshot ofthe sequence that begun with 29 ltd7 is that White has emerged with a definite advantage..

.g4 System the black bishop imprisoned on the passive g6-square. but it is no wonder he cracks after the end­ less pressure. and are fixing the black pawns on a6 and c6 where they are permanent targets for the white queen. The white pawns are also a couple ofsteps closer to queening. threatening a fork on e7. Can you suggest a plan to achieve this? Answer: 35 g4! Everything is flowing beautifully. 267 ...f7 39 £rf5 would be lethal for his king).i. 34~<M7 Exercise: Black's pieces are tied doWT1 ..^g8.KIA Versus the . but to increase the pressure White needs to activate his knight. The white king will be very safe on g3. as 34. 35...i.. Did you consider using the g2-square as a transit post for the knight? If you did then you can be very pleased with yourself. 39. Having a pawn on b4 creates a marvellous base for the white knight on c5.. h5 40 Öe3 hxg4 41 hxg4 'ie 6 ? Black might still have held on after 4l. looks unpleasant for Black.. when Black's loose queenside pawns will be difficult to defend.. as most players wouldn't have even noticed the square existed. then ^g2 and ^e3 to bring his knight to the centre and queen side.6f7 39 &g2 The knight finally begins its journey. as 38. Kramnik plans &g3. 38.6e8 36 &g3 'iWb7 37 b4 'ic 8 38 as White puts his pawns on dark squares so that the black bishop won't have anything to attack once the white knight leaves h4 (at the moment the cleric is tied to g6...f7 35 ^f5.. where it attacks a6 and dominates the

. finally. as Black can neither give per­ petual check nor use his bishop to help his queen stop the pawn.. Can you figure it out? Answer: 42 'ird3! First of all the black queen is forced back to c8 to defend the a6-pawn.. the second is to create a passed pawn and queen it. This game represents Black's worst nightmare when he plays the Slay .Jtg4 or ..'iel+ 51 tLlfl there are no more good checks so the passed pawn decides. 42. The light-squared bishop was delighted to escape outside the c6/d5/e6 pawn chain. axb5 46 'ib 6 Wf8 47 a6 'irb4 48 a7 "ie l+ 49 &g2 'ild2+ SO Ф g l 1-0 After S0. 45. but nothing happened on the kingside and meanwhile it was sorely missed as a de­ fensive piece on the queenside and in the centre.. Kramnik sees that his queen can shepherd home a passed pawn on the a-file.'ilc8 43 'ic4+ The next step is for the white queen to reach c5 with a couple of checks.... here is the breakthrough. 268 . there are essentially only two ways to win a game of chess... When two experienced players meet..The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: White now has asequence of moves that allows him to arrange a breakthrough on the queenside.<tf8 44 'ilcs+ &g8 45 bS! And. The first is to mate the opponent's king with a direct attack.&fS variation. 43.

as Black can neither give per­ petual check nor use his bishop to help his queen stop the pawn.... Can you figure it out? Answer: 42 'id 3 ! First of all the black queen is forced back to c8 to defend the a6-pawn. but nothing happened on the kingside and meanwhile it was sorely missed as a de­ fensive piece on the queenside and in the centre...g4 or . The first is to mate the opponent's king with a direct attack. 45.i.'ic 8 43 'ic4+ The next step is for the white queen to reach c5 with a couple of checks. the second is to create a passed pawn and queen it. finally. Kramnik sees that his queen can shepherd home a passed pawn on the a-file.. This game represents Black's worst nightmare when he plays the Slay .f5 variation.. 268 .'ifel+ 51 lb fl there are no more good checks so the passed pawn decides...The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: White now has a sequence of moves that allows him to arrange a breakthrough on the queenside. 43.. here is the breakthrough...axb5 46 'ib 6 'if8 47 a6 1Wb4 48 a7 1i'el+ 49 Wg2 'ikd2+ SO W gl 1-0 After 50.i. 42 ..^8 44 WcS+ Wg8 45 bSl And. The light-squared bishop was delighted to escape outside the c6/d5/e6 pawn chain. there are essentially only two ways to win a game of chess. When two experienced players meet..

. albeit one played in a World Championship...Mamedov-M. and avoided by Kramnik as White.Carlsen.see Game 30.f7f6.ltlxe5) 8. then . but Mamedov prefers not to commit himself to the pawn advance.0-0 9 e5 lt!e8 White has a space advantage due to the pawn on e5.g4 5 d3 ltlbd7 6 ltlbd2 It's worth remembering that White can play 6 We1 here to deter 6.g2 c6 4 0-0 Ji.. Of course. 6. 10..e6 .. for example. This is a very solid sys­ tem for Black.. If now 7 e4 Ji. I don't want to make a big deal out o fa blitz game.ltlc7..e7 8 'ie 1 (of course. but his centre is un­ wieldy and can be undermined by a plan such as ...a5 11 a4 ' i 6 12 g4 Ji. 8 e5? fails to 8..Anand Hyde rabad 2002 1 ltlf3 ltlf6 2 g3 d5 3 Ji. Or Black could leave well alone on the kingside and begin a pawn expansion on the queen side.e6 to 6. used by Anand and Carlsen as Black.e 6 Game 31 K..h5 10 We2 Normally 10 e5 ltle8 then 11 ltlf1 or 11 g4 Ji.Sasikiran-V.e 7 .e6 He we investigate what happens if Black prefers 6...0-0 9 h3 Ji.g6 12 ltlf1 is played. He can try to arrange f2-f4. White isn't forced to play e4-e5.KIA Versus the ..g6 13 ltlh4 dxe4 14 ltlxg6 hxg6 269 ... Moscow (blitz) 2010: 7 e4 Ji. but it's morale-boosting to see how our opening beat a modern day superstar in R... adding a defender to e6. 8.. beginning with 10 ltlh2.... Advancing 9 e5 also leaves the bishop on g2 facing a solid barrier on d5. but it is by no means obvious how he can exploit this.e7 8 He1 In preference to the usual 8 'ie1..g4 System P a r t T h r e e : B la c k b u ild s a m o d e s t c e n t r e w it h .e5.Ji.

.The K ing’s Indian Attack: Move by Move White gains the bishop-pair. 30 g5 l:..f6 21 .. 29.Jk d 8 29 ^g2 White can build up along the h-file with Sh1..l:tab1 l:fd8 24 l:ta1 g6 Itlooks equal after 24.fxe4 36 ' i 7 mate..txh4 Sc8 28 .f7 31 'ifxc8+. whilst otherwise White is going to open lines with 36 'ih7+ &f8 37 .'iVxa4 It falls apart for Black after 29 ..tg2 l:tad8 18 c3 c5 19 .. 7 b3 270 .xf4 gxf4 26 Sad1.f4 lDd5 20 . I think White has more chances if you copy Sasikiran and fianchetto the bishop on b2 straightaway as it keeps White's centre more malleable.tg3 Wb3? A blunder..exf5 38 Bxf5+ ^e8 39 l:te1 +lile7 40 l:lxe7+ &xe7 41 'ifxg7+ and wins. 25 Sad 1 ..lDf4. 36 i.i.. 26 h4 gxh4 27 ...txf5!: for example. as White now develops an initiative on the kingside by removing the g5-pawn..e5 .g3 g5 22 .lte4 .tg7 Black should still play 25.. 29 .. but Black is solid and the dark squares in the white king­ side are left somewhat loose. 37..l:xf4+ 1-0 Despite the outcome of this game.fxg6 30 'iVxe6+ :t.cd8 31 .te4 lDe7 32 'ih 5 lDf5 33 g6 lDxg3 34 fxg3 f5 35 S f l! .i.lDf4 25 .txg6! A decisive opening of lines against the black king.i.i.litd7 23 .l:. though after 28.. 15 lDxe4 lDxe4 16 ..i..xd5 Sxd5 37 S d e l 'ifd7 38 g4 f4 39 'ih7+ ^ 8 40 .txe4 lDf6 17 .d5 If 35.

Instead... after 7. intending 13 ttlf5. 8 i. where 10 h3 i. i.cs Anand decides to put the bishop on c5 and keep the solid structure c6-dS-e6.d6 8 i.h5 11 'i6'e1 Se8 12 Anand's reply answers the question above: Black's plan isto gain space on the queen271 ..c5 in Game 28 above..g 4 System 7.i..KIA Versus the ....b2 0-0 9 e4 Black will block the e5-square to prevent a poten­ tial e4-e5 fork with 9.b 2 0-0 9 a3 Question: What is the purpose of this move? Answer: 9...i.. This structure is also see in Game 14 in Chapter Three where it was reached via a Caro-Kann move order. Now we have a central structure that was discussed in the notes to 7. gives White some advantage..

whereupon he will no longer have the . We see that if White had played 11 e5 he would have chased the horse where it wanted to go..bxc4 14 dxc4 and Black can put his horse on an active square with 14.. another reason why I regard the plan of e4-e5 as sub-optimal in this type of structure..a4? would be senseless as 11 b4 keeps the white pawns intact and blocks the side of the board where Black wants to exert pressure.£kl6 option. say. 13. It seems like W hite is unpinning the f-pawn as he plans an expansion on the kingside with f2-f4 after. Whereas now after 9 a3 a5 10 e4..h S White has decided he wants to strike at the black queenside pawns with c2-c4.. Note that 9 e4 a5 10 a3 would also be an acceptable move order for White.lDd6! when after 15 exd5 exd5 16 cxdS cxds the black pieces are well centralized. lDh2.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move side.. Any suggestions? Answer: 13 'Ot>h1l A good way to disguise your intentions. We need a good waiting move.. 10.a4. when he already has pressure along the a-file. if at once 13 c4 there might follow 13.. 10 e4 bS 11 W ei lDe8 The knight heads for the queen side to bolster the pawn storm.. and if White omits to play the prophylactic move a2-a3 then he would advance a sec­ ond time with 10. Exercise: Therefore it makes sense for White to delay the c2-c4 thrust for a move..lDcl 272 . How­ ever. 12 h3 i... Black will no doubt continue with his plan of bringing the knight to c7.

b6 18 l:c1 he has achieved a pleasant build-up. .Ji.xc3 Ji. .Markowski-A.f6 17 f4 a4! and White's queenside structure was under pressure whilst he had achieved little on the kingside in T.c3. The trouble is that the King's Indian At­ tack requires a lot of jockeying for position.b6 15 ^h2 c5 16 g4 Ji... A frontal attack with f2-f4 has little chance of working against a world champion unless he has been weakened somehow. as is 15 dxc4 l:r. but it just left him compromised on the queen side: a) 14 'ife1 (White had previously played 'ie2 . hit­ ting the a5-pawn which is no longer defended by the black queen. he can gain time with 16 Ji.bxc4 15 bxc4 (Black can ease the pressure on dS after 15 d4 with the clever zwischen­ zug 1S. that would be fatal against Anand. because White waited for Black to put his knight on c7.e8) 1S. Doesn’t it fit the strategic requirements ofthe position? Well.e7 is very solid for him.KIA Versus the . That's why Sasikiran tries to force a favourable resolution of the queenside battle before turning his attention to the kingside. In the two previous examples of the position after 13. Black can prepare .a4 20 ^e5 i.. .b6 15 l:tb1 c5 16 0g1 (a most laborious process to clear the way for the fpawn) 16 .g6 17 f4 fS 18 exf6 £ixf6 19 Öhf3 as in M. and now after 19 .a4 17 d4 Ji. b) 14 e5 Ji..g4 System 14 C4! Only now.. White tried a direct ap­ proach. so he is a tempo down on Sasikiran's game) 14.c3! when 16 Ji.d5- 273 ... when you see the power of White's f-pawn later in this game it is hard to argue against the plan of advancing the kingside pawns.Chernin.. Besides....Ji. After 16.. Question: I still don't understand what's wrong with the alternative plan of preparing f2-f4. London 1994. but again the queenside situation is unfavourable.BezoldJ. He knows he mustn't hurry.e8 White can be proud of his knight on e5..^C7. Münster 1996. At the moment Black's pieces are well coordi­ nated and he has queenside counterplay.. We can see another good point in delaying the pawn stab in the variation 14.Sb8 and now...Kipper.

Therefore.dxc4 Question: Why does Blackcapture away from the centre? Answer: After 14. it might become more effective.tiJe3.. On the other hand...ttJcdS and . 15 d4 White takes up the space on offer.. This creates a mobile 2-1 pawn majority on the queenside. In return White is al­ lowed to create a broad centre. The moral is that ifyou are patient and don't hurry to carry out a plan.. and wants to fight a bit harder against his fellow Indian Grandmaster. even if your opponent doesn't make a mistake...c3 a4 White would only have a minimal advan­ tage.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move d4 with the threat of invading with . It might simply be because he has to manoeuvre his pieces according to his own plan . but Black can take measures to undermine it.. rather than see his queenside pawns reduced to (fully defensible) potential targets on a4 and c6.e7 16 bxc4 b4 17 'ife3 tiJa6 18 5 tc1 es 274 . he recaptures with the dS-pawn. Black is a world-class player many times over.i.. 14.he can't hang around waiting to see what you are going to do. 15.bxc4 15 bxc4 fib8 16 i..

. i.e8 21 tbb3 tbacS 22 axb4 tbxb3 23 'tlfxb3 23. 19 g4 i.xb4 275 .KIA Versus the . W ith his pawn sacrifice Anand fractures the white centre and in particular wins con­ trol of the c5-square for his knights..dxe4? 20 tbxd4 when both h5 and c6 are hanging.i. 20 dxes l:.g6 Not 19....g4 System Question: Why does Black give up his e5-pawn? Answer: If left undisturbed White would increase his bind on the centre with 19 c5 then 20 tbc4...

but this would be far from easy..&xe4! when after 31 Vxc4 ±xg2+ 32 4xg2 'ife4+ 33 &g1 'ili'xf4 34 'ifxc6 'ie3+ 35 &g2 'ili'xg5+ 36 &h1 'iff4 he has three pawns for the piece and is by no means worse.. 28.axb4!? moves the passed pawn one step closer to queening and opens up the a-file for possible counterplay. White has two pieces for a rook.'ifd7 26 f4 £ia4 27 Sxa4 Bxa4 28 f5 (White has given up the exchange. Here 23.. 24 'ife3 h5 25 g5 ±c5 26 ±d4 'ife7 27 l:tdl?! An inaccuracy....Äd6 31 ^xc6 'ifc7 32 £ie5. A positionally sharp continuation would be 24 ^d4 ^c5 25 'ife3 (not 25 'it'xb4? ^d3 with a fork) 25....fxe6? 29 . but now traps the bishop) 28. 28 e6! A powerful clearance sacrifice that leaves Black busted after 28.. 30. Nonetheless. The way for White to try to win would be through a direct attack on the black king. Instead the immediate 27 e6! fxe6 28 l:td1 keeps the initiative in the style of the game without giving Black the chance to escape the pressure on the next move.&xc5 ^xc5 30 ^e5...The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Answer: Anand keeps his bishop active.&xd4 28 ^xd4 ^xe5 29 f4 ^xc4 30 "ic1 both his knight and c6-pawn would be hanging.... Answer: In thisline Black could sacrifice his knight with 30.. say. but Black has every piece active and a protected passed pawn. .±xd4 29 £>xd4 f 276 . any change to a pawn structure has to be examined closely as its effect is often felt until the end of a game. with White having crushing pres­ sure after. 27.. c5 29 ^f3 fid8 30 fxg6 hxg6. hitting both c6 and g6. frees the e7-square for his queen and lets his rook on e8 see some daylight.a4? A critical moment. Anand probably saw that after 27 .

..1tJxd4 32 'ixd4 i.l:r.' 277 .a3 or 33. as its escape square from the back rank is blocked off.h 7 33 h4 Sed8? After 33.. 31.1tJxe6 31 fS The black bishop is pushed back to h7 where it will remain more or less entombed.. to return to the question posed at move 30. White didn't find 30 exf7+ i....a8 Black’s passed pawn is strong enough to make the verdict ‘unclear. Jumping ahead.xf7 31 liJxc6 followed by 32 e5 with an easy win.. 30.Uad8 34 'itc3 1:1xd1+ 35 fixd1 ... Do you agree with his plan of 30 f4 and 31 f5 or was there a betteT way of handling it? .. Answer: Nonetheless.KIA Versus the . the fact that the bishop sits on the h7-square will also be painful for the black king.1Lg4 System 30f4 Exercise: Sasikiran decides that the most important factor in the position is shutting Black's bishop out ofthe game.

for endgame pur­ poses we might say he has an extra king as well as an extra bishop. but tactical blunders are usually far less forgiving.'.t>h8 42 'ig 3 'ic1+ If the queens are exchanged White will easily pick off the c6-pawn .i. You can make three smallish po­ sitional oversights and still save yourself with dogged defence.. 41 f6 This position is Black's worst nightmare when he plays .ab8 35 "ia1 l:txd1 + 36 'ixd1 'ie S 37 Hb4 .:ta3 'i f 4 40 'ie 1 g6 When a World Champion feels that a move like this is his best chance then clearly something has gone horribly wrong. As always in chess.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move fxerc/se. He is mated if he takes on a4.xa4l There goes Black's pride and joy..f5 in the KIA Slav. tactics matter more than strategy.g8 45 &h3 l:ib8 46 lilg3 'ifb 2 47 cS l:lb3 48 l:lxb3 'it'xb3+ 49 &h 2 'ie 3 SO 'if8 'if4+ 51 &g1 'ie3+ 52 &f1 'id3+ 53 'iW2 1-0 White will escape the perpetual check by advancing his king up the board to e5 and all the way to c8 if necessary. but it is to no avail against Sasikiran's care­ ful play.:ta8 38 l:i. We can only get so far in chess thinking in terms-o f words and plans.Can you find a strong tactic for White here? Answer: 34 l:..-. while after 34.g4 or . 34. 41. 43 & h 2 l:lb1 44 'iFd6 i. Therefore Black has to try for a counterattack against the white king..i.a4 Sb8 39 .. 278 .Bxd4 35 l:xa8+ he emerges a rook down.. Then Black will be mated on g7.l:!.....

...xf3 At the price of the bishop-pair Black assures himself of easy development and equal space in the centre.h 5you can play the normal KIA moves: for example.. 8 e4 J. we should remind our­ selves that there are more possibilities in the position than are contained in the King's In­ dian Attack.g 4 3 J.i.J...h5..b6 13 ltla3 ltle8 (he should try 13.c5 12 b4 J.g4 System P a r t F o u r : W h it e h a r a s s e s t h e b is h o p o n g 4 w it h h is p a w n s •'asimdzhanov ZU13 1 g3 dS 2 ltlf3 J... Thus Kasimdzhanov might have been deterred from playing 4.J. 5 0-0 c6 6 d3 e5 7 e4 ltlgf6 8 'iVe1 dxe4 9 dxe4 J. 5 J.d6 10 ltlh4 0-0 11 lbf5 J.. with balanced chances) 14 ltlc4 J.g7 9 'i'e 2 'i'c7 279 . Korbach 2012.. White would be able to trap it with 8 g4 as 7.h5 because of White changing track with c2-c4: for example. After the alternative 4...c7 15 a4 when White had a pleasant edge in A.g2 ltld7 4 h3 A very early challenge to the black bishop.Lampert.g6 would have cut off its escape route.Czebe-J.KIA Versus the ..xf3 ltlgf6 6 d3 c6 7 ltld2 g6 The plan of fianchettoing the bishop on g7 wouldn't have been possible if Black had kept his other bishop with 4. 4.'iVe8! to answer 14 ltlc4 with 14. but you will become an even better player ifyou occasionally add other ideas to your opening repertoire.. 5 0-0 c6 6 d3 e5 7 c4 with pressure on d5 which the light-squared bishop can't help counter as it is out of things on h5.J.'iVe6. When trying to understand why players choose a certain move..J. It's good to master the KIA.

.litad8 14 S fe l White has deployed his pieces in a familiar manner: both bishops are fianchettoed and he has supported his e4 point with no less than five units..tg2 0-0 Question: Is it OK for White to play l l b3 to fianchetto on b2? Answer: No! 11 b3?? lDxe4 12 dxe4 . He has avoided playing c2-c3 as 280 ..l:tfe8 13 . You might like to compare the situation here with Game 17 in Chapter Three where Black fianchettoed on g7 and then satisfied himself with . 12 b3 Now that the a1-h8 diagonal is closed White can safely fianchetto. 10 . 12.tb2 .e7-e6.The K ing’s In d ian Attack: Move by Move Naturally White mustn't be allowed to play 10 e5..tx a l wins for Black 110-0 eS Black builds a full centre.

strategic nature of the play a change in the nature of the pawn struc­ ture can reverberate well into the endgame.. But now we have reached the early middlegame stage. where in view of the slow.... So far Black has been able to make 'easy' developing moves. Nor is Black suffering from a space disadvantage.. . and Black has to make his first important strategic decision. and any decision taken is particularly critical in an opening like the King's Indian Attack.f7f6 would be disruptive. and looks after his centre pawns.KIA Versus the . too costly in time and involve a weakening of Black's light squares.besides. Which move ..d4 Answer: The plus points of 14. W hite has the bishop-pair.dxe4 are that after 15 dxe4 the frontal pressure is off the pawn on eS: if the black knight wanders from d7 there is no chance of being surprised by e4xd5.arranging . it would be an ut­ terly pointless move... Black develops. 281 . there is no mystery here. Exercise: So let me ask you to examine the position for a while and :-.g 4 System this would weaken the d3-pawn and shut in his bishop on b2 .i. . In reply Black has safeguarded his king and developed all his pieces to good-looking squares. as it cannot easily be defended by another pawn . The only potential target in his camp is the pawn on e5. I hope it isn't being im­ modest to say that you or I could have made exactly the same moves as the former FIDE World Champion. decide whether Black should play I4.. centralizes. This is normally the hardest part of any game of chess.xe5. do you like the most? What are the pros and cons of each move? 14. There are no weaknesses in his pawn structure. . but this is hardly an important fac­ tor at the moment... uncovering the white queen and rook against the e5-pawn followed by i.d4 or I4~dxe4. However the pawn on e5 is well looked after by the black pieces: it is directly defended three times and the bishop on g7 is also ready to come to its aid.

Here Morozevich not only clears the h3-square for his bishop.h3 would increase the scope ofthe light-squared bishop.d4. after which his winning chances would be rather small. Because Black has fianchettoed. aiming for an invasion with tt:ld6.i. If White re­ sponded to . as the centre is often clogged up with pawns.. On the kingside.a3. White could build up with moves like a2-a4. if the black knight leaves f6. you have to be alert to ways of activating your piec­ es on the wings. and whilst it is hard to imagine that he will ever be able to attack along it. Exercise: After I4. The drawback to 14. there is now the plan of . Morozevich is now concerned with helping his other bishop to escape its blocked diagonal.. but also introduces the idea of h4-h5. The knight therefore clears the way for it to go to d2 where it has more scope.. can you see a way to increase the power of the bishop on g2? Answer: 15 h4! Ifyou play the King's Indian Attack. For example. his potential pressure means that White would probably have to allow the exchange of both pairs of rooks along it.. the d6-square is a potential weakness. 16 .h3 b5 17 tt:lf3 Having improved his light-squared bishop. Black’s rook is the first to sit on the newly opened Black’s plan is to gain more space on the queenside with a general advance ofhis pawns... and litadl.. aiming for .. • 282 .. to deter .tt:lc5. nibbling at Black's kingside.. then tt:lc4. h3-h4 and with c2-c3 he shuts in his bishop and weakens the d3-square..dxe4 15 dxe4 is that White's knight gains access to the c4-square.i. perhaps followed by ...i.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move This means that the black knight on d7 is relieved of its defensive duty: for example. 1S~.

20.axb3! 20 axb3 .axb3 20 ахЪЗ Sa8 от the immediate 19... 20 b4l . But the game move is actually a serious mistake.... Answer: Instead...c l a 4 19 j.fla2. 283 ...j_g4 System 17.l:ta8 Black keeps the balance.. Now Black can continue his queenside play with I9.. Which do you prefeT? 19.. but it is too late.. in fact it is probably the decisive strategic mistake.d 2 Exercise-.. In contrast in the game after..1be6 211:tac12ad8 The rook scurries back to the 18 j..Sa8.. This means that White has time to arrange l:tacl and c2-c4 to blast open the c-file. White can't play 21 S a c l? without allowing an infiltration ofhis second rank with 21.he doesn’t want the white rook to ‘see daylight’ on the a-file...1ta8 Black is tempted to keep the tension by avoiding the exchange of pawns on b3 .the a-file and b-file are blocked.KIA Versus the . after 19 .

!£Jxg5 23 hxg5 when White could play to attack down the h-file or prepare the advance f4-f5..!£lf8 23 C4I 2 84 .. so it’s by no means always a crazy idea.txe6. Moreover.. Black doesn’t have a lightsquared bishop of his own to exploit the absence of White’s bishop. with the white pawns becoming a formidable mass. White wants to keep his bishop because it is helping to keep Black under pressure. but if he plays 22 c4 at once Black’s knight cm еб w ill have access to the d4 -quare after 22. the game move obliges the black knight to retreat due to the positional threat of 23 l£lxe6 when after 23.The K ing’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: White wants to open a line of attack against the pawn on сб. so the white king would remain pretty secure after its exchange. 22. And it could be argued in this semi-blocked position that the black knight is of more value than the white bishop. See how strong W hite’s light-squared bishop would be in that case....:. But such reasoning doesn’t stand up in this specific case. I’ve seen players make an exchange of this nature.dxc3 W hat preliminary measure should White take to deny the black horse access to this ideal post? Answer: 22 l£lg5\ White could have eliminated the knight on e6 with 22 . Or if 22.fxe6 the black central pawn structure is hobbled.

...dxc3 If Black avoids exchanging on c3 with 23. The black knight on b8 is tied down to the defence of the c6-pawn. etc.lir...KIA Versus the . 24 l:txc3 tl6d7^25 litecl tlb8 26 a3 h6 27 tlf3 tle6 28 i.i... meaning Black can hold on OK there..lir. It is thanks to the bishop on h3 controlling the c8square that Black can’t fight this plan with . hampering the coordination of the black pieces...J:c8. The centre and queenside are fairly blocked. according to how Black recaptured. 285 . Black's queen side pawns have become a dead mass rather than a source of counterplay.a8..ecl followed by 26 cxbS and either an infiltration down the c-file or a siege of a pawn on c6. White can build up with 24 fic2 and 25 .g4 System 23.e3 1ld6 Exercise: Is there a way to increase White’s advantage? Answer: Due to the mistake 19.'i7 .

Of course.The K ing’s Indian Attack: Move by Move Besides.tDxc5 43 l:txcS Sed8 44 tDe3 286 . Therefore it begins a long journey via el. 39. he realizes he doesn't have to hurry and for the next ten moves he manoeuvres his pieces around..e3 'ie 7 35 'ia 2 *h 8 36 'ic z 37 'ie 2 &hS 38 &h2 &g8 39 hsl Morozevich is bored oftorturing his opponent and finally carries out histhreat. Such a protracted manoeuvre is possible in a quiet position where the opponent has zero counterplay. but there will be a chink in his armour on fs. If he is allowed to play 40 hxg6 (the probing 40 tDh4 might be even stronger). 29 'id 2 &h7 30 < i&g2 Sed8 31 S h 1 'ie 7 32 i. seemingly unable to decide the best squares to have them on when staging the breakthrough. etc. not the bishop..i. 40...gS 40 tDe1! The white knight.. However.8 41 tDg2 ^g8 42 i. and e3. it makes sense to start an attack as far away as possible from the passive knight on b8.cs! Not only vacating the square.6. but at the same time forcing the exchange ofa knight that might have challenged the dominance of the white steed on fs. Morozevich understands that he should prepare an assault on the king side based on the pawn stab with h4-h5.b6 Se S 33 l:thc1 'ib 7 34 .. g2. 42. wants to land on fs. Therefore Kasim­ dzhanov elects to block things up. the black kingside will be fractured and White can prepare a future attack with :th l. it is one long nightmare for Kasimdzhanov who can only wait for the axe to fall.

45 &Sc3 .'it'b7.1:. but somehow hard to see. 49.Hxd3.g 2 l Simple.i.f8 49 i. but Black’s position is utterly collapsing here.... grabbing a pawn? Answer: After 44...1:i.. as bS is hanging and moves like 47 l1c8 are in the air. I’d be loathe to give up the great knight for a rook and a pawn..J:xd3 4S ll'lds! cxds 46 'ixd3 wins the exchange. but it's not surprising that Black would be horribly pas­ sive after 47.KIA Versus the .. 48 fxe3 i.e8 47 'ie 3 'ilfxe3 This exchange makes things somewhat easier for White by giving him the chance to expand in the centre with d3-d4.. 46. patient and strong..g4 System 44..lilf6 46 ll'lfS Anyone who plays the King’s Indian Defence or the Ruy Lopez as Black knows that the end is near is when an immovable white knight appears on fs.ee6 SO d4 287 .'it'a7 - Question: What happens if 44... W hite’s bishop returns to its fa­ vourite square in order to defend e4 and thus make possible his next move.

Ле8 how would White break through? Answer: Simplest would be 51 g4 to defend the knight and then 52 d5. though that is easily winning for White as well.l:lxe5. 4.. A fine positional display by Morozevich.c6 5 tt:Jbd2 e6 The alternative 5. winning a pawn and keeping a crushing advantage.. Here Black gave up as White can play 54 flxg4. 51 exd4 g4 52l:tf1 Threatening 53 e5.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move S0..cxd5 53 exd5.l:lf4 1-0 Black isn't even given the chance to sacrifice the knight after 53 e5 tt:Jxe5 54 dxe5 .tt:Jbd7 seems a better move order to oppose White's plan.. 52. as will be seen in the next game.g2 Jt. 1 tt:Jf3 dS 2 g3 tt:Jf6 3 Jt..g4 4 d3 The ever ambitious Nakamura delays castling as he wants to get his kingside pawns rolling.. creating a passed pawn and infiltrating with the rooks along the c-file after 52. trapping the rook on f6. 6 h3 288 ....exd4 Question: If Black waited passively with 53 .

Ehlvest-T.. indeed if at all.:Jbd7: for example.. Kozloduy (rapid) 2013.. but I'm not sure it is a great idea as it wastes time with the knight. After 9.Svane. a 2518 GM... though White's position is already very pleasant . For example. 10 lt:Jxg6 hxg6 11 b3 a5 (Black could oppose the fianchetto with 11 .Keschitz-C.he has an unopposed 'Indian' bishop and the chance to put pressure on d5) 16 c4!. White was going to play this move anyway but Black's previous move made it all the stronger in G. 10 We2 'ic7 11 lt:Jdf3 0-0-0 12 J. Reykjavik 2010.th5 Exchanging on f3 gives White a small but definite plus: for example..d6 15 c4 White had the familiar double fi­ anchetto with pressure on dS in J.. so it's worth taking notice. Hungarian League 2010. 6. 7..J..1.Panno-M. Black's bishop will be pushed back to g6 and then exchanged off.. note that 13 h4 threatens to win the knight on gS and 12. Horvath.. in a good game.dxe410 dxe4 lt:Jxe411 lt:Jg5! lt:Jxg5 12 Wxd6 White has a very dangerous initiative for the pawn.. 10 lt:Jxg6 289 .TopalovR....te5.. Letelier....e7 Alternatively.d2 lt:Jc5 13 0-0-0 'iVb6 14 lt:Jxg6 hxg6 with slightly the better chances for White in O. 7g4 The key move. 8.. White rated 2210 beat Black.d6 9 e3 lt:Jfd7 is a recommended recipe for forcing White's hand over the capture on g6...d6 9 e4! 0-0 (after 9..Thorhallsson.txf3 7 lt:Jxf3 lt:Jbd7 8 0-0 J. Casilda 10 lt:Jxg6 hxg6 11 lt:Jf3 lt:Ja6 12 0-0 eS 13 b3 0-0 14 J. but then 12 d4 and 13 c4 might be good for White) 12 J. asin V.tg6 8 lt:Jh4 J..b2 J.J. 9 e3 o-o?! Again the knight retreat to d7 doesn't solve Black’s problems.'ie7 would drop the poor horse after a queen exchange) 10'ie2...KIA Versus the ..b2 0-0 13 a3 lt:Ja6 14 0-0 e5 15 'i'e2 b5? (Black could do without this weakening move. He could try 9..g4 System 6. Nonetheless Black doesn't have to castle kingside so quickly.

with 13 a3 to guard the b4-square.hxg6: for example. but weakening the centre adds to Black’s woes... 11 h4 ltJbd7 12 'ie 2 e5 or 12 g5 ltJhS and the king­ side is blocked. the temptation is to keep as many pawns as possible around your king.ltJa6 13 'ig 4 ?! ltJb4! 14 'ifxe6+?! &h8 Black suddenly has the initiative in view of the hard-to-meet attack on c2. say.ltJc7 defends e6 with the queen's knight . but he does better to block the kingside with 11.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Exercise: Which pawn should Black recapture with? Answer: 10. 11 gS ltJeS Black wants to use this knight to defend the e6-pawn after 'ig 4 with .ltJc7.. After 12..... but then 13..ltd2 290 .fxg6? Of course ifyou’re being attacked by a player rated 2786.ltJh5. He had to brave 10.. then after 12 h4 to develop the other knight to a6. 12 h4 ltJd7 13 'ig 4 ltJc7 14 liJf3 We8 15 .a much more efficient state of affairs than in the game.... White should play more conservatively.

1 now play? Answer: 21 e4l Nakamura creates a base on f5 for his knight. 18^gxhS 19 'ifxhs Wg6 20 Wh3 . Now 21.KIA Versus the .g 4 System Nakamura is in no hurry as Black can't stop h4-h5. 15.i. What did the US no.....d 6 16 0 -0-0 e5 17 hs 'ie 6 18 "ih4 Of course White avoids the exchange of queens.dxe4 22 dxe4 'ifxe4 looks suici­ dal and so it proves after 23 lLlxes! deflecting the black queen from the defence of h7: 291 .i. but now some finesse is required to : strengthen his attack. He completes his development and builds up an ideal attacking position.:tf7 Exercise: White has made a series offairly obvious developing and attacking moves...

.in the King's Indian Attack Black sometimes loses without getting to play a single aggressive move. Black finds a way to escape with his queen and counterattack against a2. 24 g6l? 'i'xg6 25 .Sf6. Of course when you give a wild attacking game to a computer program it finds all sorts of outlandish wins and extraordi­ nary defensive moves which are practically impossible to find during a game. aiming the bishop at g7.tf3 dxe4 Faced with threats of 26 fldg1 and 26 .txe4 'ie 6 27 Ф Ь 1І A quick end to Black’s counterplay.'it?h8 Exercise: How do we start the next wave of White’s attack? Answer: 28 f4\ A nice companion move to 21 e4.10f8 22 i0h4 'iVe6 23 i0fS . when Black defences would soon crumble...th5.t'Dd5 30 l0h4 'it?gS The best hope to defend was 30.'fixes 24 'fixh7+ ^ 8 25 fide1 and if the queen saves herself it is mate on h8.tcS The next stage in White’s plan is to open some more lines.. Still...tc3. Playing a prophylactic pawn move like 29 c4 in the middle of an attack probably comes into that cat­ egory.. but conceding the e4-square to the white bishop isn’t pretty as h7 will come under further attack..exf4 29 'fihs Even stronger would be 29 c4!? to prevent Black playing .. He doesn't waste any time. which lasted exactly one move. 292 .tOd5 and then 30 .. 21. 28..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 23.. 27. The key to White's attack is to break down the barriers obstructing his bishops in the centre. 29. at least he got to make a threat . 26 ...

Black resigned as he is mated after 41... after 5.e5! advance discussed in the notes to 8..l2Jbd7 I recommend that you forget about the pawn roller and play 6 0-0 when 6... Svidler 293 . but with the move order 5.e7 3 litdg1 Ji. as if 38 Hxf1 'iYxg5.. Russian Championship. g6 32 'iYh6 Ji..KIA Versus the . Moscow 2011 1 lL!f3 ds 2 g3 lLlf6 3 JLg2 c6 4 d3 JLg4 S lL!bd2 lLlbd7 Exercise: What do you think of White's plan of advancing his kingside pawns? Answer: Here’s my opinion.b4 Itae8 39 lLlxh7 'id 4 40 l2Jxf8 1xe4 41 'iYh7+ 1-0 At last the white attack breaks through. On the other hand. 31. However...^7 42 'ixg6+ 4g8 43 l:th8+ &xh8 44 1i'h7.l2Jbd7 it looks formidable.. Anyone can throw their pieces at the opponent's king.. 38 Ji.l2Jfl!..e6 as in the previous game.e5 7 e4 transposes to Game 28 above. the idea of playing the pawn to e5 is less effective because he is a tem­ po down.e6... but there were some highly in­ structive positional moves by Nakamura in the build-up to the final assault..... but that really would be a computer move. If Black has already gone 5.g7 35 'iYh2 'if6 36 JLe 1 lL!e3 37 lLlgS Se7 Black might have turned the tables with 37.JLg4 System 31lLlf3 White has a crushing advantage after 31 JLxh7+ l2Jxh7 32 lLlg6 lL!df6 33 'ix c5 .. If Black plays 5.. This is because of the 8.e6 below. I’m happy with the plan of 6 h3 JLh5 7 g4...f6 34 c4 Ji.

'ie 7 !? : f o r e x a m p le .. a fte r 11 a3 Black to o k o v e r th e in it ia t iv e in L . W h it e c o u ld c o n t in u e his a tta c k w it h 14 b 4 as 14.. H o w e v e r. A t f ir s t g la n c e Black’s m o d e s t p a w n m o v e seem s v e r y lo g ic a l.c3 f5 20 ll:lb1 e4 a n d W h it e h a d b e e n o u t p la y e d .eS! is a m u c h b e tte r id e a fo r Black. fin a lly . O r.. so he m u s t h a v e a trick o r t w o u p h is sle eve to s tre n g th e n W h it e ’s p la y . K a u p t h in g 2007: 11.. N o te a lso t h a t a ft e r 14.. He is g o in g t o b e d e p r iv e d o f h is lig h t -s q u a r e d b is h o p .. 6 h3 . i f 14.. Still. th is is v e r y d o u b le - 294 .. F o r e x a m p le . c 7 1S ll:lxg6 h x g 6 16 . T h e re fo llo w s 9 .'ie 5 ? ! ca n b e m e t b y 15 f 4 exf3 15 ll:ld xf3 . . t h s 7 g4 . 1 1 0 -0 0 -0 -0 12 S b 1 e5 13 a3 e4 w it h c o u n te rp la y f o r 6 w ith tw o p o s s ib ilitie s : a ) A ft e r 10 0 -0 0 -0 Black h a s n o t h in g t o fe a r: f o r e x a m p le .. as Black t h re a te n s 16.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move S v id le r is w illin g to a d o p t th is lin e as W h ite .hS?! W h ite c a n k e e p th e k in g s id e c lo s e d w i t h 1S ll:lxg6 fx g 6 16 gS w i t h a d v a n ta g e . b ) 10 'ite 2 ff e 7 le a ve s Black v e ry s o lid in d e e d .. 11 f4 e xf4 12 e x f4 h 6 13 ll:lxg6 fx g 6 w h e n th e w e a k n e s se s c re a te d in W h it e ’s c e n tre a n d o n th e k in g s id e b y h is p a w n m o v e s a re m o re im p o r t a n t th a n th e b is h o p -p a ir o r th e d o u b lin g o f Black's p a w n s . 9 e3 .. g u a rd in g th e h 2 -s q u a re .ll:lb6 12 c4 0 -0 -0 13 b3 d x c 4 14 d x c 4 i. so h e b u ild s a s o lid c e n tre w ith h is p a w n s o n lig h t s q u a re s . space is space a n d I t h in k 8..K ritzV .. W h it e d o e s n ’t see m t o h a v e a n y c o n v in c ­ in g c o n t in u a tio n h e re .tg 6 8 ll:lh4 e6 A c ritica l m o m e n t.d1! (it's vita l to va c a te th e f1 -s q u a r e fo r th e k in g ..ll:lexg4!). G ra n d m a s t e r M a rin r e c o m m e n d s 10.ll:le5 15 ll:lxg6 h x g 6 16 l:r.t b 2 ll:lfd7! (th e k n ig h t h a s s p o tte d a h o le in W h it e ’s c e n tre o n d3) 17 0 -0 -0 ll:lc5 18 & c 2 ll:ld3 19 ii.E rd o s .t d 6 10 'ite2 'i c 7 K ra m n ik h a s a n a m b itio u s p la n in m in d w h ic h w ill le a d t o a s itu a tio n v e r y u n u s u a l in th e S la v s ys te m : h e w ill castle q u e e n s id e a n d th e n t r y t o c re a te c o u n te rp la y a g a in s t th e w h it e k in g . . T h e n W h ite s h o u ld r e p ly 9 e3 w it h a re s tric te d c e n tre (he h a s c o m p ro m is e d his d a rk s q u a re s w it h 7 g4 so a rra n g in g e 2 -e 4 w o u ld b e to o lo o s e n in g ). in te n d in g 17 bS lo o k s b e tte r fo r W h ite ..

I 2 .lL!b6 w ith a n in te re s tin g b a ttle a h e a d ..M. h e w o u ld still n e e d t o a r­ ra n g e a 3 -a 4 to s u p p o rt a s u b s e q u e n t b 4 -b 5 . If h e p la y s 12 b4 . If h e p la y s 12 a3 a n d 13 b4 . Black s im p ly ta k es th e p a w n ... .. P e rh a p s Black w o u ld d o b e s t t o c o n t in u e w ith a c o n s o lid a tin g m o v e such as 1 4 . ..KIA Versus the . T h e ro o k m o v e is th e re fo re th e fa s te s t w a y t o g e n e ra te p la y a lo n g th e b -file . 'i a s 295 . 11 0-0 0-0-0 Exercise: W hat’s the best way for White to get the queeinside pawns rolling? Answer: 12 S b l ! * W h it e w a n t s to u n d e r m in e th e p a w n o n c6 as q u ic k ly as p o s s ib le w i t h b 4 -b 5 .g4 System e d g e d ..^ b 8 o r 14.

^e 4 296 16 d x e 4 "fic7 . 13 a3 . In other words. in which a pawn chain smothers a bishop. White is using the un­ fortunate situation of the bishop on g6 to curtail Black’s initiative.. where she also slows down the white attack somewhat by guarding the b4-square. But Kramnik is not to be thwarted: 14 .--e5?1 Anyway. is one of the oldest traps in chess. but anyone can overestimate their chances in a tactical melee.e5 costs a piece after 15 f5. a player who won a match against Kasparov isn’t going to miss such an idea. Black jettisons the bishop to open lines against the white king. Answer: The former world champion wants to put his queen in front of his dark-squared bishop along the b8-h2 diagonal to create threats against the white king. Of course.b 8 14 f4 Question: What? I thought you said White was going to attack on the queenside? Answer: That’s right! The game move is designed to prevent Black from gaining counter­ play in the centre.. He therefore moves his queen out of the way of the bishop to a5. as 14.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move tyestion: What is the purpose of this move? UretyKramnikddbesn’t think the queen can hold up White's queenside assault by herself?. 15 ..i. 15 f5 The Noah’s Ark Trap.

tL!xeS 21 tL!xeS .t g 3 + 19 & f3 tL!e5 is m a te . 17 S f4 ! T h e ro o k th ro w s its e lf in th e w a y o f th e b lack q u e e n ..... T h e w h ite ro o k n e e d s to s ta n d firm o n f3 to g u a r d th e v u ln e ra b le p o in ts o n e3 a n d h 3 ..tLJg5 24 c x d s c x d s ... 23 C4 T h e firs t s ig n o f W h ite s w itc h in g fr o m d e fe n c e to c o u n te ra tta c k .. t x e s 22 S f3 lLlh7 T h e k n ig h t h e a d s fo r gS t o b e g in th e n e x t w a v e o f Black’s a tta ck . 20.KIA Versus the . 17 . b u t g o o d e n o u g h t o save t h e ro o k f r o m c a p tu re ..tx f4 w o u ld w in a w h o le ro o k 20 e5l T h e o n ly m o v e .:!d e S 18 fxg6 h xg 6 19 tL!hf3 'i¥b6 W h it e h a s t o be c a re fu l n o w .g4 System Exercise: W h a t h a p p e n s i f W h it e ta k e s th e b is h o p o n g6 w it h 17 fx g 6 ? Answer: 17 fxg 6 ?? ' i 2 + 18 & f2 . as th e e 3 -p a w n is p in n e d so 2 0 .

b5 to p ile th e p re s s u re o n b7.lLlxf3+ 30 .d3!? 29 .a6 33 1Vf2 f6 34 lL!c2 1ixf2+ 35 &xf2 S e 2 + 36 . & b 8 26 b4 d4 27 .t x f 3 S x h 3 31 ^ g 2 f ih 8 w h e n th e re is a lo t o f fig h t in g a h e a d . b u t i t ’s a m ira g e .x e 3 + 31 lL!xe3 S h e 8 32 ЖсЗ T h e b la c k atta ck h a s c o m e to an e n d a n d W h it e is a p ie c e u p f o r a p a w n . 25 .W l l:.i.d 2 lie7 28 S c 1 dxe 3 ? Black h o p e s t o p r o fit fr o m a p in o n th e e -file ..xe3 . 25 b 4 . x d 3 (p e rh a p s 29 ' i d l ! ? ) 29.f6 o r t r y 28. H e s h o u ld e ith e r k e e p th e te n s io n w ith 28.. T h e rest is a s im p le c o n s o lid a tio n jo b f o r S vid le r.d2 37 l:. . .lL!xf3+ 30 W x f3 W f6 . in te n d in g 26 lL!b3 a n d 27 lL!c5.. t f 3 S a l 43 h4 gS 44 hS 298 1-0 .i. W h ite w o u ld g a in th e in itia tiv e .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 2S lL!f1? T o o d e fe n s iv e ..gd3 lte e 2 38 S x d 2 li:txd2 39 lL!e3 lL!e6 40 lL!c4 S d 1 + 41 <&2 lL!f4 42 . 4 ? ! T h e o n ly r e m a in in g c h a n c e w a s 29..i. . 30 S g 3 ... 29 . O n e id e a fo r W h it e w o u ld be 32 Sc5 a n d 33 J:r.. b u t a ft e r 31 ' i d s ! th e b lack k in g w o u ld c o m e u n d e r a tta ck fr o m W h ite 's ra k in g b is h o p s . .

b u t th e w a y to k e e p it a K in g ’s In d ia n A tta c k is w ith : 5 d31 In th e Q u e e n ’s In d ia n p r o p e r w ith W h ite c o m m itte d t o th e a d v a n c e 1 d4 . Chapter Seven KIA Versus the Queen's Indian In th is c h a p te r w e a n a lys e w h a t h a p p e n s i f Black c o u n te rs W h it e ’s k in g s id e fia n c h e tto b y p u t t in g h is b is h o p q u ic k ly o n b7 . W h ite still h a s th e o p tio n o f s u p p o rtin g th e e 2 -e4 a d v a n c e w it h 5 d3.g 2 i. o r else w e a k e n his p o s itio n in s o m e w a y to a c h ie ve it.. H ere.b 7 4 0-0 e6 N o w 5 C4 o r 5 d 4 a re n a t u r a l m o v e s w h e n w e ’re w e ll o n th e w a y t o a Q u e e n ’s In d ia n m a in lin e . h o w e v e r. so th e e x e rtio n s o f th e black pie ce s a lo n e c a n 't p r e v e n t W h ite f r o m c o n q u e rin g e4 w it h a p a w n . Black is w e ll p la c e d to fig h t f o r c o n tro l o f th e e 4 -s q u a re . A ty p ic a l s e q u e n c e is: 1 lL!f3 lL!f6 2 g3 b6 3 i. He do e s h is b e s t e ith e r to p r e v e n t W h ite fr o m a d v a n c in g e 2 -e4 . .

d6... th e n .... k e e p in g a f u ll p a w n ce n tre ..b6. F in a lly. T h is le a d s t o v e r y s h a rp b u t in m y o p in io n v e r y p r o m is in g p la y f o r W h ite ..c7-c5. He n e e d s to m a k e a n im m e d ia t e c o u n t e r -t h r u s t to fig h t f o r th e e 4 -s q u a re . For th is re a s o n . S d s l 6 l2bJ d 2 T h e k n ig h t is d e v e lo p e d w it h a v ie w to s u p p o rtin g an e 2 -e 4 a d va n c e .l'Llbd7 H e re W h it e h a s a choice.. it d o e s n ’t a llo w W h ite to g a in space w i t h c2-c4..tLlbd7? Answer: In th e S ic ilia n H e d g e h o g Black h a s a lre a d y r e d u c e d th e p o te n tia l size o f th e w h ite p a w n c e n tre o n m o v e th re e : a fte r 1 e4 c5 2 tLlf3 d 6 3 d 4 c x d 4 4 l'Llxd4 W h it e is d e p r iv e d o f h is d -p a w n .o&0.^e7. it w o n ’t a p p e a l to all ta stes..The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move ^ertfornW hy should it matter that much if White gets .e l in te n d in g e 2 -e 4 can b e f o u n d in th e n o te s )...n o t a b a d m o v e d e s p ite th e d ra s tic n a t u r e o f th e m in ia t u r e g ive n ...b5!? . In G a m e 35 w e lo o k a t W h it e ’s im m e d ia te a c tio n in th e c e n tre w it h 7 e4 (th e s lig h tly s lo w e r 7 . 300 . In th e K in g ’s In d ia n A tta c k h e ca n seek t o b u ild a f u ll p a w n c e n tre in t w o w a v e s : firs t ly w it h d 2 -d 3 a n d e 2-e4 . If Black h a s p la y e d .c5/and 9.8.. 6. H o w e v e r.. a fte r 1 l'Llf3 l'Llf6 2 g3 w e e x a m in e th e b o ld 2. For e x a m p le . so in G a m e 36 w e lo o k at th e m o re p o s itio n a l 7 b3 . th e p r e lim in a r y c2-c3 w ill e n ­ s u re th a t W h ite can a n s w e r. In c o n tra s t to 2 .. h e can v e n t u r e d 3 -d 4 . It is o f c o u rse c o m m itta l: th e p a w n is s lig h tly v u ln e ra b le to a tta c k o n bS a n d lim its som e o f Black’s s tra te g ic o p tio n s .l:.6. ilfd2-d3 and e2-e4? Can't Black just develop his piecesliKe in a ■ Sid ian Hedgehog with 5-.7. Black c a n ’t sit back in th e K IA a n d le t W h ite b u ild a p a w n c e n tre . In fa c t it is p o s itio n a lly w e ll m o tiv a te d ..c 5 x d 4 w it h c3 xd4 . lo o k in g a h e a d he w o n ’t h a v e th e o p tio n o f c a stlin g q u e e n s id e in to a s a fe s t r u c t u re as he s o m e tim e s d o e s in th e KIA v e r­ sus th e F re n ch scen a rios. h a v in g s e c u re d th e e 4 -p a w n w it h m o v e s lik e : t e l o r tLlbd2.

I f y o u f in d y o u m a k e s e rio u s o v e rs ig h ts .P it r a -W .b6 r a th e r t h a n 2..K o g g a la Z u r ic h 2 0 1 0 ■.e6 fo llo w e d b y p u t t in g th e b is h o p o n b 7 a b it la te r? 301 . 1 ttlf3 ttlf6 2 g3 b6 Question: Is th e re a n y re a s o n w h y Black s h o u ld p la y 2. th e n p u t th is b o o k a w a y a n d lo o k at s o m e p u z z le s o f th e 'W h ite (o r Black) to p la y a n d w in v a rie ty '... It’s w o r t h re c a llin g t h e w o r d s o f t h e g re a t s tra te g is t Reti: 'T h e fo u n d a t io n o f p o s it io n a l p la y is ta c tic s ’.KIA Versus the Queen's Indian A ft e r fa llin g fo r a s n e a k y t r a p Black d o e s n ’t g et m u c h f u r t h e r th a n th e o p e n in g in G a m e 37. ■ Game35 A ..

i... If a fte r 7 fie 1 Black p la y s 7 .. 3 i.d 7 -d 5 ) 7 e5 .!Z'le3 w h ic h w o u ld b e v e ry e m b a rra s s in g in d e e d f o r W h ite ) 8 .0 -0 9 e5 le a ve s u s w it h a space a d v a n ta g e o f th e k in d w e s a w in C h a p te r O n e ) 9 d x e 4 0 -0 10 e5 iD d5 11 a3 (th re a te n in g 12 c4 t r a p p in g th e k n ig h t) 11 .!Z'lbd2 . b 7 5 i . If W h it e p la y s lik e th is th e n I t h in k h e s h o u ld m a k e a p o s itio n a l p a w n sacrifice.. etc..d x e 4 8 d x e 4 302 . b u t le a v in g th e fia n c h e tto to o lo n g is a sk in g fo r tr o u b le ..!Z'ld7 6 .!Z'lg4+ a n d 9.. w h e n a fte r 7. T h e g a m e a c tu a lly b e g a n w it h th e 'F re n c h ' se­ q u e n c e 1 e4 e6 2 d3 d 5 3 . in d e e d .. 7.. Black th r e a te n e d to w in th e q u e e n w ith 7 .e 7 w h e n a fte r 6 e4 d5 (n o tic e th e 'r u le ’ h o ld s t h a t Black m u s t c h a lle n g e th e w h ite c e n tre q u ic k ly w it h ..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Answer: Sin ce Black in te n d s to d e v e lo p h is b is h o p t o b7 he m ig h t as w e ll a rra n g e it as soo n as W h ite c o m m its h im s e lf t o his o w n fia n c h e tto o n g2..!Dgf3 d x e 4 7 d x e 4 . Black s to p s th e f u r t h e r a d v a n c e 11 e5 a n d n o w w e h a v e a fix e d c e n tre s tru c tu re ty p ic a l o f th e KIA in w h ic h W h ite can t r y t o o u t p la y h is o p p o n e n t w it h 11 .. .0 -0 9 e4 d x e 4 10 d x e 4 e5.i..!Z'lfd7 8 l:te1 c5 p la y h a s tr a n s p o s e d to a F re n ch s e t -u p as seen in C h a p te r O n e ....!De5 th e n h e h a s 4.!Dbd7 7 e4l? I h a v e s ta n d a rd is e d th e m o v e o rd e r.. g 2 . g 2 b 6 still lo o k s O K f o r Black as i f 4 .c 5 I h a v e t o ask: Exercise: C a n y o u s p o t Black's th re a t? Answer: P la y m ig h t c o n t in u e 8 h3 (it's a u s e fu l p re c a u tio n to ta k e th e g 4 -s q u a re a w a y fr o m th e b la ck k n ig h t.!Z'lc7 13 1i'c2 fo llo w e d b y 14 ..e6 3 i .!Z'ld2 b 6 4 g3 i .e 7 th e n 8 e4 d x e 4 (h e re 8 . In s te a d 2 .!Z'le4 lo o k s lik e a nice e dge f o r W h ite .!Z'lh4...c5 12 c4 . T h e n 9 c4!? d 4 10 h 4 h6 tra n s p o s e s t o G a m e T h re e w h ic h lo o k e d p r o m is in g f o r W h ite .x f2 + ! 8 & x f2 . ...i. 6 .d5.i. A m o re s o lid a lte rn a tiv e is 7 l:e 1 to p re p a re e 2-e4 .g 2 i.b 7 4 0-0 e6 5 d3 dS Black c o u ld also p la y 5 ..!Dgf6 8 0 -0 .

'ifxg5 10 ti)xe4 'if5 11 ti)f6+ 'ix f6 12 .Venkatesh-V..te7 (he could also try 8..txb7 Sd8 he can develop carefully when his extra pawn compensates for his light-square holes: for example.txf3 Sa7 20 axb4 (no need to capture on e7) 20.ti)xc114 I!axc1 and White will build up strongly in the centre with 15 ti)e4 and 16 Sfd1... 9 e5 ti)d5 10 a3! (a standard idea to take the b4-square away from the black knight before pushing it backwards) 10..a5 it’s likely that it will be Black who is blown away: for instance.Eingorn.xf3 19 . defending the bishop on b7 against any discovered attack by the white knight.ti)c6 21 c5 bxc5 (or 21.ti)xe 4 Black could decline the pawn with 8. but after 9.ti)a4 13 'ic 2 leaves the black knight awkwardly placed on a4).tf4 e5 14 'ie 2 i.....x e 4 10 'ie 2 ! ? 303 ..1 . while after the counterattacking 13..td2 0-0...ti)c5. Metz 2011.. 9 ..d1 axb4 15 ti)e4 ti)xc116 I!axc1 'ic 8 17 ti)d6+! (a sacrifice to create a possible pawn fork on d7) 17..cxd6 18 exd6 i. but after 8..d6 15 . If 13... but I don’t think he equalizes: for example. White doesn’t have much. 13 .xc5 and Black can resign as c6 drops. 8 ..b5 22 'ifxb5) 22 l:.'id7 11 c4 ti)e7 12 b4 ti)d3 (12.. as in M..ti)c5) 9 tt)gxe4 'ic8!... . 9 ti)g5 looks scary for Black. 14 l:. and here 13 'ie2 ! looks good for White.KIA Versus the Queen's Indian White could get his pawn back with 8 ti)g5. gtt)xe4 Instead...

. still two moves from castling. Furthermore. with "ifbs added as well if necessary. when White might gain more time by exposing an attack on it with lLld4 at some point.. the e6-pawn is vulnerable to sudden attack by lLld4 when the sacrifice lLlxe6 becomes a possibility.xf3 as after 11 i.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: What is White’s compensation for the pawn? Answer: Black’s pieces are cramped. The upshot is that he must move his bishop back. he would still fall into a light-square stranglehold. his bishop on e4 is under attack . Black can’t solve his problems by exchanging his bishop for the knight with 10.g 5 !. 304 .b7 11 S e l More vigorous was 11 i.xf3 White’s ideas of i. Even if Black could give up the bishop for the knight without an immediate disaster.i. 1 0 .c6 and li[dl..and he is behind in development. look deci­ sive. It will be difficult for Black to challenge W hite’s control of the d-file after he plays S d l.i..

. so W hite can build up a dangerous attack with.i..i.i. With best play we reach a rather arid endgame: 16 Sad1 "i7 + 17 <i&?g1l:!..l'Llxe5 13 .e7 It is worth remembering that Black isn’t out of the woods once he manages to castle. White has pressure down the d-file and against f7. so he has to let the rook into d7 with 13..i. which gives White some chances and forces Black into a fairly miserable defence.txg5 14 Bxd7.txf114 0. though he gets to castle after 14. but Black can survive with 13.xg2 13 l'Llxe6! (again White strikes in the centre rather than tak­ ing back the bishop).i. I recommend you play 11.xb7 and 12... say. White has some advantage due to the weakness ofthe e6-pawn and it won’t be much fun for Black to defend..i.f4 0-0 13 J:..Jtc6+ 'it8 16 l:tadl "ie7 17 . 111:te1.xg5 14 "ixe5 .. as shown by. 12 .c3 h6 15 9c4..d6 he doesn’t have any minor pieces on the kingside. the important thing is action down the d-file).i.e7 12 l'Lle5! .'ic8 12 l'Lld4 i.i.d7 when he is crushed) 13 l:tfd1! (not wasting time on the recapture on g2.l'Lle5! 14 'ixe5 "ixe6 when as in variation 'a’ we get an endgame after 15 'ili'xe6+ fxe6 16 'itxg2. if he does the worst that can happen is an endgame where you can’t lose and might win. but with best play Black can equalize.. 11 .xb7 are bad for him.. after the latter. At first glance it looks over as 13. 12 ... If Black doesn't know the theory you might win very 1 'ic 8 14 l'Lld4 l'LlcS 305 ..l:.. intending 16 'ifg4 hitting g7..f6 19 .. Pitra’s choice.b8 15 .i.d5 is demolished by 14 l:txd5 exd5 15 l'Llc6 when Black has to give up his queen to avoid mate on e7...txg5 22 'ixg5 'if3 23 "id2. 13. keeps the tension..i.g5... Magnus Carlsen would love to have White’s position.xd8 .KIA Versus the Queen's Indian For example: a) 11.i..d2 0-0 13 Sad1 9c8 14 il...i. Again we can point to the weakness of the e6-pawn..xd8 20 l'Llxf7! ..xg5 13 i.xc7 or 14 l'Llxg7 are pretty mates..i....xg2 (Black can’t afford to give up the b7-bishop: 12."ic8 15 <i&?xg2 0-0. Indeed.ad8 18 "ih5 (now the f7pawn will fall) 18..l:.f6 21 l'Llg5 .. Now 13. b) 11. After 11.

..... 17.a 5 17 c3 W h it e ’s p la n is to d riv e th e b la c k k n ig h t f r o m its s tro n g p o s t o n cS w h e n h is d o m in a n c e o f th e c e n tre w ill b e in c re a s e d a n d Black w ill h a v e to w a tc h o u t f o r d is c o v e re d attacks o n h is b is h o p o n b7 w it h lb e7 + .i. it is n ’t e asy fo r W h ite to m a in t a in th e k n ig h t o n c6.. b u t th e re ’s n o o b v io u s w a y fo r Black t o ta k e a d v a n ta g e . 1 6 . 1 5 ..x c 6 w h ic h g ive s a w a y th e lig h t s q u a re s. as Black c a n ’t a ffo r d th e e x c h a n g e 1S .A x g 2 15 & x g 2 4 fb 7 '+ 'i6 :W f3 'W x f3 + 17 ^xf3. i. .e5 19 lb c 6 e x f4 20 S x d 7 fx g 3 21 h x g 3 B fc 8 22 lb e 7 + . . It lo o k s o d d f o r th e w h it e q u e e n to p in h e rs e lf a g a in s t th e k n ig h t.xc 6 16 . 306 .l:exe7 o r 18 . 1 S lb c 6 T h e k n ig h t h e lp s W h ite c o n tro l th e d -file b y g u a rd in g th e d 8 -s q u a re a n d s h u ts th e b is h ­ o p o n b7 o u t o f th e g a m e .i..i..x e 7 23 .Sac8 19 lb c 6 lb c5 20 .i.. re a c h in g an endgam e? In fa c t.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: C a n 't Black e sc a p e w it h h is e x tra p a w n w it h 1 4 . W h ite h a s e n o u g h p re s s u re fo r th e p a w n a n d it is still u p to Black to p ro v e he is e q u a l: f o r e x a m p le .f 6 18 c3 w h e n a fte r 18..'ie 8 16 'if3 N o n e th e le s s .e 3 lb a 4 21 l:te2 in te n d in g 22 S d 7 W h it e ’s c o n tro l o f t h e s e v e n th ra n k is w e ll w o r t h a p a w n ... .

i .f6 22 'ic 2 'ic 8 Far to o s lo w ..f 6 o r 17. T h e re fo re th e w a y t o e x p lo it h is 307 . x b 4 22 S f l 'i'b s .. 20 .KIA Versus the Queen’s Indian 17.lL!b8 o r 22. O r r a th e r w e m ig h t say he h a s p a r a ly z e d th e black pie c e s o n th a t sid e o f th e b o a r d .... Exercise: What is the best plan now for White? Answer: 23 i .tLlc5!?.'it h 8 21 'ic 3 i. . c u ttin g o f f th e w h it e q u e e n ’s d e fe n c e o f th e k n ig h t.l:td8!? w o u ld e sc a p e s o m e o f th e p re s s u re . e s ! W h it e h a s c o n s o lid a te d h is g r ip o n th e q u e e n s id e a n d th e d -file .. ...1...d8 T o o p a s sive . 17.. 18 b4 a x b 4 19 c xb 4 lL!a6 20 a3 Black escapes a fte r 20 lL!e7+ i. x e 7 21 'i'x b 7 i . H e h a d to c h a lle n g e W h it e ’s g r ip o n c6 w i t h 22.

. A fte T th e m o v e s 26 Фіе5 Ф д 8 ( g u a rd in g f7 ) c a n y o u f i n d a w a y t o c o n c lu d e t h e g a m e w it h sacrifices? 26 'ili'cl Answer: W h ite h a s a s p e c ta c u la r w in w it h 26 t'De5 & g 8 27 & x f7 ! (o r 26 l:txh6! g x h 6 27 l'Dxf7. f5. ^ 8 31 S d 7 m a te s o n f7 o r g7.-... Exercise: Т т у t o im a g in e f o r a m o m e n t y o u s h a re th e ta c tic a l g e n iu s o f th e g re a t f o r m e r W o r ld C h a m p io n . w h ile 30.t x b 7 'i x b 7 30 1 i'h7+ a n d n o w i f 30 . 308 . b u t Black h a s th e e x tra o p t io n o f 26. . .. w h ic h also a llo w s h im to b rin g a ro o k q u ic k ly to th e h -file . 23.<it6 le a d s to a king h u n t : 31 'i'x h 6 + i f 32 g 4 + <i2txg4 33 'iVg6+ <iW3 34 S d 3 + 'i e 2 35 l e 3 + <i2td2 36 'i d 3 + <i2tc1 37 S e 1 + <i2tb2 38 S e 2 + <i2ta1 39 'i d 1 m a te .. d e c lin in g th e sac rific e in th is m o v e o rd e r) 2 7 .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move a d v a n ta g e is to s ta rt a n a tta c k o n th e k in g s id e as m o s t o f Black's a r m y a re in n o p o s itio n to h e lp d e fe n d t h e ir k in g . P itra b e g in s b y e x c h a n g in g o f f th e o n ly b lack m in o r piece le ft o n th e k in g s id e .& x f7 28 l:txh6! g x h 6 29 ..txe5 24 S x e 5 S e S 25 l'lh 5 h6 A le k h in e o fte n u s e d th e s tra te g ic d e vic e o f t y i n g d o w n h is o p p o n e n t's piece s o n th e q u e e n s id e a n d th e n s w itc h in g t o a k in g s id e a tta c k b e fo re t h e y h a d t im e t o re s p o n d . .

.. 27 S d 8 I W e ll.xg2 Exercise: Can you see anything better than the 'automatic' recapture ofthe bishop on g2? 309 . 2 7 .xe7 28 i .....'ig 8 If in s te a d 26.rl.. b u t h e d o e s g e t to w in th e q u e e n w it h th is e le g a n t m o v e . . 2 6 ..xh6+! a n d m a te n e x t m o v e ) 27 . x b 7 a n d Black lo ses a ro o k as if 28 .lt:!b8 th e re is a n o th e r p r e t t y w in w ith 27 li:e 7 ! (th re a te n in g 28 .KIA Versus the Queen’s Indian It’s n o t e v e ry d a y th a t th e b lack k in g ends u p o n a1.'ix b 7 29 fid 8 + a n d m a ­ tes. W h ite d id n ’t w in th e k in g w ith 26 li:e 5 .5 x d 8 28 li:e 7 + < i 8 29 li:xc8 i.1J..

.cS lb d s 37 a6 l:la8 38 S a S .5 b 8 4 0 S a 3 1Ib6 41 S a 4 T h e b e s t s q u a re f o r th e ro o k as it b o t h d e fe n d s a6 a n d can s w in g o v e r to g4 to jo in in an a tta ck o n th e b lack k in g .. T h e n . b u t h is e -p a w n w ill soon d r o p as w e b 8 32 a4 lbd7 33 a s lbf6 34 :l e s b x a s 3S b x a s * g S 36 l:. T o th is e n d he d e fe n d s th e b -p a w n w ith h is q u e e n to e n a b le th e a -p a w n t o s ta rt its jo u r n e y . 43 'ile8+ * h 7 44 "ilxf7 lbf6 4S l:tf4 e5 If th e k n ig h t m o v e s a w a y th e n 46 O g 4 w in s .. 46 l:.f3 31 lb x a 8 i .i...d6 33 'iVb7 is h o p e le s s f o r Black d u e to th e t r a p p e d k n ig h t o n a6. 31.a7 39 h4! W h it e h a s a c h ie v e d as m u c h as h e c a n o n th e q u e e n s id e a n d so s w itc h e s h is a tte n tio n to th e o th e r fla n k . W h ite w ill create a p a s s e d p a w n o n th e a -file a n d a d v a n c e it as f a r as p o s s ib le w h ils t k e e p in g it s a fe ly d e ­ fe n d e d .cxb6 31 & x g 2 W h it e ’s ta sk w o u ld b e a b it e a sie r th a n in th e g a m e .g6 4 3 h 5 w h e n h is k in g s id e d e fe n c e s b e g in t o creak.lir.. W h ite c o u ld h a v e g ra b b e d a n o th e r p a w n w i t h 30 lb x b 6 ! as 3 0 . e v e ry m o v e ..l:r. n o m a t t e r h o w o b v io u s .. h a s t o b e checked..... In a n y case it lo o k s g rim fo r h im : fo r e x a m p le . 42. 41.f5 310 S b x a 6 47 l:txeS .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 30 * xg2 Answer: As C a p a b la n c a once said. w h e n th e b lack pieces h a v e b e e n d r a w n to th e q u e e n s id e to s to p th e p a w n . x h 5 32 'i c 6 . 3 9 . 3 0 . A ft e r 30. he w ill strik e o n th e k in g s id e u s in g th e p o te n tia l o f th e q u e e n t o sw itch q u ic k ly fr o m o n e side o f th e b o a r d to a n o th e r.1:tb2 42 'i 'c 6 l i b 6 Black g ive s u p th e f 7 -p a w n as h e sees th is w ill a llo w h im t o g e t r id o f th e p a s se d p a w n .S a x c 8 31 'i'c4 O n c e a g a in th e th e m e w ill b e p la y in g o n b o th side s o f th e b o a r d .

Minasian-J.C5 48 Wc4 l:ta2 49 l:txc5 .i.. %1xf2+ 52 Ф И 3 l:.. A fia n c h e tto o n b2 f o llo w e d b y p o s itio n a l m a ­ n o e u v r in g is v e r y m u c h in k e e p in g w ith W h ite 's a im s in th e K in g 's In d ia n A t ta c k 311 . b u t it g o t v e ry s h a rp a n d so I w a n t to o f f e r y o u a s o lid a lte rn a tiv e . Th e re s u ltin g clash o f a rm s in th e c e n tre lo o k e d p r o m is in g f o r W h ite . 5 8 .i. 59 S f S ® h 5 1-0 A ft e r 60 ' i d s b o th o f th e b la c k ro o k s a re h a n g in g a n d m a te o n g8 is th re a te n e d .:tf7 . 6.®bd7 7 b3 In th e p r e v io u s g a m e w e s a w W h ite p la y 7 e4 (a n d in th e n o te s 7 l:t e l a im in g f o r e 2 -e4 ).b 7 4 0-0 e6 5 d3 f 6 £ ib d 2 £ ib d 7 7 b3 . w h ic h w a s a c tu a lly l .g 6 He c o u ld fig h t o n w it h 58 . 47.b7 4 0-0 e 6 5 d3 d5 6 £bd2 W h ic h e v e r s tra te g y W h it e ch ooses.t g 2 .l:t7a4 50 W d 3 + & e4 51 l:te5 S im p le s t w a s 51 l:tc2 as th e re w a s n o n e e d to g iv e u p th e f2 -p a w n .. d5 2 g3 b6 3 . A..KIA Versus the Queen's Indian N o w in o rd e r t o p r e v e n t 4 8 l:te 7 Black d e c id e s t o h a n d o v e r th e c -p a w n a s w e 2 .e8 S a b 4 55 W a2 f 56 Wc2+ l:te4 57 l:c8 ltb7 58 'ifc5 T h r e a te n in g a fa ta l check o n f5... 2 g3 b6 3 .Nogueiras Santiago 1f f For th e sake o f c la rity I've a m e n d e d th e m o v e o rd e r.... th e k n ig h t b e lo n g s o n th e d 2 -s q u a re . 51 .d2 53 'ifb1 lid d 4 54 l:.

then White could build up with liJd4 and f2-f4) 12 e4 fS 13 liJd4 i.c5 Black can also develop his bishop on e7..The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move 7.Polugaevsky-A.a5 10 a4 ttJc5 11 ii'e2 liJfd7 (if Black’s knight stands its ground stopping e3-e4. White shouldn’t slavishly stick to the KIA recipe of preparing e2-e4 if it doesn’t fit the require312 .f6 14 f4 Se8 15 e5 i.. Las Palmas 1974.Pomar. when 8 i. 8 .b2 0-0 9 e3 (making a hole on e2 for the queen as a prelude to e3-e4) 9....t b 2 0-0 9 a3 a5 10 c4 Question: Why doesn’t Minasian continue as Polugaevsky did in the note above with e2-e3 and Ше2 to prepare e3-e4? Answer: It is important to be flexible when it comes to solving opening problems.i.e7 16 g4 g6 17 h 3 gave White a useful space advantage in L.

. th e re d o e s n 't s e e m m u c h o f a d iffe re n c e : a w h it e b is h o p o n g2 b a la n c e s a b lack b is h o p o n b7 .. w h e re a s th e w h ite piece s w o u ld h a p p ie r if th e q u e e n s id e o p e n e d .d5 xc4 a n d .. T h a t ’s w h y fa c in g . in c o n s p ic u o u s ly t u c k e d a w a y o n b2 . T h e firs t rea l d iffe re n c e w e n o tic e is th e w h it e q u e e n o n c2 a n d ro o k s o n a1 a n d f 1 c o m ­ p a r e d to a q u e e n o n e7 a n d rooks o n c8 a n d e8.e7-e5 a d va n c e .c 5 M in a s ia n r ig h t ly p re fe rs to p u t p re s s u re o n d5 w i t h 10 c4. Is th e w h ite p a w n s tru c tu re th e m o re fle x ib le ? Yes.e6-e5.. w h ic h is as f a r a d v a n c e d as a n y b la c k p a w n . A re W h it e ’s pie c e s b e tte r p la c e d t h a n Black’s pieces? If y o u c o m p a re th e pieces o n e b y o n e . He h a s f o u r p o s s ib le w a y s to c h a n g e its n a t u r e : b 3 b 4 . d 3 -d 4 a n d e 3-e4 . W e ’re g o in g t o t r y t o a g re e o n a g o o d s tra te g ic p la n fo r W h ite . a fte r 1 0 e3 l:te8 11 " ie 2 e5 Black h a s m a n a g e d to b u ild a b ig c e n tre . 313 . c a n w a it u n t il la te r. M e a n w h ile Black h a s . b u t w e can b re a k it d o w n in t o s o m e s im p le ste ps..i.c 5 r a th e r th a n .i. i f n e e d e d .e 7 w it h n o b is h o p in th e w a y o n e7 th e b la c k roo k o n e8 is a b le t o s u p p o rt th e . le t’s c o m p a re n o te s . For e x a m p le .KIA Versus the Queen’s Indian m e n ts o f th e p o s itio n .i.a t th is sta ge w e ’re ju s t n o tin g t h a t W h ite h a s m o re o p tio n s w h e n it c o m e s to p a w n m o v e s to s u p p o r t a p o s s ib le p la n . W h e n e v e r a p iece is o n a n u n u s u a l s q u a re . a n d th e k n ig h ts o n e ith e r sid e a re o n s im ila r s q u a re s.. T h is d iffe re n c e im p lie s t h a t th e b la c k h e a v y p iece s a re b e tte r p o is e d fo r a c tio n in th e c e n tre . N o te th is is o n ly p o s s ib le b e c a u s e h e h a s p la y e d .... M o re fle x ib ilit y d o e s n 't n e c e s s a rily m e a n b e tte r ch a n c e s . Answer: OK.. W h y a r e n ’t piece s n o r m a lly a d v a n c e d in f r o n t o f th e p a w n s ? B ecause t h e y a re ta rg e ts. c4 xd5 . T h e 'K IA ’ p la n o f e2-e4 . a n d th e b la c k b is h o p o n c5.. B u t th e m a jo r c o n tra s t is b e tw e e n th e w h ite b is h o p o n b2.. It see m s d iffic u lt.. it s h o u ld stir y o u r im a g in a t io n to f in d w a y s t o e x p lo it it.M e7 11 'ic 2 l:tfe8 12 e3 l:tac8 Exercise: H a v e a g o a t a sse ssin g th e p o s itio n a n d see i f y o u c a n f i n d th e b e s t p la n f o r W h ite . 10.

. T h e b is h o p is b e tte r o n d 6 th a n c5.h 3 in m in d : it's a w a y to p r o v e t h a t W h it e ’s lig h t -s q u a r e d b is h o p h a s m o re p o te n tia l th a n its o p p o s ite n u m b e r o n b7.. a im in g fo r lb f5 . th e b la c k ro o k s a n d q u e e n w o u ld b e b e tte r p la c e d f o r a c ­ tio n in th e c e n tre . B u t h o w can w e p ro g re s s a fte r th a t? If w e t r y lb h 4 ...t d 6 15 e4 lD 5 f6 16 e5 a n d 1 3 . T h e w h it e q u e e n a n d ro o k o n a1 w o u ld b e b e t ­ te r p la c e d f o r q u e e n sid e a c tio n . t d 6 16 e5.. U n fo r t u n a t e ly fo r h im M in a s ia n still m a n a g e s to m a k e it w o r k as a sa c rific e.. . T h a t b rin g s u s to th in k in g a b o u t o u r q u e e n s id e p a w n s ..t. A ft e r 13 d 4 th e b is h o p re tre a ts to d6 w h e n i t ’s h a rd to see w h a t W h ite h a s a c h ie ve d . N o w t h a t it is o u t o f th e w a y .h3 x d 5 14 d 4 .. So w e s h o u ld re je c t 13 e4. H e loses a p ie c e a fte r b o th 13 .e5 (p re v e n tin g th e e n c ro a c h ­ m e n t 15 e5). S till. w h e n th e o p p o s i­ t io n o f th e w h it e q u e e n o n c2 a n d th e b la c k r o o k o n c8 c o u ld b e a w k w a rd f o r W h ite . ju s t a sk in g to b e k ic k e d b ack b y a w h it e p a w n . Black is s o lid ly c e n tra liz e d a n d w e h a v e n ’t b e e n a b le to p ro v e th e b is h o p is b a d o n c5. in d ir e c tly p u t t in g m o re p re s s u re o n e5.t. He h a s s h u t in h is b is h o p o n b2 a n d h is c e n tre is less fle x ib le .. .Jtd4. a n d w it h a b i t o f in s p ira tio n w e m ig h t fin d th e s e q u e n c e in th e g a m e .xd5 14 e 4 (b u t n o t 1 4 d 4 & x f 3 ! ) 14. keep th e m o v e . Black m ig h t c o u n te ra tta c k w it h .t.. A n d e ve n w o rs e f o r h im . o n e o f th e u n w r it t e n ru le s 314 . Let’s see w h a t h a p p e n e d : 13 cxd5 e xd 5 Black h a d n o c h o ice. d a r k -s q u a re d b is h o p . a n d q u e e n .The K ing’s Indian Attack: Move by Move W e a re e d g in g t o w a rd s a p o s s ib le p la n .. has ta k e n th e p re c a u tio n o f g u a rd in g th e b 4 -s q u a re w it h th re e piece s: th e p a w n o n a5. A p o s itiv e p o in t is t h a t w e c a n im p r o v e th e b is h o p o n g2 w ith th e n e a t m o v e .. 14 b4! Black is a g ra n d m a s te r a n d . a t le a st f o r th e m o m e n t . A n d th e n th e re is th e b la c k b is h o p o n c5.g6 w h e n w e h a v e to w o r r y a b o u t an in v a s io n o f th e c e n tra l d a rk s q u a re s w it h .c7-c5. Let’s th in k a b o u t 13 e4 d x e 4 14 d x e 4 a n d n o w u p o n 14. Black w o u ld k e e p th e k n ig h t o u t o f f5 w ith . r e a liz in g t h a t th is p a w n a d v a n c e w o u ld b e a s tro n g m o v e if a llo w e d 'f o r fr e e ’..& a 8 15 d 4 .

1 4 . x f 6 S x c 7 19 . o r ju s t le ft o n safe s q u a re s . 17 i:.. W h it e piles o n m o re p re s s u re w it h th e t h r e a t o f 18 i:.KIA Versus the Queen's Indian o f chess s tra te g y is th a t th e m o re y o u t r y to p r e v e n t a b r e a k th r o u g h . x b 4 Exercise: W h ite is a p a w n d o w n . p u ts p re s s u re o n c7.. H e re r a th e r th a n ta k e th e p a w n o n c7.1. th e s tro n g e r it b e ­ c o m e s i f it c a n b e s a fe ly c a rrie d o u t. as 18 i ... Question: W h y d o e s t r y in g to p r e v e n t a m o v e m a k e it s tro n g e r? Answer: W h e n a b r e a k th r o u g h o c c u rs th e d e fe n d e r's piece s. th e lin c h p in t h a t h o ld s to g e th e r th e b lack q u e e n side. th a t m ig h t h a v e b e e n u s e d to g a in c o u n te rp la y e ls e w h e re o n th e b o a rd . lo o k fo r a b e tte r o n e '...... f i n d th e m s e lv e s p a rt o f a s c a tte re d fo rc e th a t in v e s te d tim e a n d e n e rg y in a fa ile d p la n . in c o m b in a ­ tio n w it h th e q u e e n .t x e 7 20 tt':ld4 le a ve s h im in a p in . b u t h o w d o e s h e p re s s h o m e h is in itia tiv e ? Answer: 16 ila 7 ! In r e tu r n fo r th e p a w n W h ite h a s g a in e d a ro o k o n th e s e v e n th ra n k w h ic h ..l:tb8 17 'i x c 7 S e c 8 .t x e 7 .h 3 ! 'I f y o u see a g o o d m o v e .x f6 . w h e n Black w o u ld h a v e to re c a p tu re w it h th e h o rr ib le 1 8 ..a x b 4 15 a x b 4 i . 17.a8 A ls o v e r y u n p le a s a n t fo r Black is 16. 16.d4 N o g u e ira s m a k e s a b id fo r s o m e fre e d o m o f m o v e m e n t b y c le a rin g t h e lo n g d ia g o n a l 315 .gxf6 to a v o id lo s in g m a te ria l. T h r o u g h o u t th is b o o k th e re a re e x a m p le s o f W h it e c a u s in g h is o p p o n e n t u n e x p e c te d g r i e f b y e d g in g h is b is h o p o n e s q u a re b a c k ­ w a r d s to f1 o r fo rw a r d s to h3.

.l:lcd8 21 ... .xg4 Ше7 29 .f7 31 lb e 4 lbd5 i.ed8 21 Ä c 1 a n d th e n 22 e4 as c7 w ill d r o p . f 4 25 e x d 5 i . 18 i . d e s p ite th e d iffic u lt n a t u r e o f t h e g a m e .t f 5 .f6?? Answer: N o ! R a th e r W h it e ’s la st m o v e w a s a te rr ib le b lu n d e r t h a t also d e s e rve s t w o q u e s ­ t io n m a rk s as it c o n v e rts a w in n in g p o s itio n in t o a lo s in g o n e .ixg7 lbe5 N o w W h it e c o u ld e x c h a n g e e v e r y th in g o f f o n e5 a n d reach a n e a s ily w in n in g e n d g a m e .l:.. a n d so w a s n 't lo o k in g fo r a n y in c re d ib le s a v in g m o v e .lb xf6 ) 19 lb d 4 H e d 8 20 lb f5 'i'f 8 21 'ifa 4 he is le ft in a c ru s h ­ in g b in d .. x d 5 26 'i'a 4 ' i h 5 27 Wg4+ 'ix g 4 28 32 S d 1 'ifi>g7 33 . 20. b u t t h a t is u n lik e ly a fte r o n ly 22 m o v e s . w in n in g th e w h it e q u e e n .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move f o r h is b is h o p a n d th e d 5 -s q u a r e f o r h is k n ig h t. x d 4 .i.. Black's p o s itio n w o u ld s o o n c o lla p se a ft e r 20 'ila 4 . as a fte r 17 .d 6 18 .. tim e p re s s u re m ig h t h a v e b e e n a fa c to r h e re .lb f3 + ... It o n ly g oe s to s h o w y o u c a n n o t b e t o o c a re fu l in a w in n in g p o s itio n . M e a n w h ile M in a s ia n ’s sense o f d a n g e r d e s e rte d h im as h e h a d su c h a h u g e a d v a n ta g e ... T h e r e m a in d e r o f t h e g a m e is n ’t fa u ltle s s .h 6 22. O f co u rse .i.t x f 6 g x f6 (b e tte r to g ive u p th e e x c h a n g e w ith 1 8 . b u t W h it e w a s a lw a y s w in n in g a n d e v e n t u ­ a lly b r o u g h t h o m e th e b a c o n : 23 e4 lb x d 3 24 'it'c 2 'if7 lbb4 316 30 i .ix c 7 lbxf4 34 lt x d 8 1-0 i. I su s p e c t t h a t N o g u e ira s h a d a lre a d y r e ­ s ig n e d h im s e lf to d e fe a t. A ft e r 2 2 . a n d t h a t y o u s h o u ld n e v e r g iv e u p h o p e in a lo s in g o n e .'iff6 ! Black w o u ld p ic k u p th e b is h o p o n h6 d u e to th e t h r e a t o f 23..xd 2 19 lbxd 2 lbd 5 20 ' i b 2 P e rh a p s n o t th e m o s t p re c ise . 22 i.

a6-a5 a n d c le a rin g a4 fo r th e ro o k in case it e v e r w a n ts to atta ck th e a d v a n c e d b la c k p a w n ) 10. w e n t 5 .... R e yk javik 2010...d5 A lte rn a tiv e ly . i b 7 4 0-0 e6 5 d3 5....l:lb5 14 'iVe1 (th e sie ge o f th e b 4 -p a w n c o n tin u e s .. . i d 2 (W h ite p u t s p re s s u re o n b 4 firs t w i t h th e b is h o p a n d th e n th e q u e e n ) 12 .d5 15 exd5 'ifx d 5 16 'if f 1 (d e fe n d in g g2 t o s to p a n y tric k s a lo n g th e a 8 -h 1 d ia g o n a l). i f Black fe lt c o m p e lle d to e x ­ c h a n g e w it h . Black c a n le t W h ite a d v a n c e h is p a w n t o e 4 u n c h a lle n g e d . 317 .ia 8 13 S e 2 (a n o th e r a p p ro a c h w o u ld b e 13 c3 fie S 14 'ifc2 fo llo w e d in tim e b y d 3 -d 4 to a sse rt h im s e lf in th e c e n tre .i g 2 .f i l e f r o m th e black roo k) 13 .Mueller Deizisau 2013 1 ll'lf3 ll'lf6 2 g3 b5 3 ....b4xc3 th e n a ft e r b2xc3 W h ite c o u ld t r y to w r e s t c o n tro l o f th e b 7 6 e4 d 6 (w it h t h e p a w n o n b 6 suc h H e d g e h o g p la y w o u ld b e s u s p e c t f o r Black. b 4 8 ll'lb d 2 0 -0 9 ll'lc4 ll'lc6 10 a5 (p re v e n tin g th e s u p p o rtin g m o v e . as W h ite c o u ld g a in m o re space w ith c2-c4...KIA Versus the Queen's Indian Game 37 : V..K u la o ts . V . b u t Black is able to b re a k o u t in th e c e n tre ) 14.. b u t h e re th e b 5 -p a w n is h e lp in g to re s tra in W h it e ’s p la n s ) 7 a4 (W h ite a tta ck s th e b S -p a w n in o rd e r t o w i n a p o s t at c4 fo r h is k n ig h t) 7..Erdos-M.a6 11 : t e l H b 8 12 .K u z u b o v -K . F or e x a m p le .

b u t w i t h th e b lack p a w n o n b5 r a th e r th a n b6. T h e re s u lt is th e q u ic k d e c lin e in Black’s p o s itio n f r o m 'a b o u t e q u a l’ at m o v e 16 to 'lo s t’ a t m o v e 20..h6) 18 g4! lb x g 4 (if 18.eel fo llo w e d b y 18 c3 a n d 19 d4) 17 h 3 ..'1\fd8.e 3 th re a te n s to t r a p h e r w it h 20 lb fd 2 o r 20 lb h 4 w h ic h is u n p le a s a n t f o r Black) 19 h x g 4 'I\Yxg4 20 S e 4 ' l g 6 21 'fie 2 Black d id n ’t h a v e e n o u g h f o r th e p iec e a n d re s ig n e d at m o v e 40.'ilfh5 (it w a s b e tte r to re tre a t th e q u e e n to s a fe ty w it h 16.'1\fd5 19 . 17 .i. b u t th e n W h it e m ig h t f in a lly s ta rt e d g in g fo r w a r d s in th e c e n tre w i t h 17 l:r.. say.W g6 19 lb h 4 tra p s th e q u e e n .. In th is g a m e w e see a n o th e r e x a m p le o f Black lo s in g h is n e rv e a g a in s t th e KIA. w h ile 18...i.d 6 ? (h e s h o u ld m a k e a h o le f o r h is q u e e n w ith . 318 .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move A ft e r 16 . 6lbbd2 W h it e h e a d s f o r th e s a m e s e t -u p as in P itra -K o g g a la a b o v e .. D e p riv e d o f an a c tiv e p la n b y W h it e ’s ro c k s o lid s tru c tu re h e b e c o m e s im p a t ie n t a n d trie s to fo rc e m a tte rs ....

.. I th in k W h it e is p r o b a b ly a d o p tin g th e b e s t p la n . Black is c ru s h e d a fte r 9.e5 h e re . o r 9.. can Black play W h ite w ill h a v e th e c h a n c e t o c o n s o lid a te h is c o n tro l o f e4 n e x t m o v e w ith 9 'i e 2 o r m a y b e a d v a n c e 9 e5. )..x b 7 tt:Jxf1 11 'i x d 8 + ± x d 8 12 & x f1 a n d 13 A x a 8 ..KIA Versus the Queen's Indian Question: Is this the best plan? 6.&e7 Black d iv e rg e s f r o m th e P itra g a m e (w h e re Black’s p a w n w a s o n b 6 ) b y d e v e lo p in g his b is h o p in s te a d o f p la y in g 6... w it h a g o o d g a m e .t x b 7 tt:Jxb7 11 ' i f 3 (h it tin g b o th b7 a n d f7 ) 11 . 10 tLlh3 0-0 11 : t e l c5 A s a t m o v e n in e . c lo s in g th e lo n g d ia g o n a l a n d p r e ­ v e n tin g th e w h ite k n ig h t re -e n te r in g th e c e n tre w it h tLlf4.. 7 e4 d x e 4 Exercise: If White now plays 8 10 .tLld6 10 .tt:Jd6 12 'i x a 8 ..i. .. T h e re fo re I th in k W h ite s h o u ld p la y 8 d x e 4 r a th e r th a n th e g a m e m o v e ..£ixe4 safely? Answer: A ft e r 8 dxe 4 tt:Jxe4? W h ite h a s the d e c is ive m o v e 9 tt:Je5! (he d id n ’t h a v e th is in th e P itra g a m e b e c a u s e Black h a d p la y e d 6. 12 e5! 319 .f5 10 & x e 4 fx e 4 11 W h S + g6 12 tt:Jxg6. W h it e w o u ld th e n b e a lo n g w a y fr o m g e ttin g a h o rs e to its id e a l sq u a re o n f5 .tt:Jbd7... e5. w e h a v e to r e c o m m e n d 11. . Black c o u ld h a v e h e ld h is p a w n fr o n t in ta c t w it h 6... as i f o n th e la s t m o v e he h a d s w itc h e d to a d ire c t a tta c k o n th e p a w n s w ith 6 c4. As Black c a n ’t p la y 8. Answer: T o r e s p o n d to th e q u e s tio n a b o v e . 8 tt:Jg5 tLlbd7 9 d x e 4 h6 M o r e s o lid w a s 9..c6!?.

. If Black had been allowed to play .. kept his pawns as a dynamic force and made the knight on d5 completely impregnable as no white pawn could get near it.. Still..cS-c4 himself. 1 2 .tt:Jd5.. . Black is forced to play 13. when after 14 li:xc4 White has secured a cen­ tral square for his knight where it can’t be attacked by a pawn.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Black isn’t given another chance to play ...e6-e5..bxc4 due to the pin on dS.. as the game move is a blunder.. 320 .4M5 here? Answer: After 12... he would have freed the c5-square for his knight and bishop. But most importantly he has taken the energy out of Black’s queenside pawns. Black had no choice but to play any strong player would instantly be thinking about 13 c4!.tx g 2 Question: What should White do if Black plays 12..

Black loses a piece after 1S . Unfortunately for Black in this game he fell for a very sophisticated form of the e4-e5 trap.&f5 16 'ilxf5 exf5 17 Sxe7. "this amounts to nothing ifthe side with the 'unprotected' bishop avoids some standardblunders such as lbg5! threatening mate on h7 and the bishop on b7. "Still” says Suba. or e5! winning a piece”.KIA Versus the Queen's Indian Exercise: Can you see the concealed way that White wins a piece? Answer: 13 e x f6 ! ± x h 3 14fxe7 'ifxe7 15 'ifh 5 ! 1 -0 The point. He extolled the virtue of the Hedgehog set-up for Black and argued persuasively that a black bishop on b7 is in no whit inferior to a white bishop on g2. 321 . Only one feature did he concede might be in favour of the white bishop on g2: it is defended. Some years ago the Romanian Grandmaster Mihai Suba wrote a fine book called Dy­ namic Chess Strategy...

rs3ues4th napm let'sG saam yb No pottering around! The delayed Lisitsin Gambit 322 . I r e c o m m e n d t h e p o p u l a r d e l a y e d f o r m o f t h e L i s i t ­ v6e.aB enngttLaam rse en saanid dih e a l w a y s l i k d o t h l a o .in roeplyer1ilst:l1f3ltf:lSf32f5d32aen 4d !?)t.d (teheDu Litscih ts.Chapter Eight KIA Versus the Dutch (and King’s Indian) Iju t’sstdsiafyicinuglttthoaftin d a q u i e t y e t e f e c t i v e a p p r o a c h f o r W h i t e a g a i n s t t h e D u t c h ( a n d I ' m n o t eccka'uflsaevo Ip lra’y-irtem yraseinlfeadspBalw acn k)p . Ssionw e h a d b e t e r t r y s o m e t h i n g a c t i v e .p reosiedrin vega iannigm K ’sm IneddiiaanteActlb a u s t o d i c o p a v aesh itn tphlaeyce netrD eu-tcahreaegxaain ctsltypw hyaetrsthw ehD u'tpco hteexrcealrsoaugnadi'n sptl.henagainstvirtualyanything.Tlahye.m preotbhle m iasltd heavteliln em stehnatt. y i nofensivem ovesw hileBlackbuildsupanatack.

f5. a fte r 2. A note about move order T h e g a m e s b e lo w a fte r 1 li:)f3 fe a t u r e th e im m e d ia t e 1.see G a m e 41. a n d Black w a n ts th e K in g ’s In d ia n D efe n ce. It is safe e n o u g h fo r 323 . b u t y o u s h o u ld b e w e ll r e w a r d e d f o r y o u r t r o u b le as Black d o e s n 't s e e m t o b e a b le t o e q u a lize .. a n d n e ith e r p la y e r backs d o w n . .g 2 .i. The King's Indian Attack versus the King's Indian Defence If W h it e w a n ts th e K in g ’s In d ia n A 4 g3 g6 5 .g 7 6 0 -0 0 -0 .i.i.. M o s t D u tc h p la y e rs w a n t a L e n in g ra d r a th e r th a n a C lassical D u tc h o r S to n e w a ll D u tc h .e5 so th a t a fte r 3 g3 f5 4 c4 he h a s g o t in h is active .. w h e n 2 . .. so t h a t i f 2 g3 f5 takes u s o u t o f D u tc h p r e p a r a tio n .li:)f6. p la y in g th e im m e d ia te 2 d3 see m s a s im p le w a y to a v o id th e w h o le issue. So a g a in 2 d3 s h o u ld b e p r e fe r re d w h e n 2 .f5 3 e4 e5 4 lt:)c3 is o u r f a m ilia r lin e .f5 3 e4 lo o k s g r o t t y fo r Black.. T h is s y m m e tric a l p o s itio n is r a th e r u n c o m m o n in t o u r n a m e n t p la y . Black m ig h t p re fe r 2 .. A lso p o s s ib le is 1 li:)f3 d6. Y o u w ill b e o b lig e d to le a rn a c o u p le o f lo n g fo rc in g v a ria tio n s .g 2 . .g 7 4 0 -0 0-0 5 d3 d 6 6 e4e5.. w h e n h e h a s g o t a D u tc h w h ils t a v o id in g th e 2 d3 a n d 3 e4 lin e .i.. In s te a d . Black c o u ld p la y 1. ... W e 'll lo o k a t th re e e x a m p le s in w h ic h Black's re s is ta n c e b e c o m in g e v e r to u g h e r.i.. H o w e v e r. etc . so a re u n lik e ly to a d o p t th is m o v e o rd e r.e5 y o u c o u ld r e p ly 3 e4 w h e n if 3 .f5 4 li:)c3 li:)f6 5 exf5 . In s te a d .x f5 6 d 4 b rin g s u s b a c k in to th e t e r r it o r y o f th e d e la y e d Li s its in see G a m e 40. H o w e v e r.. a n d d ire c t p la y i n ­ t o a K in g 's In d ia n D e fe n c e w ith a s y m m e tric a l p o s itio n a fte r 3. th e v e rs io n w ith 4..KIA Versus the Dutch (and King’s Indian) W h ite c h a lle n g e s Black’s f 5 -p a w n . th e n y o u g e t 1 li:)f3 li:)f6 2 g3 g 6 3 . Black can g ive u p o n th e D u tc h (a fte r 1 li:)f3 d 6 2 d3 e5 3 e4)...f7 -f5 'D u t c h ' m o v e w h ils t w e h a v e b e e n 'p o tte r in g a r o u n d ' in Larse n 's p h ra s e . He w ill t r y to d is s o lve th e c e n tre in such a w a y th a t he p r o fits fr o m h is le a d in d e v e lo p m e n t a n d th e fa c t th a t Black’s lig h t s q u a re s h a v e b e e n lo o s e n e d .e6 a n d a fte r 2 g3 f5..

In ste a d ...d 3 a n d 7 0 -0 g ive s W h it e a s m a ll p lu s as h e c a n p la y a g a in s t Black’s r a th e r s h a k y lig h t s q u a re s .. e sp e c ia lly e6. b u t t h e r e ’s a lw a ys a d a n g e r o f a restle ss K in g ’s In d ia n D e fe n c e d e v o te e o v e rp re s s in g as in G a m e 41.. 324 . d 6 is s e n sib le .tx e 4 d x e 4 7 l!Vxd8+ 'it>xd8 8 lb g 5 'it>e8 9 lbbc3 o n c e W h ite re c a p tu re s th e p a w n o n e4. w h e n 4 exf5 ..td3 lLlf6 Black w o u ld be le ft in a m is e ra b le e n d g a m e a fte r 5 .txf5 5 d4! in ­ te n d in g 6 ii. 3 . LBernal Moro-I.fx e 4 C a p t u r in g th e p a w n is v e ry ris k y. 6 lLigs1 . 3 e4! 3 .Rebole Arbea 1 lLlf3 f s 2 d3 lLlf6 A ft e r th is n a t u r a l m o v e W h ite can o ffe r a g a m b it.d5 6 . 4 d x e 4 lb x e 4 ? 5 .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Black.

.i.i.i.KIA Versus the Dutch (and King’s Indian) Exercise: Already there is a big threat hanging over the black kingside.d5 10 g5 .... 1 0 g5 lLldS 11 C4 325 .i.. Can you see it? 6...xg6+ l:. .i. Black’s m o v e is th e b e st d e fe n c e as n o w h is ro o k can b e u s e d to b lo c k th e f7 -s q u a r e a fte r th e b is h o p checks o n g6.le7 9 tLlxh7 th re a te n in g 10 .e6 A ft e r 9 .S x h 7 7 .1 x h 7 tLlxh7 lLlxh7 9 'ifhs+ c. g 4 11 ' i d 3 th e w h ite a tta c k is u n a b a te d . i .g 6 is m a te . 7 lLlxh 7 ! H x h 7 8 . o r s im ila r ly 6. 6 .g S + w h e n Black w ill b e o b lite ra te d .ld7 9 lLlf7! W e8 10 'ifh 3 + c.. W h it e ’s a d v a n c in g k in g s id e p a w n s a re a lso a fo r m id a b le a t­ ta c k in g fo rc e in t h e ir o w n rig h t. T h e a lte rn a tiv e s a re d is m a l f o r Black: fo r e x a m p le .i.d6 7 .le7 10 'i x h 7 ) 8 'iWh5+ c.f7 9 g4\ W h it e ’s p la n is to d riv e a w a y th e k n ig h t fr o m f6 w ith 10 gS w h e n h is q u e e n w ill g a in ac­ cess t o a s tro n g s q u a re o n h 5 .x h 7 ! lLlxh7 8 'ifh 5+ c.... 9 ..g6 Answer: W h it e w a s p la n n in g 6 tLlxh7! w h e n 6 .lc6 11 'ikf3 + d5 12 lLlxh8 w h e n Black is le ft th e e x c h a n g e d o w n w ith a r id ic u lo u s k in g .i.e6 7 ..x h 7 lLlxh7 (if 7 .i.i.

g6 3 e4 d6 4 e x f5 . t h o u g h 12 .. H o w e v e r.i..Fressinet-V. is a fie rc e o n s la u g h t......b4+? A u se le ss check th a t m e r e ly re m o ve s a v ita l d e fe n d e r fr o m th e k in g side.. He s h o u ld t r y 11.1. th r e a te n in g m a te in t w o w it h a check o n h7 th e n t o f7 is d e c isive .M a ian iu k Bastia 2010 1 tt:'lf3 fs 2 d3 d6 T h e p o in t o f p la y in g 2 . 12 '>W1 tt:'le7 13 i.The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 11..i.d6 is to o c c u p y th e e 5 -s q u a re as q u ic k ly as p o s s ib le . 3 e4 326 . If in s te a d 2 .xf7 13 W h 5 + tt:'lg6 14 h 4 !. i f y o u ’re fe e lin g m o re a m b itio u s 4 h4!? is a d a n g e ro u s m o v e : fo r e x a m p le ..W g8 16 g6. 4.x f7 + <i.xf7+ W xf714 ii'h S + W f8 15 'i h 6 + 1-0 If 15 ..d 3 a n d 7 0 -0 is s tr a ig h t f o r w a r d w a y f o r W h ite to t r y to e x p lo it th e lig h t -s q u a re w e a k n e s se s in th e b lack c a m p .xh5 g x h 5 7 tLlg5 c6 8 'i x h 5 + & d 7 9 'i!Vh3 a n d W h it e h a s a n attack. G am e 39 L.Wf7 16 'i h 7 + W f8 17 5 h 5 tLlxh5 6 l:f.. o r if 15 .tt:'le7.x f5 5 d 4 in te n d in g 6 . p la n n in g h 4 -h 5 at a g o o d m o m e n t...i.

W h ite is th e re ­ f o r e w illin g t o in v e s t tim e a n d m a te ria l (th e p a w n o n c2) to o p e n u p lin e s ..t c 4 w h e n th e b is h o p c u ts in to th e lig h t s q u a re s t h a t h a v e b e e n w e a k e n e d b y l ..KIA Versus the Dutch (and King’s Indian) A g a in W h ite b u ild s u p w ith th e m o v e s d 2 -d 3 a n d e 2 -e 4 w h ic h are c h a ra c te ris tic o f th e K in g ’s In d ia n A ttack. 3 . b u t th e a tta c k o n es h a s to b e c a rrie d o u t a t once b e ­ fo r e Black h a s tim e to s ta b ilize h is cen tre .. 327 . M o v in g th e d p a w n a g a in m ig h t seem p a ra d o x ic a l.fxe4? 5 d x e 4 W h ite is r e a d y to p la y 6 . S e x fS Question: Why does White concede his e4 centre point and facilitate the development of Black's queen’s bishop? Answer: Black’s o p e n in g p la y has le ft his lig h t s q u a re s s lig h tly v u ln e ra b le ...fs. es 4 tbc3 tbc6 A ft e r 4 ..

i f 6 . . 9 i. h it t in g h is k n ig h t? A n d . x e 3 h6 13 g4! (s e c u rin g th e r e t r e a t o f th e w h ite k n ig h t to h3 w it h o u t a llo w in g .txtS 6 d4l Exerdse: W h it e n e e d s t o b e s u re t h a t h e is in ta c tic a l c o n tro l o f t h e p o s itio n .tb b 4 W h it e c a n d e fe n d c2 w it h o u t lo s in g m u c h m o m e n t u m o f a tta ck w ith 7 i.. w h a t s h o u ld h e d o a fte r 6. If Black d o e s n ’t ta k e th e p a w n th e n W h it e h a s a n e a sy b u il d ­ u p w ith 10 0 -0 -0 ..b S + ! c6 8 i . h o w s h o u ld W h it e r e s p o n d t o 6.tba6 11 f3 ! th e b la c k c e n tre is in a d e q u a t e ly s u p ­ p o rte d : 11 .i.... e 2 o r 11 g3 w ill g iv e la s tin g p re s s u re f o r th e p a w n .i.e4 9 tbg 5 dS a n d n o w s im p le s t is 10 a3 to p u s h b a ck th e b la c k k n ig h t w h e n a fte r 10. 6. 328 .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move S ..e4 w e d o n ’t w a n t Black to be a b le to c o n s o lid a te h is c e n tre u p o n 7 tbg 5 d5.. W h it e s h o u ld c o u n te ra tta c k a g a in s t c6 w it h 7 dS ! w h e n 7. a 4 le a ve s W h ite w it h th e b e tte r g a m e ...f4 i. . s e c o n d ly . T h e re fo re .. b s ! (a nice m o v e t h a t e x p lo its th e p in o n c6) 10. . ......e3 fa ils t o 12 i..x c 2 W h it e can b u ild u p h is a s s a u lt w it h th e s a m e m o v e s h e u se s in th e g a m e . a tta c k in g d6.. w h ile th e a t t e m p t to k e e p th in g s b lo c k e d w it h 11 .exf3 12 'ik x f3 g ive s W h it e a s tro n g a tta c k in g p o s itio n . M e a n w h ile . b u t le a ve s th e b is h o p o n f8 s h u t in ) 11 i .. a 4 ..tbxd4 7 tbxd4 e x d 4 8 'i x d 4 c6 U p o n 8.. .g 6 14 tb h 3 w h e n W h it e is a u s e fu l paw n up.. 'i f 6 th e n 10 'i!Vd2 i.exf3 ( i f t h e k n ig h t m o v e s f r o m c6 t h e n 8 tb d 4 w ill b e v e r y g o o d f o r W h it e as h is k n ig h t h a s a b e a u t ifu l c e n tra l p o s t) 8 d x c 6 b xc 6 9 'i x f 3 ' i d 7 10 i .t c 4 a n d 12 S h e 1 + w h e n h is atta ck lo o k s u n s t o p ­ p a b le .i..x h 3 ) 13 .£>b4. If 9 . M a la n iu k h o p e s t h a t th e c 7 -s q u a re h e h a s v a c a te d fo r h is k in g w it h th is m o v e w ill a llo w h im to s u rv iv e W h ite 's lo o m in g attack. th e n 11 . F irstly. th r e a t e n in g a b ig fo rk o n c2? Answer: A ft e r 6. P lay m ig h t c o n t in u e 8..xc2 A r a th e r d e s p a irin g m o v e ..... tbe7 (th e k n ig h t d e fe n d s c6.e4.. x c 2 11 i...

t g 6 11 l:e 1 + &d7 T h e k in g fle e s as i f 11..'fib 6 13 . 10. d e c is iv e ly s tre n g th e n in g th e w h ite attack. w h ile a fte r 11. ..t h 3 + &C7 Exercise: H o w d o e s W h it e b re a k th r o u g h ? 329 . 1 2 .te 7 t h e n g7 d ro p s .. 12 g3! O u r b e lo v e d K in g 's In d ia n A tta c k m o v e .lLle7 th e b is h o p o n f 8 a n d ro o k o n h 8 a re s h u t in . H e re it h a s e x tra v e n o m as th e b is h o p w ill g o to h3 .... .. .KIA Versus the Dutch (and King’s Indian) Exercise: W h a t is th e b e s t w a y t o c le a r lin e s fo r an a tta c k a lo n g th e e -file ? Answer: 10 & d 2 ! T h e k in g va c a te s th e e 1 -s q u a re f o r t h e ro o k w it h g a in o f t im e .

It w ill be m a te o n d8 o r d 6 n e x t m o v e . 'if 8 18 W x h 8 <i>c7. h x d 6 15 Wxg7+ <i>b8 A ft e r 1S.11Vxf2 17 lL!e4 A n o t h e r p r e c a u tio n .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Answer: 14 i.1.a6.tx e 8 21 'i g 3 + ' i f 4 22 'i x f 4 m a te . 330 .'i!Vf8 T h e o n ly c h a n c e w a s 20 ...x d 6 + ! T h is e n s u re s th e w in o f a t le a s t th e e x c h a n g e .. 20.. x e 7 17 'il'xe7 + <i>b8 W h it e pic k s u p th e ro o k o n h8 w ith 18 W eS+ !.. W h ite c o u ld h a v e fin is h e d m a tte rs w it h 20 S e 8 + ! . I h o p e y o u s a w th a t Black w a s th re a te n in g m a te o n c2. 17. 21 S e 8 + ! 1 -0 A n e le g a n t m o v e w it h w h ic h F re ssin e t a to n e s f o r th e m is s e d c h a n c e la s t m o v e ...f4+ He h a d to t r y 17 . t h o u g h Black re m a in s th e e x c h a n g e d o w n . W h it e can a ffo r d t o ta k e h is t im e as th e roo k o n h 8 w o n ’t r u n a w a y . but can you see the forced mate White overlooked? Answer: In s te a d o f 20 'i d 7 . O f co u rse ... 14 " .. b u t 21 S h f 1 is c ru s h in g .lLle7 16 J:txe7+ i . 16 <i>cl! A c a lm m o v e .. 18 gxf4 'i'xf4+ 1 9 lLld2 Wf6 2 0 'id 7 Exercise: This is completely winning for White. 16. g u a rd in g b 2 a n d s id e s te p p in g a check o n f2 . .

. Exercise: O f c o u rs e .e4 B e g in n in g a lo n g fo rc in g v a ria t io n in w h ic h n e ith e r sid e can a ffo r d to b ack d o w n w it h a 's lig h tly in fe r io r.KIA Versus the Dutch (and King’s Indian) Game 40 J. b u t w h e n y o u r o p p o n e n t p la y s a s h a rp o p e n in g like th e D u tc h it h a s t o b e m e t w it h fo rc e ­ fu lly ... b u t O K ’ m o v e . 6 .Cabrera Trujillo-W.£ )b d 7 is m o re o f a c h a lle n g e .. S uch o c c u rre n c e s a re q u ite ra re in th e K in g ’s In d ia n A tta c k .l2:\bd7..Saum weber Tenerife 2011 1l2Jf3 f s 2 d3 d6 3 e 4 eS 4 l2Jc3 l2:\f6 S e x fS ± x f 5 6 d4 6 . 7 .. b u t 6 .tc4 lo o k s s tro n g (p la y i n g it im m e d ia t e ly g ive s Black less o p tio n s th a n a fte r 7 d x e s d x e s ). For e x a m p le : 331 ..e xd4 7 ^ x d 4 is ju s t g o o d f o r W h it e . W h a t w o u ld y o u p la y a g a in s t it? Answer: A ft e r 6 ...

.KIA Versus the Dutch (and King's Indian) Question: Isn’t it tremendously risky to castle queenside when Black has the open b-file and .ixf6! when if 14..Sb8 White has time for 14 .. then.gxf6 15 'Wxd5 wins a key centre pawn.tbe2+ 15 &d2 leaves the black knight trapped. But that is asking too much ofthe black pieces. White might end up being mated.xf6 gxf6 (taking with the queen drops a8) 16 Sxd5 it's curtains for the d5-pawn. 16 ifxa7 has been played quite often.. l 6 . if now 16..ixf6 gxf616 Wa6\ At last White has a choice and this move seems best.... .lbb5 then 17 Wc6+ 'id 7 18 'ix f6 Hf8 19 'ie5+ 'ie 7 20 Sxd5 demolishes the black centre.tbe6 15 i.&хсЗ now? 13. Question: Should Black play l 3-...Sb8 от іЗ-... but Black seems to be able to hold his own.. yes. 14 bxc3 litb8 It is necessary to drive the white queen from b7 as 14....Jtxc3 is going to break up White’s pawns? Answer: If Black managed to tuck his king away safely.. while upon 14. Putting the queen on a6 seems su­ perior due to the chance to check on c6.S b 6 17 'ir'a4+ tbc6 18 S h e l ! A simple developing move which is highly awkward for Black. For example.ixc3 Answer: He must take on c3 straightaway as after 13. Instead. 15 .. assuming that White plays active and precise moves that keep the initiative. catch up in development and safe­ guard his d5-pawn from collapse.. Exercise: Can you see how White intends to reply if Black castles? 333 .

ШЬ8 at his disposal..g3+ 'it h8 24 'i!Vxc4 ltJxc4 334 . and now 21 ..4Jxd8 25 'ie 8 is mate) 25 fxe3! and despite temporarily having an extra rook.dxe4 20 'ikc4+ 'ith8 21 l:Ixd8... How do we deal with his threats? Answer: 21 S e 3 ! Itturns out the black king is in the most danger.d4 23 cs! dxe3 24 Sxd8+ 'i!Vxd8 (24 ..The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move 18.. White is willing to give up two rooks for the queen...Sb8 26 'i'xc6..4Jxd8 22 'ikxc7 4Je6 23 'i'e7 leave Black’s king in dan­ ger.0-0 Also unsatisfactory for Black is the sharp line 18 ... the black pawns would prove easy targets for the queen as they are split up.. Black has no time to double rooks on the b-file as 22 'i!Vg4+ would mate...ttJeS 22 l:tx d s l Everything flows for White.'ifgS+ 20 4Je3) 20 g4! 'igS+ 21 Se3 l:d8 22 c4! (just in time) 22....f5 19 4JxfS 0-0 (or 19.l:txd8 22 ltJfS Sg8 23 'i!Vxe4 or 21 .. Besides. as the white rook on e4 and pawn on c3 are both hanging and he has the attacking move 21.'i!Vc4 23 .. 22...l:.. Answer: 19 lirxe4! This is the idea behind 18 l:the1.. 2S. In the game Black decides to keep his queen in an attempt to mate that White has to treat carefully. be­ cause in the resulting position the white queen and knight will be able to create threats against the poorly defended black king. The rook is immune because of a fork on e7. 21.11i'd6 20 ttJfS 'i!VcS Exercise: It looks as if Black might be the one about to win. Play might go 19. 19. Black is lost: for example....

b e in g s lig h tly w o rse a n d d e ­ p r iv e d o f th e u s u a l K in g ’s In d ia n D e fe n c e c o u n te rp la y o fte n d riv e s Black in t o m a k in g c ra z y d e c isio n s.. b u t i f y o u p la y th e K in g ’s In d ia n A tta c k y o u h a v e to b e lie v e in sm a ll (a lm o s t n o n -e x is te n t) a d v a n ta g e s .cSl N o t o n ly d r iv in g a w a y th e b la c k k n ig h t to s to p th e b a c k r a n k m a te . The King's Indian Attack versus the King's Indian Defence 1 fof3 f 2 g3 g6 3 .c5.5 fb 8 a n d m a te o n b l ? Answer: 25 l:r. Besides.tg7 4 o-o o-o S d3 d6 6 e 4 es N o r m a lly Black w ill p r e fe r 6 . H e has o n ly a v e r y m a rg in a l p lu s. he decides to c o p y so W h ite h a s to d e c id e h o w to u s e h is e x tra te m p o in a s y m m e tric a l p o ­ s itio n .. 7a4l? 335 .lt:a 3 26 l:txc7 l:r.d8 O n e la s t t r y 2 . h o w e v e r.KIA Versus the Dutch (and King’s Indian) Exercise: H o w n o w d o w e k ill o f f Black's c o u n te rp la y b a s e d o n 2 5 -. 2 5 . H e re . tra n s p o s in g t o lin e s w e ’ve a lre a d y see n . W ill W h it e m is s th e m a te o n b1? 27 I1d3 l:txd3 1-0 Black s a w t h a t 28 fic8 + w o u ld m a te a n d so re s ig n e d .. b u t a lso g e ttin g th e w h ite ro o k to th e s e v e n th ra n k w ith g a in o f tim e .

see th e n e x t n o te ) 10. o r it m ig h t its e lf b e p u s h e d f u r t h e r w it h a 4 -a 5 .a6 9 c3 S e 8 10 lt le l!? (a s tra n g e lo o k in g b u t in te re s tin g p ro p h y la c tic re tre a t . A n o t h e r g o o d p o in t is th a t W h ite in te n d s t o p u t a k n ig h t o n c 4 a n d p la y in g 7 a 4 d e te rs Black f r o m d r iv in g it a w a y w ith . .ltlb d7 8 a5 (w h y n o t take th e free spa ce o n o ffe r? ) 8 ...aS Black c o n tin u e s t o c o p y h is o p p o n e n t a n d p u ts a s to p t o a n y im m e d ia te e x p a n s io n b y th e w h ite p a w n s .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move Question: W hat is the purpose of this move? Answer: G iv e n th e c h a n c e W h ite m ig h t d e c id e o n a p la n o f g a in in g space o n th e q u e e n s id e w ith m o v e s lik e c2-c3 a n d b 2 -b 4 .ltlf8 11 h 3 ltlh 5 12 ltla 3 ... 7..... 336 .b7-b5 .. A n o t h e r g a m e w e n t 7 . Th e a -p a w n th e n c o m e s in u s e fu l f o r s u p p o rtin g th e f u r ­ t h e r a d v a n c e b 4 -b 5 .

. 10 S e l . one ra n k f u r t h e r u p th e b o a r d th a n th e k n ig h t o n c6. in th e lo n g te r m th e w h ite h o rs e h a s a p o s t p r e p a r e d f o r it o n c4. . 11 li)c4 . b u t Black is lo o k in g f o r a n o th e r check) 17 li)2 e 3 li)7 f6 18 S h l (W h ite h a s b u ilt u p a lo n g -t e r m p lu s on th e q u e e n s id e . w e m ig h t s a y t h a t W h ite 's p a w n s a re w o r k ­ in g h a r d e r th a n Black's.f3 (I guess Black m is s e d th is s im p le m o v e ) 20.KIA Versus the Dutch (and King’s Indian) W ith h is 10th a n d 1 1 th m o v e s W h it e h a s m a d e it h a rd e r f o r Black t o a rra n g e .li)e6 . ..f7 -f5 .. a n d h is b is h o p o n c8 is n ’t b lo c k e d in so it c a n g o q u ic k ly to e6. Black k n ig h t is o n e s q u a re f u r t h e r u p th e b o a r d o n c6 th a n it w o u ld b e o n d 7 . etc. b u t as so o fte n in th e K in g 's In d ia n A tta c k th e g a m e is d e c id e d b e c a u s e Black s e lf-d e s tru c ts ) I8 .tx f5 b e c a u s e o f 14 g4.. V rb a s 2011.. Sli)bd2 liX 6 Question: D o y o u th in k W h it e o r Black h a s b e n e fit e d m o s t fr o m th e b re a k in g o f s y m m e t r y in th e p o s itio n a fte r Black p u t s h is k n ig h t o n c6? Answer: It's a m o o t p o in t.i. .N a d j. A n d as re g a rd s w h ic h k n ig h t is m o s t a c tiv e ly p la c e d . to s a y n o t h in g o f th e a tta c k o n b7 .li)e 6 13 li)c 4 h 6 14 li)c2 li)g 5 (Black is lo o k in g f o r a ta c tic a l b lo w o n th e k in g ­ side. A ft e r 8 . as in th e m a in g a m e .'i e 6 21 .li)g 4 + ? 19 li)x g 4 'i x g 4 20 .x h 5 g x h 5 22 ' i x h 5 W h ite h a d w o n a p a w n s a fe ly in G . T h e w h ite p a w n g u a rd s th e d 4 -s q u a r e a n d has th e p o te n tia l to 337 .. .i. W h ite 's p ie c e s a n d p a w n s a re n o w in g re a te r h a r m o n y as h e c a n u s e h is c -p a w n to s tre n g th e n h is p la y in th e c e n tre . w h ils t th e b la c k p a w n o n c7 is b lo c k e d in b y th e black k n ig h t. ... o r w ith 13. b u t W h ite d e fe n d s c a lm ly ) 15 & h 2 'ifd 7 16 h 4 li)h 7 (m o re s o lid w a s d 7 W h ite c o u ld c o n t in u e h is b u il d -u p w ith m o v e s like 9 c3. O n th e o th e r h a n d ... If 12.g xf5 as hS h a n g s ...V u ja d in o v ic V . 9C3 T o c o n t in u e th e th e m e o f th e p r e v io u s n o te . A ft e r 12...f5 13 exf5 a n d Black c a n 't re c a p tu re e ith e r w it h 13.

. serve s th is p u rp o s e .. So I th in k th e a d v a n c e 11 d 4 is to o s o o n . a ll th e m o re so as he in te n d s to p u t h is k n ig h t o n c4 a n d d o e s n 't w a n t it b e a tta c k e d b y th e p a w n a d v a n c e . Answer: A ft e r 1 0 . So 12 lb x d 4 is th e m o re p re c ise re c a p tu re . h 6 10 ... d 6 -d 5 a n d th e re p ly e 4 xd 5 . T h e n in v ie w o f t h e t h r e a t o f 12 d5 Black does best to c o n c e d e th e c e n tre w ith 11 . w h e re a s th e black p a w n o n c7 c a n 't r e t u r n th e c o m p lim e n t... 338 .exd4...l:. w ith its p o te n tia l a tta c k o n e5 a fte r ..i. N o w 12 c x d 4 a llo w s 12.w e w a n t to p la y it in th e f u t u r e a fte r Black h a s w e a k e n e d h im s e lf s o m e h o w ... Try to assess whether the changes in pawn structures that might arise after each move are favourable to White or Black.. w it h th e ir r it a t in g 13 . He is keen to d e te r th e fre e in g m o v e . H o w e v e r.The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move s u p p o rt a d 3 -d 4 a d va n c e .d 6 -d 5 .. is a b it c lu m s y .e6 W h it e can e x p a n d in th e c e n tre w ith 11 d4 .lb x d 4 13 c x d 4 fie 8 W h ite h a s h is c e n tre . at th e m o m e n t Sepp is m o re c o n c e rn e d w ith th e r e s tr a in t o f h is o p p o n e n t's c e n tre ... T h e p la c in g o f th e ro o k o n e1.JLe6: b) With 1 1 4hc4 putting the knight on its best post. 9 . b u t th e b la c k p ie c e s a r e v e r y a c tive a n d th e p o s itio n o f t h e k n ig h t o n d2..lbd3 lo o m in g o v e r W h it e . Exerdse: How should White respond to 10. b lo c k in g in th e b is h o p . n o t w h e n all h is piece s a re n ic e ly c o o rd in a te d .e1 Question: Why does White move his тоок to a blocked file? Answer: P art o f th e re a s o n f o r 10 S e 1 is to s u p p o r t th e e 4 -p a w n as a p r e lu d e to a fu t u r e space g a in in g a d v a n c e w ith d 3 -d 4 . . T h e n a fte r 1 2 b 4 ! w h e n th e b la c k k n ig h t is o n a s tro n g p o s t.

S a d 8 . So r a th e r th a n ta k e o n d5. s e izin g m o re space.. If 1 1 .e8 c o u ld fo llo w ..d 7 -d 5 a d v a n c e th r o u g h its p re s s u re o n e5.. e 6 16 ltJf3 w o u ld b e a re p e titio n . a n d ttJd5.i.d5..x c 4 th e n W h ite can p la y his 's lo w ' m o v e s w i t h o u t h a v in g to w o r r y a b o u t a b re a k o u t w ith .... b 2 I:l.. w ith a p o w e rfu l ce n tre d e p lo y m e n t o f h is a rm y .b6 A s tra n g e d e c is io n to sa y th e le a st.. .. T h e n th e c o n s is te n t m o v e f o r Black is 11.i. b u t h e has a g rip o n th e d 5 -s q u a re a n d s h o u ld Black e v e r t r y to o p e n lin e s w it h a f u t u r e . T h e n 15 ltJh 4 i ..i. M o s t im p o r t a n t ly o f all.. H o w e v e r.. 11 ltJc4 i . W h ite m ig h t c o n t in u e to p la y q u ie t ly w ith 13 'i'c 2 .f7 -f5 .f5 ! seem s fin e f o r Black (he d o e s n 't w a n t to p la y 14. If Black a v o id s . a 6 12 'i b 3 Question: Why does White put his queen on b3 rather than c2? Answer: P e rh a p s h e w a s a fra id o f h a v in g h is p a w n s d o u b le d a fte r 12 'i'c 2 i .x c 4 (b y n o m e a n s fo rc e d o f c o u rs e ) 12 d xc4 W h ite 's c e n tre h a s b e en d islo c a te d . W h ite p u ts h is k n ig h t o n its id e a l s q u a re s tr a ig h ta w a y a n d re s tra in s th e .. Black h a s n o o b v io u s p la n w h e re a s W h ite ha s a nice w a y to im p r o v e his p o s itio n w it h a lo n g k n ig h t m a n o e u v r e : ltJd2. I f Black c a n 't 'p u n is h ' 11 ltJc4 th e n it s h o u ld b e p la y e d s tra ig h ta w a y .. ltJe3. T h e t h i r d o p tio n is 11 ltJc4. th e n 1 4 .. .h 6 as it m a k e s th e k in g s id e p a w n s tru c ­ t u r e flim s y )..f6 h a v in g a lre a d y g o n e 9 . If W h ite c o nce de s th e c e n tre w it h 13 e x d 5 ttJxd5 14 ttJc4 a tta c k in g e5.. 10 ... as w it h 9.c o m p a re th e t h ir d o p tio n 339 .h6 it s e e m e d lik e Black w a s p r e p a r in g t o p u t h is b is h o p o n e6 w it h o u t b e in g d is t u r b e d b y ttJg5. h o p in g t h a t Black w i ll b e th e fir s t t o r u n o u t o f id e a s. x c 4 13 d x c 4 (w r o n g ly in m y o p in io n as th e e x c h a n g e see m s t o f a v o u r W h ite .d 6 -d 5 as o c cu rs a fte r 11 b3 d5..'i'd 7 a n d 1 4 .. h is c o n tro l o f th e lig h t s q u a re s w o u ld p r o v e s ig n ific a n t.. ttJf1.. Black h a s th e c o n s tru c tiv e p la n o f 13 . w h e n 12 i .KIA Versus the Dutch (and King’s Indian) T h e re s tr a in e d 11 b3 is a ty p ic a l K in g 's In d ia n A tta c k m o v e .

.e v a c u a tin g th e ro o k fr o m th e a 8 -h 1 d ia g o n a l a n d d e ­ f e n d in g th e c6 k n ig h t ....i.. T h e q u e e n a n d b is h o p w o u ld b o th b e r e a d y to p o u n c e a fte r .. d 2 . i f y o u t h in k y o u r o p p o n e n t is a b o u t to p la y a b a d m o v e y o u s h o u ld n 't d o a n y th in g to s to p h im . a n d . 13 i . 1 6 . a n d Fisch- 340 . g e a rin g u p t o a d va n ce in th e c e n tre . If Black p la y e d p a s s iv e ly W h ite c o u ld c o n t in u e h 2 -h 3 (to r u le o u t .f7 -f5 . R e m o vin g th e h o rs e f r o m f 6 is also th e s ta rt o f a v e r y m is c o n c e iv e d p la n t o a d v a n c e th e f -p a w n . e 3 tDcS 14 'ic 2 S b 8 15 S a d i 'ie 8 T h e s e la s t t w o m o v e s b y Black . b u t t h e y h a v e to b e s u p p o r t e d b y th e pieces. 12„tt:'!d7 Black d e c id e s to p la y h is k n ig h t to c5 to h a ra s s th e w h it e q u e e n . A s w e ll as th is p r e v e n tiv e ro le f o r th e w h ite q u e e n . S e p p is u s in g h e r t o d e fe n d th e k n ig h t as p r e p a r a tio n f o r d 3 -d 4 .. as w e shall see. A n o th e r w a y o f p r e p a r in g th a t w o u ld b e i ... all th e m o re so n o w t h a t she c a n 't b e p in n e d b y .d 6 -d S fre e in g m o v e . t e l .. e 3 a n d S a d 1 .d 6 -d S . I l a d l ...fS? Answer: T h e re a re p a w n a d va n c e s t h a t a re c h a ra c te ris tic o f each s tru c tu re . T h is k ee ps th e black c e n tre a b it m o re r e s tra in e d th a n p la y in g i . b u t b a s ic a lly W h ite is w a it ­ ing fo r. O f c o u rse .e 6 .tt:'!g4 a fte r th e b is h o p g oe s to e3) i . w h ic h blocks th e a c tio n o f th e ro o k o n e1 a g a in s t e5 in th e e v e n t o f .a re o m in o u s sig n s t h a t h e is a b o u t to p la y ... e 3 . 16 tt:'!a3 T h e k n ig h t re tre a ts w it h id e a s o f 17 lD b 5 o r p o s s ib ly 17 d4 . A g o o d p o in t of'i1Yb3 is th a t th e q u e e n c o o rd in a te s h e r a c tio n w ith th e b is h o p o n g2 to h e lp re s tra in th e .The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move in t h e p r e v io u s n o te )..d6 d5 a n d th e e x c h a n g e e4xd5 . It’s n o t g o o d e n o u g h to re a so n 'I t ’s th e K in g ’s In d ia n ..

Black is in d e e p tr o u b le . 17 e x f s g x fs Exercise: How d o r e fu t e Black’s s tra te g y ? Answer: 18 d4\ T h is is all th e s tro n g e r fo r b e in g d e la y e d u n t il th e o p p o n e n t has w e a k e n e d h im s e lf.KIA Versus the Dutch (and King's Indian) Fischer a n d K a s p a ro v a lw a ys a d v a n c e . It is n 't n e c e ss a ry to c a lc u la te m a n y v a ria tio n s . b u t it is a d is a s tro u s d e c is io n all th e sa m e ..1tJe7 20 d x e s dxes A b e tte r ch a n c e w a s 20... H e re t h e m o v e 16. H e a lso o p e n s u p lin e s o n th e k in g s id e w h ils t th re e o f his m in o r pie c e s a re stu ck o n th e q u e e n s id e a n d u n a b le to in flu e n c e m a tte rs . t o g e t th e q u e e n a w a y fr o m th e p in on th e e -file . W h ite h a s such a n a d v a n ta g e in f ir e p o w e r in th e c e n tre t h a t o p e n in g lin e s m u s t b e g o o d fo r h im ..i..f7 -f5 w h e n th e y p la y it. 21 'i d 2 T h e d o u b le a tta ck o n d 7 a n d h 6 w in s a p a w n a n d le a ve s Black's k in g s id e w re c k e d .t x h 6 23 l:txe5.1tJd7 19 ltJh4 A tta c k in g b o th c6 a n d f5. 18.... ..'id 7 .c1 !? in t e n d in g 22 f4 t o d riv e a w a y th e k n ig h t fr o m e5.x h 6 ! . 341 . Black c lears th e c e n tre file s t o th e b e n e fit o f th e w h ite ro o k s a n d th e e m b a rra s s m e n t o f his o w n q u e e n w h ic h w ill b e a ta rg e t o f th e w h ite ro o k o n e1. If 2 1 . she fa lls fo r a p in o n th e d -file a llo w in g W h ite t o w in a p a w n w ith 22 .. b u t a fte r 21 . so it c a n 't b e b a d !'.i. .f5 is c o n s is te n t w it h Black's p la y o v e r th e la st c o u p le o f m o v e s .ltJxe5. 19.

. b u t to b e fa ir to B ra vo h e d id c o m e u p w ith a g o o d s w in d le id e a . 24 'ix d 8 litxd8 25 S x d 8 + rJilxg7 26 litxes 'ifif6 27 f4 Black is a lo t o f m a te ria l d o w n w it h a n e x p o s e d k in g .c. .tg7 31 l:lf7+ c.... i f 3 ! A fte r 32 S e x e 7 it w o u ld b e m a te in five m o v e s to th e .w h ite k in g . i d s 'ig 7 29 S e S 'ig 4 30 l:tfS+ c. so th e e n d is g o in g to be h o rrific ..The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move 21.'if 7 28 . . 342 . H e re is th e r a th e r b e a u tifu l fin is h : 32 . i x h 6 ' i h s 23 ..1L!cS 22 . 2 7 .thS 32 ..ix g 7 litbd8 B lack's p o s itio n a lso fa lls a p a rt a fte r 23. .txg7 24 l:IxeS. 'i d l + 33 rJtf2 'i f f l + 34 rJile3 'i e 2 + 35 rJild4.

Black re s ig n e d as he h a s r u n o u t o f tricks.lD e6+!! c o m b in e s a c le a ra n c e m o v e w it h an in te rfe re n c e m o tif.t x e 6 'i e 4 o r 36 2 x e 6 cs. 343 .. W h ite is m a te d a fte r 36 ...KIA Versus the Dutch (and King's Indian) Exercise: C a n y o u see h o w Black w in s ? Answer: 35.'ih 3 33lDg2 1 -0 T h e m a te o n f l w a s e a s ie r to sp o t. . 3 2 .

31 3.£>c6 .50 3..dxe4 .Index of Variations KIA versus the French 1 e4 еб 2 dB d5 3®d2 ЗШе2 3.i........£if6 .41 6 iLg2 i..d6 .c5 4gB ®c6 5®gfB 5.63 B.e7 7 0-0 0-0 344 ..

99 8...b6 ..73 8...tg7 6 0-0 lDge7 7 c3 dS 8 lDbd2 8.tg2 .84 345 ..22 8 e s lbd7 9 S e i 9.1Df6 6 0-0 d5 -113 6 0 -0 lDf6 6.0 -109 3 g3 g6 4 ..0.e6 3 d3 lDc6 4 g3 g6 5 .b5 .........e5 .Wc7 .19 K IA v e r s u s t h e S ic ilia n 1 e 4 c s 2 lDf3 lDc6 2....91 7 C3 0 -0 S S e l 8.....tg4 ..Index of Variations 7.tg2 ...e5 .tg 7 5 d3 S.d6 5.Wc7 -11 9.

The King’s Indian Attack: Move by Move K IA v e r s u s t h e C a ro .g 4 .i..1 3 7 3 ...i.K a n n 1 e4 c6 2 d3 2...ltlf6 lf 6 4 ltlg f3 ..153 346 .153 7 .d x c 4 ..g 7 5 .g6 4 g3 .es 3 .141 4 ltlgf3 .e5 -1 4 6 3 ltld 2 3.g 2 e5 6 ltlg f3 ltle 7 7 0 -0 0 -0 8 S e l d 4 9 ltlc4 -1 3 0 9 C3 ...d 6 5 g3 fS 5 ..d s 2 .e 4 ..1 2 1 6 e x d s c x d s 7 c4 7 ....

0-0 -177 K IA v e r s u s t h e .d4 -165 7. f s S y s t e m 1 l'Df3 d5 2 g3 2 b3 .e6 5...225 6 .210 347 ..190 2.Index o f Variations K IA v e r s u s t h e R e v e r s e d K in g 's In d ia n D e fe n c e 1 e4 cs 2 t'Df3 l'Dc6 3 d3 ltlf6 4 g3 d5 5 ltlbd 2 es 6 i. i ..e 7 7 O-O 7.h6 6 t'Dbd2 l'Dbd7 .l'Df6 3 J. ....218 6t'Dfd2 . f S 5 d3 s. ...h 6 7 b3 -198 7 'i¥e1 .g 2 c6 4 0-0 i ...234 6 t'Dbd2 6 l'Dh4 ..g 2 J.

e S .e6 . b 7 4 0 -0 e6 S d3 dS 6 lZ'lbd2 lLlbd7 348 ...b5 .. c6 4 0 -0 lt:'ld7 5 d3 e5 .269 K IA v e r s u s t h e Q u e e n 's In d ia n 1 lZ'lf3 lbf6 2 g3 b6 2 .259 6 h 3 ..i.317 3 .293 6 .ig 2 3 ..g 4 3 . i g 2 i ..g 2 c6 4 0-0 lt:'lf6 5 d3 S.2 7 9 3 . g 4 S y s te m 1 lt:'lf3 d s 2 g3 lt:'lf6 2 .lb d 7 4 h 3 .....288 6lbbd2 6 'i f e l .lt:'lbd7 5 .251 3 i..244 6... e6 6 h 3 .The King's Indian Attack: Move by Move K IA v e r s u s t h e — i ....

.'2Jf6 .g 7 4 0 -0 0 -0 5 d3 d 6 6 e4 e5 .Index of Variations 7 S e i ...ctJf6 ...g 2 .301 7 b3-311 K IA v e r s u s t h e D u tc h (a n d K in g 's In d ia n ) 1 '2Jf3 fs 1 .'2Jc6 ..335 2 d3 d6 2 .i..324 3 e4 e s 4 ttJc3 4.C2Jf6 2 g3 g6 3 .i.326 4.331 349 ..

. Ledec nad Sazavou 2013...........A............. Al-Ain 2013.....................................................259 Malakhov..............l.........................N......T-Vas...............................L-Malaniuk............D-Leviczki............................... Oslo 2011....... 113 Amin...H-Navara..........251 Kramnik.........J....... Astana (blitz) 2012.... 210 Naiditsch....... Bastia 2010.........326 Hansen.......G....................................L....109 Cabrera TrujilloJ-Saumweber......... Abu Dhabi 2009...................................................................M-Rindlisbacher. Russian Team Championship 2010................D.......................V......................................D............. 198 McDonald...........J...................................................279 Movsesian.....V-Kotsur..V.... Paris 2013.......... Spanish Team Championship 2002...............................311 Morozevich.............S-Panarin. 91 Andreikin...............V-Matrosov...M............................ European Club Cup................................. 324 Bogdan......... 331 Chigaev..W..A...... London 1986....................B-Gajewski...............B-Akdag.............. St Petersburg 2011...........................H-Moen........................................A-Nogueiras Santiago......317 Escuer Sanchez..........................301 350 .......... 19 Nakamura...............A-Brandenburg...S..............11 Khairullin...... Poti 2013....13 7 Bernal Moro......D-Zilka........B-Safarli..............A.............................. 121 Nakamura.V-Potkin...........T...............P.......................................V................................130 Movsziszian... 234 Minasian...................................D............................... Helsingor 2013............. 31 Bologan...............R............. Spanish Team Championship 2010............................. Moscow 2011...........D-Lintchevski..........S...244 Pitra..... Belgian League 2013........... 177 Bologan.............W..... Istanbul Olympiad 2012. Reykjavik 2013.. 288 Nakamura...... Deizisau 2013.........................B-Bocharov.....N-JohnsonJ....N-Chueca Forcen..........D.........T................... Linares 1999...............................K-Lopez Martinez.....................V-Vitiugov......................................153 Fressinet..................50 Bryndin..................... Danish Championship........ Zurich 2010..........l............Index of Complete Games Amin...................H-Solak.......... German League 2012............................... Sa lou 2008.................D......... Czech Championship...................... Zug 2013............. Krasnoyarsk 2007...V-Mueller...A-Koggala..........218 Navara.... Berlin 1928..P........ Tromso (rapid) 2013..... Dagomys 2010......... Spanish Team Championship 2006.......... Hungarian League 2005.............. 22 Erdos.............165 Hillarp Persson..............M.L-Chighladze...........A-Kasimdzhanov..................D.. Tenerife 2011................I-Ringoir...........................................A....... 190 Pantsulaia.A-Rubinstein...... Eilat 2012.....L-Rebole Arbea...............V-Morozevich. 99 Nimzowitsch. 73 Amin.E....

.......... 141 Sasikiran.. 84 Vorobiov................ Hyderabad 2002......A-Lemos.......... Dutch League 2005.............K-Anand.... Haarlem 2013....................................Index of Complete Comes Rodriguez Vila................................... 293 Tiviakov........................D......P-Kramnik..M.M-Parligras............E-Tregubov.................... 269 Sepp... Moscow 2011.. 41 Safarli........................W....... Russian Championship........................S-Fridman....... Golden Sands 2013...... Essent 2008.................V...................D....E-Van Delft.............146 Venkatesh......Peng Zhaoqin................ Rijeka (rapid) 2010..M............V.....................O-Bravo..........M......P...... 63 Sadler.......................... Santos 2007.............335 Svidler........................................................................ Dresden Olympiad 2008...................... 22 351 ............

and provides answers to all the key questions. This is an excellent way to study any chess opening and at the same time improve your general chess skills and IS BN 978-1-85744-988-4 52995 US$29. Grandmaster Neil McDonald examines in depth the many variations of the King's Indian Attack. By continually challenging the reader to answer probing questions throughout the book.The King's Indian attack move by move This series provides an ideal platform to study chess openings. It's easy to learn and play. The King's Indian Attack is a very popular system of development for White. can be used against many defences and is based on understanding ideas rather than memorizing moves. He outlines White's most promising options and Black's best defences. Carefully selected questions and answers are designed to keep you actively involved and allow you to monitor your progress as you learn. which often proves to be highly effective. White's plan typically involves a deliberate and sustained attack on the black king. the move by move foriYiat greatly encourages the learning and practising of vital skills just as much as the traditional assimilation of opening knowledge.99 EVERYMAN CHESS 9 781857 449884 . In this book.95 UK £19.everymanchess. ■ Essential guidance and training in the King's Indian Attack ■ Provides repertoire options for White ■ Utilizes an ideal approach to chess study Neil McDonald John Emms Sam Collins The Tarrasch Defence move by move move by move ЯЛНІВВ www.